Skip to main content

Full text of "Tomorrow's house : a complete guide for the home-builder"

See other formats


"OMORROW'S 
HOUS 


O 


UJ 


From  the  collection  of  the 


f  d 

•7      n 

•n   T   m 

o  JbTelinger 
u  v    Jjibrary 
t 


San  Francisco,  California 
2007 


GEORGE  NELSON  •  CONSULTANT  EDITOR  ARCHITECTURAL  FORUM 
HENRY   WRIGHT  •  MANAGING   EDITOR   ARCHITECTURAL   FORUM 


OMORROW'S 


HOUS 


A  COMPLETE   GUIDE 
FOR  THE  HOME-BUILDER 


SIMON     AND     SCHUSTER     •     NEW     YORK     1945 


SECOND  PR 


ALL   RIGHTS    RESERVED    INCLUDING    THE    RIGHT   OF   REPRODUCTION 

IN  WHOLE  OR  IN  PART  IN  ANY  FORM.  COPYRIGHT,  1945,  BY  GEORGE  NELSON  AND  HENRY  WRIGHT.  PUBLISHED  BY 
SIMON  AND  SCHUSTER,  INC.,  ROCKEFELLER  CENTER,  1230  SIXTH  AVENUE,  NEW  YORK  20,  N.  Y.  MANUFACTURED  IN  THE 
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  BY  THE  HADDON  CRAFTSMEN,  SCRANTON,  PA.  AND  WESTCOTT  AND  THOMSON,  PHILA.,  PA. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Chapter  One.  THE  GREAT  TRADITION  1 
Chapter  Two.  HOME  Is  WHERE  You  HANG  YOUR 

ARCHITECT  10 

Chapter  Three.  How  TO  PLAN  A  LIVING-ROOM  16 

PICTURE  SECTION:  LIVING-ROOMS  23-38 

Chapter  Four.  WHERE  SHALL  WE  EAT?  39 

Chapter  Five.  LIGHTING  44 

PICTURE  SECTION:  DINING  AND  ENTER- 
TAINMENT 55-70 

Chapter  Six.  THE  WORK  CENTER  71 

Chapter  Seven.  THE  ROOM  WITHOUT  A  NAME  76 

Chapter  Eight.  HEATING  81 

PICTURE  SECTION:  KITCHENS  AND  BATHS  87-102 

Chapter  Nine.  BATHROOMS  ARE  OUT  OF  DATE  103 

Chapter  Ten.  MANUFACTURING  CLIMATE  1 10 

Chapter  Eleven.  SLEEPING  1 14 

PICTURE  SECTION:  BEDROOMS  AND 

CLOSETS  119-134 

Chapter  Twelve.  ORGANIZED  STORAGE  135 

Chapter  Thirteen.  SOUND  CONDITIONING  143 

PICTURE  SECTION:  WINDOWS  151-166 

Chapter  Fourteen.  WINDOWS  167 

Chapter  Fifteen.  SOLAR  HEATING  176 

Chapter  Sixteen.  PUTTING  THE  PIECES  TOGETHER  180 

PICTURE  SECTION:  EXTERIORS  183-198 

Chapter  Seventeen.  How  TO  GET  YOUR  HOUSE 

(or  Remodel  the  One  You  Have)  199 

Chapter  Eighteen.  PROJECTIONS  205 

Architects  and  Designers  Whose  Work  Appears  in 

This  Book  211 

Photographers  Whose  Pictures  Appear  in  This  Book       214 


FORE  W  O    R    D         BY     HOWARD    MYERS     •     PUBLISHER     OF 

ARCHITECTURAL     FORUM 


THIS  is  NOT  the  first  book  about  tomorrow's  house.  Nor  will 
it  be  the  last.  But  it  is  likely  to  be  the  most  influential. 

This  book  challenges  not  most,  but  all  of  the  sweet-scented 
nostalgia  on  the  domestic  scene.  Despite  its  persuasive  man- 
ner, it  is  going  to  disturb  many  readers  who  keep  their  milk 
in  the  latest  refrigerator,  drive  to  business  in  the  newest  car, 
but  persist  in  thinking  that  a  Cape  Cod  cottage  remains  the 
snappiest  idea  in  a  home. 

The  thesis  here  advanced  is  that  our  way  of  life  is  under- 
going great  changes  and  that  many  of  the  changes  are  already 
here.  If  we  accept  that  statement,  and  it  would  seem  difficult 
not  to,  it  follows  that  we  should  not  let  sentimental  ties  with 
the  past  stand  in  the  way  of  getting  the  best  house  present- 
day  technology  and  design  can  produce.  The  notion  that  the 
contemporary  approach  to  design  involves  flat  roofs  and 
corner  windows  and  the  exclusion  of  rambler  roses  is  one 
kind  of  nonsense  this  book  aims  to  expose.  Perhaps  the 
greatest  virtue  of  tomorrow's  house  is  that  it  frees  the  plan— 
and  therefore  the  family — from  the  arbitrary  concepts  which 
have  gotten  in  the  way  of  gracious  living  these  many  years. 

Whether  the  talk  is  about  windows  or  solar  heat  (of  which 
you  are  hearing  a  lot  now)  or  the  living  room,  the  authors 
have  simplified  their  problems  and  yours  by  starting  clean. 
They  toss  out  completely  the  little  partitioned  cubicles  called 
rooms  and  examine  what  goes  on  in  a  typical  household — 
in  short,  how  we  live  and  how  we  want  to  live.  Having  es- 
tablished the  ground  rules,  the  book  then  proceeds  to  explain 
exactly  how  to  get  the  kind  of  house  which  will  permit  us 
to  live  the  kind  of  life  we  wish  to  live.  And  this  seems  the 
right  place  to  quote  Mr.  Winston  Churchill  who  not  long 
ago  said:  "We  shape  our  buildings,  then  our  buildings  shape 
our  lives!" 


I  hope  this  book  will  be  read  by  all  those  who  plan  to 
build  or  buy  a  postwar  house.  Obviously,  they  will  be  its 
greatest  beneficiaries.  But  also,  I  have  a  special  interest  in 
seeing  it  read  by  those  who  make  building  their  business. 
Every  mortgage  banker  should  read  it  to  make  certain  the 
houses  he  finances  will  retain  high  resale  value  ten,  fifteen, 
twenty  years  from  now.  Every  house  builder  should  read  it 
if  he  aspires  to  greater  success  than  his  smug  competitor. 
Every  real  estate  man  should  read  it  because  it  can  add  a 
new  note  of  conviction  to  his  plea  for  home  ownership — of 
the  right  house.  And  every  architect  should  read  it  if  only  to 
stiffen  his  backbone  when  he  tells  the  client,  "You  cannot 
walk  backwards  into  the  future!" 

Finally,  I  must  confess  to  a  prejudice  in  favor  of  the  au- 
thors. As  one  of  their  co-workers  for  nearly  a  decade.  I  have 
had  abundant  opportunity  to  observe  how  they  think.  Not 
only  do  they  think  regularly,  but  as  a  rule  they  think  straight. 
Also,  they  have  a  persistent  curiosity  supported  by  profes- 
sional training  and  skill  which  gives  a  basis  to  their  opinions. 
Add  to  these  personal  qualities  the  job  of  conducting  a  build- 
ing journal — they  have  bored  into  more  house  plans  than 
any  termites  on  earth — and  Messrs.  Nelson  and  Wright  ap- 
pear well  equipped  to  handle  the  pages  which  follow. 

In  the  first  paragraph  the  opinion  was  ventured  that  this 
would  be  the  most  influential  book  on  postwar  houses.  In 
essence  what  this  book  attempts  to  do  is  convince  you  that 
instead  of  "keeping  up  with  the  Joneses,"  it  is  more  satis- 
fying and  profitable  to  be  the  "Joneses"  under  your  own 
roof.  If  that  prospect  tempts  you,  here  is  the  key. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


FEW  BOOKS,  and  certainly  no  books  of  this  type,  appear 
without  the  silent  but  indispensable  collaboration  of  many 
people.  To  these  we  gratefully  acknowledge  our  consider- 
able debt. 

The  fact  that  most  of  the  words  are  spelled  correctly  is 
due  to  Eleanor  Bittermann,  Joanna  Hadala  and  Rosamond 
Temple,  who  typed  and  retyped  what  seems  in  retrospect  to 
have  been  an  endlessly  revised  series  of  manuscripts. 

The  task  of  assembling  photographs  was  carried  through 
by  Miss  Henry  Martin,  who  may  also  be  held  responsible 
for  any  errors  in  the  lists  of  architects  and  photographers. 
That  the  pictures  have  been  organized  into  a  coherent  group 
of  illustrations  is  due  to  Paul  Grotz,  who  designed  the  pic- 
ture sections.  It  probably  would  have  been  impossible  to 
have  included  even  a  fraction  of  the  photographs  if  not  for 
the  pioneering  work  of  The  Architectural  Forum  in  seeking 
out  and  publishing  the  best  modern  houses  in  America.  The 
authors  are  grateful  to  both  The  Forum  and  Life  for  permis- 
sion to  show  houses  and  projects  previously  published  in 
these  magazines. 

To  the  rapidly  expanding  group  of  modern  U.S.  architects 
should  go  the  bulk  of  the  credit,  since  without  their  work 
there  might  have  been  theories  to  expound  but  no  houses  to 
demonstrate  their  validity. 

The  institution  of  matrimony  exerted  a  very  potent  influ- 
ence on  the  thinking  of  both  authors  in  addition  to  the  spe- 
cific contributions  made  by  Frances  Nelson  and  Dorothy 
Wright,  who  carried  through  most  of  the  research,  deflated 
exaggerated  ideas,  corrected  certain  masculine  misconcep- 
tions about  the  business  of  running  a  house,  and  edited  the 
manuscript. 

We  gratefully  acknowledge  the  cooperation  of  the  photog- 
raphers whose  work  appears  in  this  volume.  Their  names 
are  listed  on  page  214,  together  with  the  numbers  of  their 
photographs. 


TOMORROW'S    HOUSE 


CHAPTER  ONE 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


THIS  BOOK  HAS  a  point  of  view  which  may  seem 
strange  to  you.  What  it  is  will  be  made  pretty  clear 
in  the  first  few  pages  of  this  introduction.  If,  after 
reading  that  far,  the  viewpoint  seems  not  only 
strange,  but  unpalatable  as  well,  put  this  book 
aside  and  forget  it,  for  what  we  have  to  say  will  not 
be  for  you. 

We  once  knew  a  young  couple  who  built  a  house. 

They  were  an  attractive,  well  educated,  and  pros- 
perous pair.  When  their  house — which  they  and 
their  neighbors  called  "Colonial" — was  completed, 
it  was  very  impressive  for  its  fine  finish  and  gen- 
erally beautiful  workmanship.  The  delicate  mold- 
ings characteristic  of  the  style  had  been  very  care- 
fully cut,  and  there  were  no  rough  edges  anywhere. 
The  builder  who  had  put  up  this  house  had  done  a 
splendid  job.  But  do  you  know  what  the  owner  and 
his  wife  did  before  the  painters  moved  in?  They 
went  through  all  of  the  main  rooms,  each  swinging 
a  big  bunch  of  heavy  keys,  banging  away  at  the 
moldings  which  had  been  cut  so  carefully  at  the 
mill  from  the  details  prepared  so  carefully  by  the 
architect. 

The  moldings  were  nicked  and  scarred  in  this 
manner  because  it  was  felt  that  the  house  looked 
too  new  and  therefore  lacked  the  authenticity  one 
finds  in  Salem  or  Litchfield  or  the  other  early  New 
England  towns. 

If  this  little  performance  does  not  strike  you  as 


being  pretty  close  to  the  lunatic  fringe  of  human 
behavior,  again  we  say :  don't  read  this  book. 

Why  do  ostensibly  normal  young  people,  living 
in  the  twentieth  century,  do  what  this  couple  did 
to  their  new  house? 

Why  do  people  buy  new,  straight  beams  for  a 
study  or  living-room,  and  then  hire  a  man  with  an 
adz  to  chip  away  at  the  surfaces  until  the  beam 
looks  as  if  it  had  been  cut  by  a  beaver  instead  of  a 
modern  sawmill? 

Why  do  people  spend  money  for  shutters  they 
never  intend  to  use? 

Why  do  most  windows  have  eight  to  a  dozen 
small  panes,  when  single  large  sheets  of  glass  are 
both  cheaper  and  better?  (Big,  simple  glass  areas 
are  much  easier  to  clean,  far  easier  to  look  out  of.) 

Why  do  people  build  houses  that  were  designed 
originally  to  conform  to  the  techniques  and  living 
requirements  of  people  who  were  dead  two  hun- 
dred years  ago?  (The  popular  "Colonial"  house  is 
such  a  design.) 

If  we  could  discover  the  answers  to  these  ques- 
tions and  others  like  them,  we  should  be  well  on 
the  way  to  discovering  what  a  house  today  really  is. 
You  might  say  at  this  juncture,  "But  I  do  know 
what  a  house  really  is.  It  is  a  shelter  for  a  family,  so 
planned,  constructed,  and  equipped  that  it  gives  the 
best  possible  accommodations  for  the  money." 

This  is  a  very  pretty  definition.  It  might  apply  to 

I 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


tomorrow's  house.  Unfortunately,  it  has  practi- 
cally nothing  to  do  with  today's. 

There  are  three  ways  of  looking  at  a  house.  A 
house  is  a  technical  fact — this  is  what  the  definition 
above  is  concerned  with.  But  a  house  is  also  a  social 
fact.  And-something  rarely  thought  of-it  is  a  psych- 
ological fact  of  considerable  importance.  Only  if 
we  look  at  our  homes  in  all  three  ways  can  we 
arrive  at  an  answer  to  the  question  we  started  with. 

HOME  AS  A  TECHNICAL  FACT 

What  is  meant  by  the  house  as  a  technical  fact? 
We  use  this  phrase  because  a  house,  like  any  other 
product,  is  the  result  of  design  and  production 
processes.  Looked  at  in  this  way,  home  is  no  differ- 
ent from  a  pencil  sharpener  or  a  tractor.  It  shares 
with  them  the  characteristic  of  being  an  item  of 
consumer  use.  But  there  is  one  big  difference,  one, 
perhaps,  which  never  occurred  to  you:  our  houses 
now  represent  the  only  important  consumer  pro- 
duct left  that  is  still  put  together  slowly,  clumsily, 
and  expensively,  by  hand.  True,  many  of  its  parts 
are  mass-produced  in  factories — thermostats,  light- 
ing and  plumbing  fixtures,  refrigerators  and  hard- 
ware are  not  made  on  the  job.  By  far  the  greater 
part,  however,  including  the  entire  structural  shell 
and  foundations,  is  a  pretty  old-fashioned  hand  as- 
sembly. This  is  why  homes  cost  so  much.  It  isn't 
the  only  reason.  But  it  is  a  big  one. 

Many  people  in  the  building  business  have  been 
aware  of  this  situation  for  years,  and  innumerable 
attempts  have  been  made  to  design  dwellings  suit- 
able for  factory  production.  Most  of  these  attempts 
come  under  the  heading  of  "prefabrication,"  a 
word  that  has  been  very  much  in  the  limelight.  To 
date,  nobody  has  made  a  factory-built  house  that 
is  more  satisfactory  than  the  conventional  article 
and  sells  for  less  money.  The  time  is  not  too  far  off, 
however,  when  such  houses  will  be  available.  Ulti- 
mately they  will  represent  the  majority  of  new 
American  dwellings. 


Does  this  prospect  botheryou?  If  it  does,  let's  not 
worry  about  it  now.  Prefabricated  houses  are  not 
available,  anyway.  Our  concern  is  with  the  house 
as  it  is  built  now  and  how  to  improve  it. 

When  considering  the  house  as  a  technical  fact, 
it  is  well  to  remember  that,  while  production  meth- 
ods are  important,  design  methods  at  the  present 
stage  of  building  are  even  more  important.  Wheth- 
er a  home  is  hand-  or  machine-built,  it  is  no  good 
unless  it  is  properly  designed.  "Design,"  by  the  way, 
means  the  basic  scheme  of  the  house,  not  just 
the  trimmings  around  the  front  door  and  fireplace. 

Today's  house  is  a  peculiarly  lifeless  affair.  The 
picture  one  sees  in  residential  neighborhoods  the 
country  over  is  one  of  drab  uniformity:  pathetic  lit- 
tle white  boxes  with  dressed-up  street  fronts,  each 
striving  for  individuality  through  meaningless 
changes  in  detail  or  color.  The  reason  today's 
house  is  so  uninteresting  is  simply  that  it  fails  to 
echo  life  as  we  live  it. 

Expressed  in  another  way,  it  is  hideously  ineffi- 
cient. Less  honest  thought  goes  into  the  design  of 
the  average  middle-class  house  than  into  the  fender 
of  a  cheap  automobile.  Windows  are  placed  with 
no  regard  for  light  or  view.  Rooms  are  arranged 
with  little  or  no  concern  for  their  use  and  furnish- 
ings. Lighting,  in  a  scientific  sense,  doesn't  exist. 
Plans  are  so  bad  that  nobody  in  the  family  can  en- 
joy privacy  outside  of  the  bedroom  or  bath.  Clos- 
ets are  usually  the  wrong  size  or  shape,  their  doors 
make  it  hard  to  get  full  use  out  of  them,  and  there 
are  never  enough.  Except  in  the  most  up-to-date 
kitchens,  few  ideas  have  been  developed  for  mak- 
ing housekeeping  easier.  Home  may  be  the  family's 
castle,  but  people  got  tired  of  living  in  castles  sev- 
eral centuries  ago. 

HOME   AS   A  SOCIAL   FACT 

If  the  house  were  just  a  collection  of  sticks  and 
stones,  working  out  an  efficient  design  wouldn't  be 
much  of  a  job.  Compared  to  a  four-motored  bomb- 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


er  or  an  aircraft  carrier,  a  dwelling  is  a  pretty  sim- 
ple affair.  As  it  happens,  however,  home  is  a  great 
deal  more  than  a  technical  pattern:  it  is  a  member 
of  society  as  well.  And  social  patterns  have  been 
changing  at  a  very  rapid  rate. 

When  families  lived  in  small  villages,  when  there 
were  many  children  in  each  family,  when  people 
created  their  own  entertainment  in  their  own 
homes,  lots  of  rooms  were  the  rule.  Efficiency,  in 
our  present-day  sense,  wasn't  too  important,  be- 
cause the  tempo  of  life  was  slower  and  the  children 
helped  with  the  chores  as  they  grew  older.  Also, 
there  wasn't  much  the  average  housewife  could  do 
besides  raising  children  and  taking  care  of  the 
home.  Today  this  situation  exists  only  in  the  most 
backward  and  isolated  rural  areas.  Much  entertain- 
ment has  moved  out  of  the  home  to  the  movies,  to 
hotels,  churches,  night  clubs,  community  houses, 
and  other  institutions  which  could  hardly  be  said  to 
have  existed,  in  this  sense,  a  generation  ago.  When 
the  children  grow  up,  they  try  to  get  jobs,  they  don't 
stick  around  to  help  with  the  dusting.  Chances  are 
that  mother  works  too.  It  is  difficult  indeed  to  see 
how  the  conventional,  old-style  house  can  meet 
these  new  situations.  In  some  places  it  has  been  de- 
cided that  no  kind  of  dwelling  can  meet  all  of  them. 
This  last  statement  probably  needs  amplification. 

In  Stockholm  there  are  thousands  of  apart- 
ment dwellings  constructed  by  co-operative  build- 
ing societies  for  their  members.  Many  of  the  build- 
ings, which  run  to  about  eight  stories  high,  have 
penthouses  and  large  roof  gardens.  These  pent- 
houses and  gardens  are  not  for  wealthy  tenants: 
they  are  set  aside  for  the  children  of  all  the  ten- 
ants. They  contain  nurseries  which  are  beauti- 
fully equipped  and  capably  staffed.  There  are  kit- 
chens, examining  rooms,  sunny  playrooms,  dormi- 
tories, and  small  isolation  wards.  The  nurseries  are 
used  in  a  great  variety  of  ways.  If  both  parents 
work,  the  child  is  taken  up  in  the  morning  to  spend 
the  day  in  the  nursery,  and  collected  again  in  the 


evening.  Should  the  mother  stay  at  home,  the  child 
may  only  spend  enough  time  in  the  nursery  to  al- 
low the  mother  to  get  her  cleaning  and  marketing 
done.  If  the  parents  feel  they  need  a  week-end 
alone  together,  there  are  dormitories  where  the 
children  can  sleep  and  kitchens  for  feeding  them. 
If  someone  in  the  family  is  ill,  the  children  can  be 
moved  to  the  nursery  for  protection.  The  net  result 
of  this  system,  which  has  been  extraordinarily  suc- 
cessful in  Sweden,  is  that  families  in  the  $1,500  to 
$3,000  income  group  have  more  freedom  in  their 
daily  lives  than  many  people  here  whose  incomes 
may  be  five  times  as  great. 

There  are  two  conclusions  which  may  be  drawn 
from  this  example.  One  is  that  there  are  certain 
functions  which  no  home,  however  modern  and  ef- 
ficient, can  provide.  Such  problems  can  only  be 
solved  by  social  action,  by  groups  that  pool  their 
requirements  and  their  resources.  The  second  con- 
clusion, which  follows  inevitably,  is  that  whenever 
certain  home  functions  are  taken  over  by  agencies 
outside  the  home,  the  plan  of  the  dwelling  itself  can 
be  modified. 

It  is  not  within  the  province  of  this  book  to  argue 
for  or  against  nurseries.  The  example  is  cited  only 
to  illustrate  the  contention  that  many  traditional 
home  activities  are  moving  out  into  the  neighbor- 
hood or  the  community.  Under  the  circumstances, 
therefore,  the  influence  of  this  trend,  as  well  as 
others — say  factory  work  for  women — must  be  con- 
sidered in  its  relation  to  the  individual  dwelling. 

Not  all  social  trends  are  on  this  grand  scale.  The 
phenomenal  growth  of  hobbies  is  another  one. 
Hobbies  are  a  peculiarly  modern  activity.  They  are 
partly  the  result  of  increased  leisure,  partly  an  at- 
tempt to  compensate  for  the  spiritual  poverty  of  life 
in  an  overspecialized  world.  Wherever  a  hobby  re- 
quires space — say  photography  or  woodworking — 
the  plan  of  the  house  must  be  modified.  There  are 
many  similar  examples  of  social  pressures  which 
tend  to  change  the  form  of  the  house. 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


HOME  IS  A  PSYCHOLOGICAL  FACT 
Hardest  to  evaluate  of  all  three  aspects  of  today's 
house  is  what  we  have  termed  the  psychological. 
When  a  man  buys  a  car  it  would  scarcely  be  accu- 
rate to  say  that  his  emotions  are  deeply  involved  in 
the  transaction.  For  one  thing,  he  has  no  intention 
of  keeping  the  car  for  more  than  three  to  five  years. 
For  another,  it  is  primarily  a  means  of  transporta- 
tion. True,  people  do  become  fond  of  their  cars  and 
their  idiosyncrasies,  and  they  get  a  great  deal  of 
pleasure  from  the  freedom  of  movement  a  car  of- 
fers, but  there  is  rarely  much  anguish  when  the  ja- 
lopy is  traded  in  for  a  shiny  new  model.  Home  is 
quite  a  different  matter. 

Did  you  ever  hear  of  a  "Dream  Car"?  We 
haven't.  But  there  is  an  American  "Dream 
House,"  and  all  of  us  have  been  conditioned  to 
want  it.  This  dream  house  has  become  so  stand- 
ardized that  we  can  even  describe  it. 

Home,  in  the  American  dream,  is  a  quaint  little 
white  cottage,  shyly  nestled  in  a  grove  of  old  elms 
or  maples,  bathed  in  the  perfume  of  lilacs,  and 
equipped  with  at  least  one  vine-covered  wall.  Its 
steep  gabled  roof,  covered  with  rough,  charmingly 
weathered  shingles,  shows  a  slight  sag  in  the  ridge. 
The  eaves  come  down  so  low  that  one  can  almost 
touch  them.  Tiny  dormers  on  one  side  poke  them- 
selves through  the  old  roof  and  let  in  light  through 
tiny-paned  windows  to  the  upstairs  bedrooms.  In 
front  of  the  house  there  is  invariably  a  picket  fence, 
with  day  Mies  poking  their  heads  between  the 
white  palings.  Let  into  the  fence,  at  the  end  of  a 
flagstone  walk  bordered  with  alyssum  and  verbena, 
is  a  swinging  gate,  where  husband  and  wife  em- 
brace tenderly  as  he  dashes  for  the  8:11  and  the 
workaday  world.  Finishing  touches  include  shut- 
ters in  soft  blue  or  green,  with  half  moons  or  flow- 
er pots  cut  out  of  them  with  a  jig  saw.  In  the  hall 
there  is  a  replica  of  an  oil  lamp,  wired  for  electricity. 
Somewhere  there  is  a  paneled  wall,  a  beamed  ceil- 
ing, a  hooked  rug,  a  four-poster  bed,  and  a  huge 


fireplace  of  worn  old  brick  with  an  antique  settle  or 
shoemaker's  bench  in  front  of  it. 

"Well,"  you  may  say,  "what's  wrong  with  that 
picture?  It  looks  pretty  good  to  me." 

There  is  nothing  wrong  with  the  picture — except 
that  it  remains  what  it  always  was,  a  dream.  No 
house  embodying  all  of  these  features  ever  existed 
at  any  one  time  or  place.  When  people  attempt  to 
realize  it  today,  what  they  actually  get  is  either  a 
cheap  imitation  or  an  outrageously  expensive  fake. 
And  in  the  end  the  whole  thing  is  given  away  by  the 
late  model  Buick  at  the  front  door  (which  requires 
a  very  untraditional  driveway  and  garage),  or  by 
the  kitchen  ventilating  fan,  or  a  television  aerial, 
not  to  mention  the  tiled  bath  and  streamlined  kit- 
chen. People  refuse  to  live  in  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury even  though  they  sometimes  like  to  pretend 
that  is  what  they  are  doing. 

To  approach  the  biggest  investment  in  a  family's 
life  in  such  peculiarly  sentimental  terms  seems  irra- 
tional, to  say  the  least.  At  such  a  time  we  should  be 
thinking  very  hard  about  getting  the  very  best  liv- 
ing features  for  the  money;  instead,  we  dream  of  a 
kind  of  house  that  was  developed  before  we  fin- 
ished fighting  the  Indians. 

There  is  something  else  about  this  dream  house 
which  is  odd.  The  picture  is  not  "traditional"- 
that  is,  it  does  not  go  back  without  interruption  to 
pioneer  days.  After  the  Civil  War,  during  the  Vic- 
torian period,  people  didn't  think  in  these  terms  at 
all.  The  Victorian  house,  for  example,  was  a  sur- 
prisingly uninhibited  design  and  very  functional  in 
a  good  many  ways.  It  was  quite  sensibly  related  to 
the  techniques  and  living  habits  of  the  period. 
Queer  as  their  tastes  may  have  been,  the  people  of 
this  time  felt  no  compulsion,  apparently,  to  squeeze 
themselves  into  counterfeit  Cape  Cod  cottages.  The 
Colonial  dream  with  which  we  have  all  been  ob- 
sessed goes  back  only  to  the  time  of  World  War  I. 
Why? 

The  end  of  World  War  I  opened  one  of  the  most 


chaotic  periods  in  human  history.  One  year  and 
four  days  before  the  armistice  was  signed,  the  Rus- 
sians under  Lenin  inaugurated  a  social  and  eco- 
nomic system,  the  implications  of  which  have  never 
ceased  to  frighten  people  whose  well-being  de- 
pends on  the  ownership  of  productive  property. 
After  the  German  people  had  swapped  the  Kaiser 
for  the  Weimar  Republic,  they  headed  into  a  period 
of  disastrous  inflation.  Trying  to  establish  a  gov- 
ernment on  the  Bolshevik  model,  the  North  Italian 
workers  precipitated  the  crisis  that  brought  in  Mus- 
solini and  Fascism.  The  wildest  boom  ever  known 
came  to  a  sudden  end  in  1929,  and  tens  of  millions 
of  people  the  world  over  suddenly  found  them- 
selves helpless  and  jobless.  Full-scale  wars  have 
been  raging  in  Asia,  Africa,  and  Europe  since  193 1 . 
These  events,  tossed  into  the  lap  of  a  generation 
born  in  the  smug,  quiet  years  which  began  the  cen- 
tury, were  profoundly  distressing,  because  the 
forces  generating  the  events  were  hard  to  under- 
stand and  seemingly  impossible  to  control. 

World  War  I  had  another  consequence.  It  opened 
the  eyes  of  industrialists  to  the  meaning  of  full- 
scale  mass  production.  Factories  sprang  up  by  the 
thousands,  and  markets  were  flooded  with  count- 
less items  that  were  lower  in  price  and  higher  in 
quality  than  any  consumer  goods  ever  produced 
before.  Thus,  before  the  eyes  of  a  new  generation, 
another  contradiction  presented  itself:  production 
potential  without  limit  on  the  one  hand:  unem- 
ployment without  limit  on  the  other.  Alone  in  a 
world  that  made  little  sense  and  offered  less  secur- 
ity, the  average  citizen  searched  desperately  for 
ways  out  of  the  dilemmas  into  which  he  was  con- 
tinually being  placed.  Never  in  his  whole  history 
had  he  been  so  free.  He  was  "free"  to  work — if  he 
could  find  work.  He  was  "free"  to  buy  anything— 
if  he  had  money.  He  was  "free"  to  move  anywhere 
he  wanted — if  there  was  a  job  at  the  other  end.  He 
had  other  kinds  of  freedom,  too.  Good  kinds.  But 
for  the  most  part  he  was  like  a  chip  tossed  around 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 

in  a  strong  current,  and  of  this  kind  of  freedom  he 
was  terrified. 

When  people  become  afraid  of  freedom,  they  try 
to  give  it  up.  They  regiment  themselves,  because 
regimentation  provides  a  comforting  sense  of  se- 
curity, of  belonging  to  something.  The  comfort 
doesn't  last,  but  people  try  it  anyway. 

We  know  how  regimentation  worked  in  Ger- 
many and  Italy.  In  our  own  country  it  is  less  blat- 
ant, because  what  we  are  destroying  is  cultural,  not 
political,  freedom.  Every  week  tens  of  millions  of 
people  rush  to  the  movies,  where  the  usual  film 
preaches  that  there  is  no  need  to  worry — there  is 
always  a  happy  ending.  Let  the  czars  of  fashion  an- 
nounce that  skirts  are  going  to  be  an  inch  higher  or 
lower,  and  female  America  trots  off  docilely  to 
obey.  Fear  is  the  keynote  of  smart  advertising:  we 
buy  because  we  are  afraid  of  B.O.  or  halitosis  or 
losing  a  girl — never  because  we  like  the  stuff.  Over 
a  million  people  belong  to  "clubs"  which  tell  them 
what  books  to  buy.  Then  they  buy  digests  so  that 
they  won't  have  to  read  the  books.  Expose  some- 
one to  a  strange  new  painting  or  unfamiliar  music, 
and  ask  for  a  reaction.  Usually  what  you  get  is  an 
evasion.  Modern  man,  put  into  a  spot  where  he 
can't  function  on  canned  opinion,  tends  to  get  lost. 
He  has  no  confidence  in  his  taste  or  judgment.  He 
is  regimented. 

And  so  with  our  houses.  For  a  while  the  rage  was 
"Mediterranean."  Later  it  was  "English"  and 
"French  Provincial."  Most  recently  it  has  been 
"Colonial."  The  names  of  the  styles  don't  matter, 
because  most  of  the  houses  have  been  very  poor 
imitations,  anyway.  But  what  did  that  matter?  All 
that  really  mattered  was  not  getting  out  of  step  with 
the  crowd. 

The  "Dream  House"  exists  because  to  the  person 
who  has  lost  his  capacity  for  independent  thinking 
and  feeling  it  represents  authority,  expert  opinion, 
tradition,  and  cultural  solidarity  with  his  fellows. 
Also,  it  subtly  identifies  its  owner  with  people  who 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


weren't  afraid  to  think  and  feel  for  themselves,  with 
a  time  when  families  moved  boldly  into  the  un- 
charted wilderness  because  they  knew  what  they 
were  after.  Armed  with  a  dream  house,  the  bewil- 
dered citizen  thinks  he  has  one  thing  at  least  which 
will  stay  put  in  a  changing  world,  a  link  to  the  past 
which  suggests,  but  does  not  really  provide,  secur- 
ity. This  house  has  the  magic  property  of  making 
one  just  like  everyone  else.  It  is  not  "extreme"  or 
"freakish."  Its  features  have  been  made  known  to 
every  man  and  woman  in  the  land  through  the  wo- 
men's magazines,  the  home  magazines,  movies,  and 
advertisements.  It  is,  therefore,  respectable.  For 
this  respectability  the  buyer  pays  a  high  price,  be- 
cause he  sacrifices  all  kinds  of  living  amenities  in 
the  process. 

WHAT   IS   A   HOUSE? 

Now  it  is  clear  why  our  young  friends  banged  up 
then-  moldings.  The  old-fashioned  design  was  not 
enough — the  house  had  to  show  the  very  scars  of 
long  usage.  \Ye  all  want  safety,  permanence,  con- 
tinuity. But  what  a  strange  way  to  try  to  get  them! 
Now  it  is  also  clear  why  the  shutters,  the  fake 
beams,  and  all  the  other  stage  scenery  are  put  in. 
We  can  see,  too,  why  modern  houses  were  greeted 
at  the  outset  with  such  violent  outbursts  of  disap- 
proval. "Modern"  was  more  than  a  way  of  design- 
ing houses — it  was  one  more  symbol  of  incompre- 
hensible change.  And  every  change,  these  days, 
seems  to  be  a  threat  to  personal  and  social  stability. 
What  is  a  house?  We  now  have  an  answer.  It  is  a 
perfect  mirror  of  a  society  most  of  whose  members 
are  desperately  afraid  of  acting  like  independent  in- 
dividuals. Its  weaknesses  are  social,  not  technical. 
The  technical  means  for  producing  good  houses 
have  long  been  at  hand.  Today's  house  is  the  cru- 
dest kind  of  solution  to  the  problem  of  gracious, 
civilized  living;  it  is  decades  behind  the  industrial 
possibilities  of  our  time.  Tomorrow's  house — the 


antithesis  of  everything  we  have  said  about  today's 
— could  be  built  right  now  by  anyone  who  has  the 
good  sense  and  courage  to  tackle  it. 

A   LOOK  AT   MODERN 

If  you  have  already  glanced  at  the  pictures  in  this 
book,  you  will  have  noticed  that  there  are  no  ex- 
amples of  the  Colonial  Dream  House.  Interiors,  ex- 
teriors, furnishings,  and  equipment  are  all  modern. 
In  other  words,  they  were  built  by  people  who 
haven't  been  afraid  to  change.  To  date,  such  peo- 
ple have  put  up  enough  modern  houses  to  fill  sev- 
eral books  this  size.  In  the  next  five  years  or  so, 
dozens  of  times  as  many  are  going  to  be  built.  The 
Colonial  dream  is  approaching  its  end.  How  do  we 
know?  In  two  ways.  We  have  been  watching  the 
advertisements,  the  movies,  and  the  magazines,  and 
the  swing  to  modern  has  definitely  begun.  All  of 
our  tremendous  apparatus  for  influencing  public 
opinion  is  tuning  up  for  a  new  propaganda  barrage 
in  favor  of  these  new  houses.  A  new  fashion  in 
homes  will  be  created,  and  the  public  will  follow. 
There  is  another  reason  for  this  prediction,  a  far 
more  important  one.  People  have  been  learning 
that  the  houses  they  have  been  sold  are  not  good 
enough.  Where  they  have  seen  good  modern 
houses,  they  have  been  impressed.  They  know  liv- 
ing in  a  house  can  be  better  than  it  has  been,  and 
they  are  beginning  to  make  their  demands  felt. 

At  this  point  one  thing  has  to  be  made  very  clear, 
for  it  is  the  basis  on  which  the  entire  book  has  been 
written.  We  are  in  favor  of  modern  houses,  not  be- 
cause they  are  modern,  but  because  they  are  tradi- 
tional. This  undoubtedly  sounds  strange  enough  to 
require  an  explanation.  Here  it  is : 

Whenever  people  run  across  buildings  which  his- 
tory books  say  are  great  architecture,  we  find  that 
these  buildings  have  certain  characteristics  in  com- 
mon. Invariably  they  were  unself-conscious  and 
honest  solutions  to  some  particular  set  of  building 
problems.  Their  architects  were  men  who  worked 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


in  a  tradition  which  was  full  of  meaning  for  the 
people  of  the  time.  They  didn't  play  games  and  pre- 
tend they  were  living  in  some  entirely  different 
period.  Suppose  the  men  who  built  the  cathedral 
at  Chartres  had  tried  to  pretend  it  was  a  Greek 
temple?  Would  people  come  from  all  over  the 
world  to  see  it?  We  suspect  they  wouldn't.  Why  is 
an  old  Colonial  village  so  charming  and  the  current 
"Colonial"  subdivision  so  boring?  Could  it  be  be- 
cause one  is  honest  and  the  other  a  fake?  Boulder 
Dam  aroused  more  genuine  esthetic  emotion  than 
all  the  churches  in  America  put  together.  And  yet 
church  buildings  are  designed  specifically  to  arouse 
emotion  and  Boulder  Dam  was  built  only  to  hold 
back  a  lot  of  water. 

Wherever  we  look — whether  at  the  present  or 
the  remote  past — the  answer  is  the  same.  The  great 
tradition  in  architecture  is  honest  building.  It  is  as 
true  right  now  as  it  was  in  the  days  of  the  Pyramids. 

We  have  included  only  modern  houses  in  this 
book  because  in  our  time  they  are  the  only  way  to 
carry  on  the  great  tradition.  There  is  no  possible 
chance  to  turn  the  clock  back.  In  designing  houses 
today  we  have  to  be  ourselves — twentieth  century 
people  with  our  own  problems  and  our  own  tech- 
nical facilities.  There  is  no  other  way  to  get  a  good 
house.  No  other  way  at  all. 

If  in  the  next  few  years  people  start  building  this 
new  kind  of  house  because  they  know  what  they 
need  and  want  and  why,  they  will  probably  do  well. 
But  if  they  turn  to  "modern"  because  they  have 
been  persuaded  it  is  the  thing  to  do — the  way  to  be 
like  everybody  else — then  inevitably  the  results  will 
be  as  bad  as  what  went  before.  The  unsightly  rash 
of  earlier  "styles"  which  has  deformed  our  cities 
will  be  succeeded  by  another,  no  better,  of  "mod- 
ernistic" houses.  If  we  continue  to  function  as  we 
have  in  the  last  twenty  or  thirty  years,  it  is  a  safe 
guess  that  the  "modernistic"  will  greatly  outnum- 
ber the  honestly  designed  houses.  Our  tastes  have 
been  so  degraded  by  builders  and  incompetent 


architects  and  manufacturers,  and  by  our  own  in- 
ability to  think  for  ourselves,  that  any  other  out- 
come would  be  a  minor  miracle. 

This  book  is  an  argument  for  the  traditional  ap- 
proach to  house  design,  for  an  expression  in  homes 
of  modern  life  as  we  live  it.  It  is  also  a  plea  for  indi- 
viduality against  regimentation.  Individuality  in 
houses,  as  in  people,  is  a  fundamental  expression  of 
something  real.  It  has  nothing  to  do  with  fashion. 
Surface  differences  (clapboards  on  your  house — 
shingles  on  mine)  are  of  no  importance.  A  man  can 
dress  like  all  other  men  and  still  be  very  much  of  an 
individual.  So  with  houses.  Where  families  are 
alike,  their  houses  will  be  alike — and  they  should 
be.  Where  they  differ,  the  houses  will  show  it — and 
this,  too,  is  as  it  should  be.  Individuality  is  possible 
only  in  a  modern  house  because  no  other  approach 
to  building  expresses  life  as  it  is  today.  And  without 
expression  there  can  be  no  individuality.  The  proc- 
ess of  achieving  individuality  is  not  easy.  Having 
designed  many  houses,  we  have  learned  that.  But 
it  is  worth  working  for. 

THE  TRADITIONAL  APPROACH 

Out  in  the  Southwest  there  is  an  airplane  factory 
which  is  almost  a  mile  long  and  a  city  block  wide. 
Its  exterior  covering  is  sheet  steel;  inside,  its  walls 
and  ceilings  are  padded  with  acres  of  fluffy,  white, 
glass  wool.  This  plant  manufactures  its  own  cli- 
mate, which  is  excellent;  it  provides  wonderful 
artificial  light  to  work  by,  for  there  are  no  win- 
dows; the  padded  walls  keep  noises  down  to  a 
level  which  is  not  unduly  disturbing.  Viewed  from 
inside  or  out,  this  plant  looks  like  nothing  ever 
seen  on  this  earth  before.  Its  design  has  no  "style." 
Anyone  who  looks  at  it,  whether  layman  or 
expert,  is  lost  in  admiration  of  its  great  size  and 
beautifully  efficient  appearance.  The  designers, 
however,  didn't  worry  about  the  factory's  looks; 
they  just  built  it  with  an  honest  concern  for  what 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


it  was  supposed  to  do.  This  was  the  traditional 
approach  applied  to  factory  building.  This  is  how 
we  have  to  design  our  houses. 

"What!"  someone  says.  "Do  you  mean  steel 
houses  without  windows,  padded  inside  with  glass 
wool?"  That  is  exactly  what  we  do  not  mean.  The 
bomber  plant  is  exciting  architecture  because  it 
looks  like  a  factory.  How  exciting  do  you  suppose 
a  house  would  be  if  it  were  faked  to  look  like  a  fac- 
tory? And  why  should  houses  be  windowless?  As 
long  as  people  want  to  enjoy  views  and  have  the 
sun  pour  in,  houses  are  going  to  have  windows. 
And  that,  we  are  inclined  to  believe,  is  going  to  be 
for  a  long,  long  time. 

A  house  designed  on  the  basis  of  the  traditional 
approach  will  look  exactly  like  a  house,  in  fact  it 
will  look  so  much  like  a  house  that  many  people 
will  be  surprised  when  they  see  it.  True,  it  will  lack 
many  of  the  earmarks  of  the  conventional  dwell- 
ing, but  what  of  it?  Automobiles  don't  have  whip 
holders  any  more  either. 

TOMORROW'S   HOUSE 

Today's  house  is  an  unattractive,  inefficient  build- 
ing. Anyone  can  understand  this  by  looking  around 
and  asking  why  people  designed  their  houses  the 
way  they  did.  We  believe  that  people  want  better 
homes  than  they  have  today,  and  we  believe,  too, 
that  many  of  them  are  learning  how  to  get  them. 
That  is  why  we  named  this  book  Tomorrow's 
House.  But  a  title  like  this  can  be  misleading. 

For  years  the  crystal-gazers  have  been  telling  us 
what  tomorrow's  house  will  be  like.  We  have  no 
crystal  ball.  We  are  not  interested  in  houses  of  non- 
existent materials,  houses  that  can  be  flown  from 
here  to  there,  houses  that  substitute  fancy  electronic 
gadgetry  for  sensible  planning.  We  are  interested  in 
houses  that  people  can  build  and  live  in  now — not 
in  the  year  2000. 

A  while  back  we  said  that  most  people  would 
8 


some  day  be  living  in  factory-produced  houses. 
That  is  true.  It  has  to  be  true,  because  every  other 
consumer  product  in  this  country  has  always 
moved  from  handicraft  production  to  industrial 
production,  and  there  is  no  technical  reason  why 
houses  should  be  the  exception.  There  are  social 
and  psychological  reasons  against  it,  as  we  have 
seen,  chiefly  the  fear  of  losing  the  illusion  of  se- 
curity and  respectability  attached  to  the  older 
models.  But  this  attitude  is  already  changing. 
Many  people  fear  that  machine  production  will  re- 
move from  the  house  some  quality  we  should  try  to 
keep.  Maybe.  Maybe  there  were  values  in  the  cus- 
tom-made suit  which  do  not  exist  in  the  ready- 
made  article,  but  it  would  be  hard  to  persuade  the 
average  man  to  go  back  to  the  custom  tailor.  There 
is  no  moral  or  esthetic  reason  why  the  factory-built 
house  should  be  inferior  to  the  hand-made  house. 
A  tool  is  a  tool,  and  whether  it  is  worked  out  of 
doors  by  hand  or  in  a  large  plant  by  electric  power 
does  not  change  its  function.  It  is  as  unreasonable 
to  fear  the  prospect  of  the  factory-built  house  as 
it  is  to  resent  the  replacement  of  the  stone  knife 
by  the  cross-cut  saw. 

We  are  not  seriously  concerned  in  this  book  with 
such  factory-made  houses  because  at  this  time  their 
manufacture  is  still  in  an  extremely  primitive  state, 
and  we  all  want  our  better  homes  right  now. 

Having  spent  a  number  of  years  watching  the 
development  of  modern  houses  in  this  country  and 
abroad,  and  having  had  the  opportunity  to  ex- 
change ideas  with  most  of  America's  outstanding 
modern  architects,  we  have  built  up  the  thesis  that 
provides  the  underlying  framework  of  this  book. 
It  is  a  simple  idea,  but  it  has  interesting  possibili- 
ties :  if  one  were  to  take  the  best  planning  ideas,  the 
best  structural  schemes,  and  the  best  equipment 
that  have  gone  into  the  best  modern  houses,  and 
combine  them  appropriately  in  a  single  house,  the 
result  would  look  like  something  out  of  the  day 
after  tomorrow.  In  other  words,  we  have  at  hand 


THE  GREAT  TRADITION 


right  now  the  means  to  create  homes  of  designs  so 
advanced  that  they  would  be  able  to  meet  every  re- 
quirement of  contemporary  living. 

Mind  you,  we  don't  expect  anyone  to  go  through 
this  process  of  tossing  all  the  best  things  into  a  hat 
and  pulling  out  the  perfect  house.  Things  don't 
happen  that  way.  Tomorrow's  house  as  we  see 
it  is  not  a  potpourri  but  an  integrated,  highly  indi- 
vidual expression  of  how  a  twentieth-century  fam- 
ily lives.  And  to  get  that  you  need  a  family  that 
knows  what  it  needs  and  has  the  courage  of  its  con- 
victions. You  also  need  an  architect  worth  his  salt. 
Both  are  to  be  found,  but  there  is  no  oversupply  of 
either. 

THIS   BOOK 

The  statement  of  our  thesis  should  help  to  explain 
the  organization  of  the  material  in  the  book.  You 
will  find  no  stock  plans  here,  no  catalogues  of 
"styles,"  no  orations  on  good  taste.  You  will  run 
across  many  detailed  solutions  for  general  prob- 
lems, but  much  more  about  how  to  solve  your  own. 
The  photographs  and  drawings  were  not  put  in  to 
be  copied,  although  if  you  find  a  good  idea  suitable 
for  your  own  requirements,  by  all  means  take  it. 
They  will  be  far  more  useful,  however,  if  they  are 
studied  for  what  they  achieve,  and  analyzed  to  find 
how  they  got  that  way. 

Anyone  who  has  followed  articles  on  houses  in 
the  popular  magazines  and  has  watched  recent  ad- 
vertisements is  conscious  of  the  tremendous  in- 
terest in  new  materials  and  gadgets,  things  which 
promise  to  make  tomorrow's  house  a  revolutionary 
affair  in  many  ways.  If  this  is  what  you  expect  of 
this  book — detailed  specifications  of  things  to 
come — you  will  be  sadly  disappointed.  There  is 
very  little  here  about  miraculous  things  to  come, 
but  a  great  deal  about  miraculous  things  that  have 
been  with  us  for  some  time.  The  relative  absence  of 
glamorous  descriptions  of  new  wonder  plastics, 
light  metals  yet  to  be  named,  and  electronic  equip- 


ment that  will  change  the  baby's  diapers,  is  not  due 
to  a  lack  of  interest  on  our  part.  But  in  combing 
through  the  technical  papers,  in  tracking  down 
promising  announcements,  and  by  utilizing  every 
possible  contact  with  specialists  in  the  building  in- 
dustry, we  were  forced  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
immediate  future  holds  little  in  the  way  of  epoch- 
making  developments  that  will  have  any  significant 
influence  on  home  design.  This  does  not  mean  that 
important  changes  are  not  in  the  offing — in  the 
chapter  called  "Projections"  there  are  indications 
of  many.  These,  however,  will  not  vitally  affect  to- 
morrow's house;  they  are  for  the  day  after  to- 
morrow at  the  earliest.  And  interesting  as  they  are 
as  trends  today,  it  will  be  years  before  they  have 
any  practical  meaning  for  the  home  builder. 

Wherever  possible,  the  "functional"  approach 
has  been  used,  not  because  this  is  the  be-all  and 
end-all  of  house  design,  but  because  it  is  a  good 
way  to  begin.  You  will  not  find  a  chapter  on  bed- 
rooms, for  example,  but  a  great  deal  about  sleep- 
ing. If  people  are  going  to  sleep,  it  doesn't  much 
matter  whether  they  do  it  on  the  couch  in  the  living 
room  or  on  a  bed  in  the  bedroom;  in  both  places 
the  requirements  are  exactly  the  same.  It  may  come 
as  a  surprise  that  certain  rooms  have  been  so  dealt 
with  that  they  have  turned  into  completely  different 
kinds  of  rooms.  In  place  of  the  conventional 
kitchen,  for  instance,  we  give  you  the  "work  cen- 
ter," which  is  not  merely  a  new  label  but  a  new  kind 
of  interior.  Perhaps  you  won't  like  it.  If  so,  that  is 
all  right  with  us.  It  is  definitely  not  the  purpose  of 
this  book  to  dictate  a  new  gospel  of  house  planning. 
It  has  been  enough  of  a  job  to  explore  some  of  the 
myriad  possibilities  offered  by  contemporary  living 
habits  and  industrial  techniques  and  to  show  some 
of  the  ways  they  can  be  used  to  make  houses  better, 
more  attractive  places  to  live.  If  you  are  interested 
in  this  objective  (and  who  is  not?),  we  think  you 
will  find  the  book  provocative  and,  we  hope,  useful 
and  convincing. 


CHAPTER  TWO 


HOME  IS  WHERE  YOU 
HANG  YOUR  ARCHITECT 


THIS  is  NOT  a  true  story,  but  it  might  just  as  well  be. 

Once  upon  a  time  there  was  a  Man  who  decided 
that  he  would  build  a  house  for  his  family  and  him- 
self. Before  calling  in  the  architect  he  had  selected, 
he  himself  started  to  work  out  a  plan  for  the  house, 
because,  he  reasoned,  he  knew  more  about  his  fam- 
ily and  how  it  functioned  and  what  it  liked  and 
what  it  didn't  like  and  what  it  could  afford  and 
what  their  friends  didn't  like,  than  anybody  else. 

He  began  with  the  living-room,  because,  after  all, 
he  only  slept  in  the  bedroom  and  never  went  into 
the  kitchen. 

His  plan  for  the  living-room  was  really  pretty 
wonderful.  There  had  been  very  few  living-rooms, 
probably,  with  as  many  masculine  comforts  in- 
cluded. There  was,  for  instance,  a  place  for  his  fa- 
vorite leather  chair,  which  was  well  worn  and  com- 
fortable. And  there  was  a  good  floor  lamp  with  a 
bright  bulb  arranged  so  that  one  could  read  with- 
out shifting  around  in  the  chair,  moving  the  lamp, 
and  otherwise  wasting  a  great  deal  of  time  and 
comfort. 

Within  arm's  reach  on  one  side  was  the  radio. 
On  the  other  there  was  a  smoking  stand  with  room 
for  magazines,  a  couple  of  books,  a  jar  of  tobacco, 
and  four  or  five  pipes. 

One  side  of  the  room  was  to  be  lined  with 
10 


books,  because  the  Man  liked  to  read.  And  there 
was  even  a  cabinet  which  when  opened  up  would 
turn  into  the  most  ingenious  bar  imaginable. 

When  the  plan  was  done,  the  Man  showed  it  to 
his  wife.  "This"  he  said,  "is  the  plan  of  the  living- 
room  in  our  new  house.  Isn't  it  wonderful?  Look." 

"No,"  said  his  wife,  "it  isn't  wonderful  at  all.  In 
fact,  I'd  hardly  call  it  a  living-room.  It  looks  more 
like  the  extra  bedroom  upstairs  that  you  wanted  so 
that  you  could  have  a  quiet  place." 

"Why,  what  do  you  mean?"  sputtered  the  Man. 
"Now,  look—" 

"A  living-room,"  interrupted  his  wife  icily,  "is 
called  a  living-room  because  other  people  in  the 


HOME   IS   WHERE  YOU   HANG   YOUR  ARCHITECT 


family  will  have  to  live  in  it  besides  you.  When  my 
friends  come  in  for  bridge,  what  good  will  that 
ratty  old  leather  chair  of  yours  do  them?  And  I'm 
not  sure  I  will  even  allow  that  in  our  new  house, 
anyway.  Don't  forget  that  I  am  chairman  of  two 
committees,  one  of  which  has  sixteen  members,  and 
when  they  come  to  the  house,  as  they  will  have  to 
do  at  least  once  a  month,  I  must  have  room  for 
them.  And  if  we  have  tea  we  are  going  to  need 
tables.  Besides,  what  will  people  think  if  instead  of 
a  decent  living-room  we  have  this  smoke-filled  den 
you  seem  bent  on  acquiring!" 

"Well,  maybe  you  have  a  point  there,"  said  the 
husband,  who  always  ended  up  by  agreeing  his  wife 
had  a  point  there.  "What  had  we  better  do?  I've 
wanted  a  decent  place  to  read,  you  know,  for  quite 
a  long  time,  and  this  seemed  like  a  good  chance  to 
get  it.  You're  not  going  to  spoil  my  corner,  are 
you?" 

"Certainly  not,"  said  the  wife,  who  was  much 
more  cheerful  now  that  matters  were  obviously  un- 
der control  and  moving  in  the  right  direction.  "Of 
course  not.  After  a  long,  hard  day  at  the  office  you 
need  a  nice  place  where  you  can  read  in  comfort. 
But  about  the  living-room.  I  saw  the  most  attrac- 
tive picture  in  House  and  Home  last  month.  It  had 
a  charming  fireplace  with  some  really  stunning 


eighteenth  century  French  andirons.  And  right  in 
front  of  the  fireplace  there  was  an  antique  coffee 
table  with  a  sofa  on  each  side.  Then  behind  one 
sofa*  there  was  a  high  table  with  a  pair  of  very 
handsome  Chinese  lamps  on  it." 

At  this  point  their  daughter,  who  had  walked  in 
on  the  discussion  a  few  minutes  earlier  and  had  evi- 
denced mounting  indignation,  burst  in. 

"I  never  heard  anything  so  ridiculous  in  all  my 
life!  Isn't  there  going  to  be  any  place  in  this  house 
where  your  children  can  carry  on  a  normal  social 
life?  Why,  anybody  would  think  you  didn't  have 
any  children  or  didn't  care  about  them.  Why  don't 
you  build  us  a  separate  house?" 

The  Man  and  his  wife,  having  weathered  these 
outbursts  for  a  good  part  of  the  last  sixteen  years, 
regarded  their  daughter  with  their  usual  mixture  of 
affection  and  perplexity,  tacitly  dropping  their  own 
argument  to  join  forces  against  the  forthcoming 
attack. 

"A  living-room,"  continued  their  daughter  in- 
dignantly, "is  a  place  where  the  family  should  live, 
isn't  it?  Why  do  you  have  to  dress  it  up  like  a  third- 
rate  interior  decorator's  dream  of  life  in  a  pent- 
house? Do  you  have  to  clutter  up  the  room  with 
that  heavy  table  and  those  two  Chinese  lamps?  I 
know  what  you're  talking  about.  We  saw  it  in 

O~ 


wra 


II 


HOME   IS  WHERE    YOU   HANG   YOUR  ARCHITECT 


Roan's  window  when  we  were  downtown  day  be- 
fore yesterday.  Now,  I  ask  you !  How  do  we  ever 
move  that  out  of  the  way  if  we're  having  a  party 
and  someone  wants  to  dance?  And  with  those* two 
chi-chi  sofas  so  close  to  the  fireplace,  how  would 
anybody  ever  get  in  there  to  make  popcorn  or  toast 
marshmallows?  What's  more,  if  a  girl  wanted  to 
entertain  somebody — just  one  person,  I  mean — she 
would  have  about  as  much  privacy  as  a — a — ." 

"Goldfish,"  suggested  her  father  helpfully. 

In  the  brief  silence  that  followed,  many  thoughts 
were  whirling  around  in  the  minds  of  the  living- 
room  planners. 

"Guess  I  lose  my  reading  corner,"  thought  the 
Man. 

"I  don't  suppose  I'll  ever  have  a  really  nice  liv- 
ing-room," thought  his  wife,  "and  I've  wanted  one 
for  so  long." 

"Why  don't  they  ever  do  things  right,"  fretted 
the  daughter.  "Does  a  girl  have  to  wait  until  she's 
married  to  get  a  nice  place  to  live?" 

Habit  was  strong,  however.  But  with  the  first 
move  towards  compromise,  in  walked  son  John, 
age  fourteen,  whose  passion  for  swing  bands 
had  turned  the  dinner  hour  into  a  silent,  recurring 
battle  over  whether  he  or  his  father  would  get  to 
the  radio  first  when  dessert  was  cleared  away.  And 


the  three  suddenly  realized  that  this  was  the  most 
difficult  factor  of  all — John  and  his  drums  and  his 
three  music-loving  companions  who  weekly  made 
the  neighborhood  air  quiver  with  their  uneasy  ef- 
forts to  achieve  something  new  in  contemporary 
music. 

Late  that  night  the  discussion  continued  in  the 
privacy  of  the  master  bedroom. 

" — And  you  see,  my  dear,"  continued  the  wife, 
decisively  snapping  her  hair  net  into  place,  "there 
also  has  to  be  at  least  one  decent  place  where  I  can 
work.  There's  all  the  mending,  which  means  some 
kind  of  cabinet  in  the  living-room,  because  it's  silly 
to  run  up  and  down  with  a  sewing  basket,  and  a 
good  strong  light.  And  we  need  a  desk,  because  we 
have  to  keep  bills  and  household  accounts  and 
write  letters  somewhere." 

Overwhelmed  by  the  seemingly  endless  list  of  re- 
quirements, the  Man  grunted  and  fell  asleep.  So, 
eventually,  did  his  wife.  And  her  consciousness  of 
the  requirements  and  desires  of  the  rest  of  her  fam- 
ily must  have  penetrated  her  subconscious,  for  she 
drifted  presently  into  a  dream  of  Bessie,  an  irate 
Bessie,  the  maid  they  had  had  the  longest  time  and 
a  family  member  they  were  most  anxious  to  keep. 

"I  quit!"  Bessie  was  saying  over  and  over  again 
in  the  dream.  "I  can't  clean  that  living-room!  You 

SjpM-CA. 


HOME  IS  WHERE  YOU   HANG   YOUR  ARCHITECT 


should  have  one  servant  just  to  work  there  and  no- 
where else.  I  can't  get  the  vacuum  cleaner  under 
those  spindle-legged  sofas,  so  I  have  to  move  them. 
But  you  can't  move  them,  because  there  are  tables 
on  both  sides.  So  I  move  the  tables.  But  you  can't 
move  the  tables,  because  they're  too  heavy.  Then 
there's  that  corner  of  yours.  No  matter  what  I  do 
to  that  old  leather  chair,  it  never  looks  right.  And 
there  are  the  cigar  ashes  on  that  beautiful  new  rug. 
Master  John  won't  let  me  move  his  drums,  and  I 
can't  clean  around  them  or  under  them.  And  Miss 
Peggy's  friends  got  toasted  marshmallow  all  over 
one  of  the  upholstered  chairs  last  night.  I  can 
hardly  move  around,  because  you've  got  three  floor 
lamps  now. 

"I  quit!"  screamed  Bessie,  vanishing  into  a  black 
void  where  the  wife  could  not  even  find  a  fragment 
of  pride  in  working  out  a  living-room  that  would 
make  everybody  in  the  family  happy. 

Breakfast  the  following  day  was  better.  Planning 
was  in  the  air.  Each  member  of  the  family  sensed  in 
his  or  her  own  way  the  challenge  and  excitement  of 
arranging  things  so  that  this  room  would  do  every- 
thing that  they  demanded  of  it.  They  were  all  gen- 
uinely fond  of  one  another,  and  the  bickering  was 
almost  always  amiable. 

"Let's  make  a  list,"  said  the  mother. 


A  list  was  made  forthwith.  Or,  rather,  four  lists 
were  made. 

Putting  them  together  was  the  most  fascinating 
game  of  give-and-take  the  family  had  ever  played. 
But  as  the  room  emerged  from  this  building-up  of 
requirements,  it  took  on  a  rather  curious  and  dis- 
turbing quality,  for  it  was  not  like  any  room  any  of 
them  could  recall  having  seen  before. 

There  were,  for  example,  thirteen  different 
sources  of  light.  Some  were  high  and  some  were 
low,  some  were  dim  and  some  were  bright,  some 
were  direct  and  some  were  indirect.  They  had  never 
seen  a  room  with  thirteen  lights  in  it  before,  but  the 
idea  seemed  to  make  sense.  And,  anyway,  they  had 
gotten  rid  of  the  three  floor  lamps,  because  nobody 
liked  floor  lamps.  There  was  even  to  be  a  funny 
black  spotlight,  screwed  on  the  wood  wall  in  the 
alcove,  just  like  the  ones  in  the  show  windows 
down  at  Lloyd's.  But  they  had  mulled  over  the 
question  of  lights,  and  this  they  knew  was  what 
they  needed. 

There  was  acoustical  tile  on  one  wall—  just  as 
there  was  in  Dad's  office  —  to  counteract  some  of 
the  effects  of  the  swing  band.  And  there  was  one 
wall  that  seemed  to  be  mostly  glass,  which  could  be 
made  to  slide  so  that  in  summer  the  porch  would 
become  part  of  the  living-room,  and  everybody 


rvodio   /Uttprujvt 
ht 


13 


HOME  IS  WHERE  YOU   HANG   YOUR  ARCHITECT 


TY\8,  Jiocott 


would  have  more  space. 

At  this  point  they  went  to  their  Architect,  who 
was  a  very  distinguished  old  gentleman.  He  had 
built  the  local  courthouse,  a  very  fine  Italian  Re- 
naissance building.  The  main  lobby  had  a  wonder- 
ful corridor  with  a  ceiling  you  would  have  sworn 
was  made  out  of  wood  beams.  Everybody  in  town 
knew  they  were  concrete,  of  course,  but  nobody 
had  ever  seen  so  good  an  imitation.  He  had  done 
houses  in  the  best  sections  of  town — stately  Geor- 
gian mansions,  the  most  intimate  kind  of  French 
farmhouses,  and  even  a  Mediterranean  villa,  which 
looked  too  tropical  for  words,  except,  of  course,  in 
the  worst  part  of  February. 

The  Architect  looked  at  the  list  and  heard  all 
about  the  thirteen  lights  and  the  sliding  wall  and 
the  acoustical  tile  and  everything  else  that  was 
needed  for  the  living-room.  And  the  slight  wrinkle 
in  his  distinguished  forehead  broadened  into  a  po- 
lite frown  that  gradually  became  fixed. 

"It's  impossible,"  he  said  finally,  delicately  tap- 
ping his  gold  pencil  on  the  top  of  his  antique  desk 
(one  of  the  finest  Chinese  Chippendale  pieces  ever 
produced  west  of  the  Mississippi).  "It's  simply  im- 
possible." 

The  Man  and  his  wife  looked  at  each  other. 

"Why?"  they  asked. 
14 


"Because,"  said  the  Architect,  "there  has  never 
at  any  period,  in  any  style,  been  the  kind  of  living- 
room  you  are  talking  about.  If  you  should  build 
this  astonishing  creation,  it  would  have  no  Propor- 
tion, Symmetry,  or  Style.  In  fact,  it  would  have  no 
architectural  quality  of  any  kind.  It  would  be  in- 
correct. It  would  be  bad  form.  You  would  become 
a  laughing  stock.  And  I  cannot  allow  any  of  these 
things  to  happen  to  any  of  my  clients." 

The  Man  and  his  wife  were  silent  and  subdued. 
How  had  they  managed  to  break  so  many  rules? 
All  they  had  wanted  was  a  living-room. 

"Well,"  said  the  Man  finally,  "I  can  see  that  we 
should  have  come  to  an  expert  in  the  first  place. 
You  had  better  go  ahead  and  show  us  what  we 
should  have  in  our  living-room." 

Gratified,  the  Great  Architect  smiled  benignly 
and  reached  behind  him  for  the  well-thumbed 
copies  of  Stately  Homes  of  the  English  Aristocracy 
of  the  Early  Eighteenth  Century  by  Marmaduke 
Chilblane,  and  Country  Houses  of  the  Borgias,  Il- 
lustrated with  Photographs  and  Detail  Drawings,  by 
Baron  Occhio  di  Porco,  and  Rooms  Louis  XIV  Was 
Particularly  Fond  Of  by  Lady  Meddle.  The  Great 
Architect  was  ready  to  design  another  house. 

The  ending  of  this  story  is  very  sad  or  very  beau- 
tiful, depending  on  how  you  look  at  it.  The  thirteen 
lights  were  replaced  by  four  very  chaste  gold-and- 
antiqued-mirror  wall  brackets  and  two  lamps  that 
easily  gave  enough  light  so  that  nobody  stumbled 
over  the  long-legged  little  tables  that  were  scat- 
tered all  over  the  fine  imitation  Aubusson  carpet. 
When  the  house  was  finished,  the  Man  did  his 
reading  in  the  bedroom,  his  wife  did  her  sewing  in 
the  kitchen,  their  daughter  took  over  the  rumpus 
room  in  the  basement  (which  was  built  as  an  after- 
thought and  in  sheer  desperation),  and  the  swing 
band  found  quarters  in  somebody  else's  house. 
This  last  was  admitted  to  be  a  very  successful  piece 
of  planning  on  the  part  of  the  Great  Architect. 

The  story  might  have  had  a  different  ending,  but 


HOME  IS  WHERE  YOU   HANG  YOUR  ARCHITECT 


the  Man  and  his  wife  did  not  find  this  out  until 
many  years  after  the  house  was  built.  By  then  they 
had  become  so  accustomed  to  the  dreary  correct- 
ness of  their  house  and  its  living-room,  and  had  so 
adapted  themselves  to  its  manifold  inconveniences, 
that  they  forgot  about  the  living-room  that  was  de- 
signed for  living  rather  than  the  gratification  of  a 
Great  Architect,  the  home  magazines,  and  the  most 
sheeplike  of  their  friends. 

But  many  other  people  did  not  forget.  There  had 
already  begun  to  appear  in  Switzerland  and  Swe- 
den and  Holland  and  France,  in  San  Francisco  and 
Spring  Green,  Wisconsin;  in  New  York,  Chicago, 
and  other  places,  architects  and  designers  who 
were  not  shocked  by  the  idea  of  thirteen  lights  in 


one  room  or  sliding  walls  or  old  leather  chairs. 

To  these  people  it  seemed  perfectly  natural  to  de- 
sign a  room  for  those  who  were  going  to  use  it.  A 
room  was  a  space  created  by  walls  of  some  sort  and 
a  floor  and  a  ceiling,  so  fitted  with  equipment  and 
furniture  that  you  could  do  exactly  what  you 
wanted  in  it  in  the  way  you  wanted  to  do  it. 

One  of  these  architects  even  made  a  proclama- 
tion about  it  in  the  early  days.  "A  house,"  he  said, 
"is  a  machine  for  living  in." 

The  people  who  came  later  thought  that  even 
this  declaration  cramped  their  style.  And  they  be- 
gan to  forget  about  the  "machine"  as  an  end  in  it- 
self and  to  think  more  about  what  it  could  do  for 
better  living. 


15 


CHAPTER  THREE 


HOW  TO  PLAN  A 
LIVING-ROOM 


FIRST,  WE  DO  exactly  what  the  family  in  the  last 
chapter  did.  We  make  lists.  Certain  activities  will 
cancel  each  other  out.  For  example,  writing  letters, 
doing  homework,  settling  the  household  accounts, 
and  various  other  occupations  can  all  be  taken  care 
of  at  a  good  desk.  To  be  sure,  there  will  be  occa- 
sions when  one  desk  will  prove  inadequate.  Some- 
one will  want  to  write  letters  at  the  same  time 
someone  else  wants  to  do  homework.  If  such 
situations  are  likely  to  arise  very  often,  planning 
takes  this  into  account  by  providing  a  secondary 
desk.  This  might  be  the  dining-room  table  or  even 
a  table  in  the  kitchen.  Possibly  it  will  be  decided 
that  homework  will  not  be  done  in  the  living-room 
at  all,  but  in  the  bedroom,  and  a  space  there  will  be 
planned  for  it. 

NOISE 

Some  of  these  overlapping  requirements  may  have 
fairly  elaborate  solutions.  But  it  is  both  good  fun 
and  real  economy  to  do  this  kind  of  multiple  plan- 
ning wherever  possible.  For  example,  it  is  being 
recognized  that  acoustical  treatment  has  almost  as 
important  a  role  to  play  in  the  house  as  it  has  had 
in  offices  and  moving-picture  theaters.  As  it  hap- 
pens, a  wall  of  books  has  certain  acoustical  prop- 
erties. It  does  not  reflect  sound  as  readily  as  a 
16 


smooth  wood  or  plaster  wall.  Book  covers  are  soft 
and  tend  to  absorb  some  of  the  sound.  So  do  the 
cracks  between  the  books  and  the  spaces  above 
them.  Libraries,  you  know,  are  traditionally  quiet 
places,  and  many  of  us  have  thought  that  it  was  be- 
cause everyone  took  care  not  to  make  any  noise. 
Actually,  however,  the  existence  of  walls  lined 
with  books  constitutes  an  excellent  sound-dead- 
ening treatment.  The  atmosphere  of  quiet  in  many 
libraries  is  due  as  much  to  the  books  themselves  as 
to  the  considerate  behavior  of  the  people  reading 
them.  Here  we  have  a  real  tool  in  planning  a  liv- 
ing-room— provided,  of  course,  that  there  is  a 
desire  to  absorb  sound  and  make  the  room  quieter, 
and  provided,  also,  that  one  happens  to  own  a  lot 
of  books.  If  both  of  these  conditions  obtain,  and 
in  a  great  many  families  they  do,  we  have  a  method 
of  absorbing  sound  that  won't  cost  a  cent,  because 
the  books  have  to  go  somewhere,  anyway. 

This  is  just  one  example  of  dozens  which  might 
be  listed. 

If  acoustical  treatment  is  to  some  extent  expen- 
diture of  money  and  to  a  larger  extent  a  matter  of 
using  one's  head,  the  same  is  more  true  of  lighting. 
Lighting  in  the  average  home  is  so  important,  and 
it  has  been  so  badly  handled  to  date,  that  we  have 
devoted  an  entire  chapter  to  it.  This  much,  how- 
ever, might  be  said  here. 


; 


HOW  TO   PLAN  A   LIVING-ROOM 


LIGHT 

In  the  living-room  more  than  in  any  other  room, 
flexibility  of  lighting  is  exceedingly  desirable.  The 
room  should  be  bright  on  some  occasions,  dim  on 
others.  It  should  have  many  special  installations 
designed  to  make  reading,  sewing,  and  other  ac- 
tivities as  easy  on  the  eyes  as  possible,  and  at  the 
same  time  it  should  not  become  so  cluttered  with 
fixtures — either  table  or  floor  lamps — that  cleaning 
and  moving  around  become  inconvenient. 

The  problem  of  providing  light  where  it  is 
wanted,  and  in  the  proper  quantity  and  quality, 
cannot  be  solved  with  conventional  home  fixtures. 
For  this  reason  many  architects  have  turned  to  the 
equipment  produced  for  commercial  and  indus- 
trial rather  than  domestic  use.  They  are  already 
producing  home  lighting  of  high  quality  and 
flexibility.  (In  this  book  you  will  find  that  a  great 
deal  will  be  said  about  flexibility.) 


FLEXIBILITY 

Consider,  for  example,  the  initial  disagreements 
of  our  family  when  they  began  to  plan  their  living- 
room.  Much  of  the  argument  revolved  around 
questions  of  seating.  Father  wanted  his  comfortable 
old  leather  chair  next  to  the  radio.  Mother  wanted 
couches  and  chairs  for  committee  meetings,  bridge, 
and  entertaining  her  friends.  Daughter  wanted 
seating  facilities,  too,  but  of  a  different  kind.  On 
many  occasions,  although  they  didn't  talk  about  it, 
the  family  wanted  practically  no  seating  at  all — 
just  one  or  two  chairs  where  one  or  two  people 
might  sit  quietly  and  read  or  talk  or  listen  to 
music  without  feeling  that  the  room  looked  too  big 
or  too  barren. 

Here  is  a  real  problem  for  the  planner.  How  do 
you  design  a  room  so  that  it  looks  warm  and  inti- 
mate with  two  people  in  it,  but  never  overcrowded 
with  thirty?  In  a  way  it  sounds  like  an  insoluble 
problem,  unless  one  assumes  that  the  living-room 


is  to  be  made  out  of  rubber  and  stretched  on  ap- 
propriate occasions. 

The  problem,  however,  is  not  insoluble.  But  to 
find  the  answer — or,  rather,  the  answers,  for  there 
are  several  solutions — it  is  necessary  to  look  at  this 
aspect  of  living-room  design  with  something  of  a 
fresh  viewpoint. 

As  we  sit  here  working  on  this  chapter,  we  are 
looking  at  two  photographs  of  living-rooms.  Both 
are  in  houses  designed  by  Frank  Lloyd  Wright. 
One  is  a  very  large  room;  it  must  be  thirty  or  forty 
feet  square.  It  is  the  main  room  in  his  country 
house,  Taliesen,  which  was  built  not  far  from 
Spring  Green,  Wisconsin.  The  other  is  in  a  much 
more  modest  residence  in  a  Chicago  suburb. 

In  the  smaller  living-room,  which  looks  as  if  it 
could  take  care  of  a  cocktail  party  for  two  dozen 
people,  there  is  not  a  single  visible  piece  of  movable 
furniture,  with  the  unimportant  exception  of  a 
small  coffee  table  in  front  of  the  fireplace.  There  is, 
however,  a  couch  built  in  under  convenient  book- 
shelves and  cabinets  which  is  large  enough  to 
stretch  out  on,  or  to  seat  six  or  eight  people.  There 
are  several  counters  and  tables,  built  against  the 
walls,  providing  very  attractive  practical  surfaces 
on  which  to  put  books,  meals,  flowers,  or  anything 
else.  In  the  particular  photograph  we  have,  it  is  also 
interesting  to  see  that  there  are  no  lamps  sitting 
around,  because  the  architect  built  his  lighting  fix- 
tures into  the  ceiling,  and  all  that  shows  is  a  flush 
rectangle  of  frosted  glass. 

In  the  big  living-room  at  Taliesen,  this  use  of 
built-in  living  equipment  is  even  more  remarkable. 
Here,  in  a  small  alcove,  one  can  sit  all  alone  in  the 
evening  by  the  fire  and  feel  quite  comfortable.  And 
the  same  room  functions  equally  well  with  as  many 
as  fifty  or  sixty  people.  The  secret  of  this  remark- 
able flexibility  is  again  to  be  found  in  the  use  of 
built-in  seating,  which  is  always  so  inconspicuous 
that  it  seems  like  a  part  of  the  room's  architecture. 
Yet,  when  a  crowd  turns  up,  it  is  always  available 
for  people  to  sit  on. 

17 


HOW  TO  PLAN  A  LIVING-ROOM 


The  peaceful  atmosphere  of  such  rooms  as  these 
must  be  experienced  to  be  fully  understood.  But 
the  basic  idea,  that  the  room  itself  provide  seating 
and  table  top  space  rather  than  accomplishing 
these  functions  with  furniture  moved  in  after  the 
room  is  done,  is  of  great  importance.  It  is  also  im- 
portant to  note  that  in  such  rooms  the  essential 
equipment  is  provided  at  the  walls.  The  center  is 
free.  It  can  be  left  clear  or  chairs  and  light  tables 
can  be  moved  in  as  they  are  needed.  This  is  part  of 
what  is  meant  when  we  talk  of  flexibility. 

How  many  of  the  living-rooms  with  which  you 
are  acquainted  are  too  cluttered?  If  any  of  us  were 
honest  about  our  own  houses  and  those  of  our 
friends,  we  would  be  forced  to  agree  that  half  or 
more  of  the  furniture  which  gets  in  one's  way  could 
well  be  eliminated  and  replaced  by  less  expensive, 
less  conspicuous,  built-in  units,  and  that  a  great 
deal  of  the  junk  lying  around  on  bookshelves, 
table  tops,  and  so  on,  could  be  thrown  out  or  at 
least  put  in  cabinets  where  it  would  be  out  of  the 
way. 

STORAGE 

The  old  idea  of  the  living-room  never  included  a 
closet.  Nor  was  storage  space  of  any  kind  consid- 
ered essential.  There  might  be  a  table  with  two  or 
three  drawers  in  it,  which  would  be  jammed  with 
playing  cards,  seed  catalogues,  letters,  canceled 
checks,  and  dozens  of  other  odds  and  ends.  But 
this  could  hardly  be  considered  storage. 

Phonograph  records,  for  instance,  need  to  be 
kept  safely  out  of  sight,  away  from  dust.  There  is 
no  need  to  mess  up  the  room  with  them.  The  same 
is  true  of  game  equipment — chess  and  backgam- 
mon boards,  bridge  tables,  poker  chips,  score  pads, 
and  the  like.  And  there  are  always  the  extra  ash 
trays,  cartons  of  cigarettes,  coasters  for  glasses,  and 
all  the  other  paraphernalia  of  entertainment. 

This,  incidentally,  provides  one  of  the  major  con- 
18 


1 


HOW  TO   PLAN   A  LIVING-ROOM 


trasts  between  the  living-room  in  the  modern  house, 
which  invariably  has  one  or  several  cabinets  filled 
with  shelves,  drawers,  and  compartments,  and  the 
conventional  type  of  interior  where  nothing  of  the 
sort  is  provided. 

Attention  to  storage  units  as  a  factor  in  provid- 
ing greater  flexibility  for  living  also  has  a  profound 
effect  on  the  housewife's  problems  of  keeping  the 
place  in  order.  There  is  a  house  in  one  of  New 
York's  suburbs,  for  instance,  with  a  living-room 
supplied  with  forty-five  running  feet  of  storage 
cabinets.  These  extend  the  full  length  of  one  wall 
and  out  into  the  hall.  The  whole  house,  in  fact,  is 
equipped  with  all  sorts  of  storage  units  in  addition 
to  the  usual  closets,  and  one  result,  according  to 
the  owners,  has  been  a  great  saving  in  time  and 
energy  and  money. 

Originally  it  was  believed  three  servants  would 
be  needed  to  keep  the  house  in  order.  When  the 
family  moved  in,  it  was  found  that  two  did  the  job 
very  well — a  saving  which  paid  for  all  of  the  extra 
units  (in  a  few  years,  it  might  be  added).  Then, 
when  the  war  came  and  servants  disappeared,  the 
family  found  that  it  could  run  the  house  under  its 
own  steam  without  too  much  difficulty. 

"Clutter"  can  mean  a  great  many  things.  In 
many  of  Frank  Lloyd  Wright's  houses  the  floors 
are  of  brick  or  polished  concrete.  In  some  cases  the 
rugs  have  been  omitted  entirely.  This  might  sound 
like  an  exchange  of  comfort  for  ease  in  cleaning, 
and  most  people  would  prefer  the  comfort.  How- 
ever, these  houses  are  radiant-heated  through  warm 
water  pipes  embedded  in  the  concrete  floor  slab. 
The  major  source  of  discomfort  with  this  kind  of 
floor — its  coldness — has  consequently  been  elim- 
inated. 

This  does  not  mean,  of  course,  that  rugs  should 
be  discarded.  It  simply  suggests  that  they  can  be,  if 
for  any  reason  the  owner  feels  that  it  would  be  de- 
sirable or  more  economical. 

Pictures  on  the  wall  are  another,  and  a  particu- 


larly irritating,  way  of  cluttering  up  interiors.  The 
pictures  in  most  houses  are  so  appallingly  ugly  or 
commonplace  that  it  is  impossible  to  understand 
how  they  got  there  in  the  first  place.  They  have  long 
since  ceased  to  be  objects  providing  any  enjoyment 
for  the  family  or  its  friends,  but  nobody  dares  to 
get  rid  of  them  because  of  the  marks  they  would 
leave  on  the  wall  and  because  the  room  would  look 
so  "bare"  without  them. 

The  argument  here  is  not  against  pictures — if 
they  are  pictures  one  can  look  at  with  honest  en- 
joyment— but  against  the  misunderstanding  of  the 
essential  purpose  of  a  picture  and  its  proper  use. 

A  picture  is  not  a  decoration.  It  represents  in  a 
limited  area  some  experience  an  artist  has  had, 
which,  when  communicated  to  other  people,  gives 
them  a  certain  amount  of  pleasure  and  a  better  un- 
derstanding of  the  world  around  them.  In  this 
sense  a  picture  is  not  entirely  unlike  a  book.  But 
who  would  sit  and  read  the  same  book  over  and 
over  and  over  again  day  in  and  year  out?  The  only 
known  example — the  hypothetical  castaway  on  the 
imaginary  desert  island  with  the  ten  best  books — is 
the  closest  approximation  to  date,  and  who  would 
want  to  be  in  his  spot? 

It  is  true  that  decorators  will  frequently  "build 
a  room"  around  some  picture.  They  will  set  a  print 
of  a  masterpiece — for  instance,  a  Van  Gogh  land- 
scape— over  the  fireplace  and  take  the  yellows  and 
greens  and  blues  and  earth  red  and  repeat  these 
colors  in  the  curtains,  upholstery  fabrics,  wall  paint 
or  covering,  and  so  on.  The  result  is  proclaimed  to 
be  an  artistic  and  harmonious  job  where  picture 
and  room  become  a  unified  whole.  Actually,  it  is 
the  cheapest  trick  imaginable  for  borrowing  some 
of  the  respectability  of  an  acknowledged  work  of 
art  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  decorating  job  look 
more  impressive. 

Keying  a  room  to  a  picture  would  be  a  good  idea 
if  one  didn't  get  tired  of  the  picture.  But  anyone 
with  eyes  in  his  head  and  a  minimum  of  honesty 

19 


HOW  TO   PLAN  A  LIVING-ROOM 


must  confess  that  any  picture,  however  fine,  be- 
comes very  boring  if  looked  at  for  very  long.  The 
reason  most  of  us  do  not  get  impatient  with  the 
pictures  in  our  houses  is  that  we  have  long  since 
ceased  to  look  at  them. 

The  solution  here  is  again  provision  for  flexi- 
bility. One  of  the  storage  cabinets  whose  uses  we 
have  just  been  considering  could  perfectly  well  hold 
a  dozen  or  a  hundred  favorite  pictures.  Whether 
they  are  originals  or  reproductions,  incidentally, 
doesn't  matter  a  bit,  except  to  those  snobs  who  are 
unable  to  appreciate  art  except  in  terms  of  how 
much  it  costs.  The  reproductions  on  the  market  to- 
day, so  many  of  which  are  the  same  size  as  the 
original  and  very  faithful  in  their  rendering  of  color 
and  even  of  texture,  are  just  as  good  from  the  view- 
point of  the  average  man  as  the  originals.  This  is 
indicated  clearly  enough  by  the  fact  that  you  can't 
tell  half  the  time  whether  you  are  looking  at  an 
original  or  reproduction  until  you  are  about  six 
inches  away  from  it — and  who  wants  to  look  at  a 
picture  at  a  distance  of  six  inches? 

A  storage  cabinet,  perhaps  one  placed  under  the 
window,  would  probably  hold  more  pictures  than 
the  average  person  buys  in  a  lifetime.  There's  no 
need  to  worry  about  storage  space  for  frames,  be- 


rU/wn&fl/    Cop 


cause  they  could  perfectly  well  stay  on  the  walls. 
With  four  frames  of  different  sizes  and  all  of  your 
pictures  mounted  in  mats  to  fit  one  or  another  of 
these  four  standard  frames,  you  could  change  your 
pictures  whenever  you  wanted  to,  and  in  about  the 
same  way  that  museums  have  always  done  it.  Any 
reliable  framer,  by  the  way,  can  fix  the  backs  so 
that  mats  can  be  slipped  in  and  out  conveniently. 

The  reason  for  talking  about  pictures  and  pic- 
ture framing  at  such  length  is  very  simple.  We  are 
not  interested  in  passing  on  home  decorating  ad- 
vice— useful  as  such  an  activity  may  be.  The  pur- 
pose of  this  book  is  to  build  up  an  attitude  towards 
the  house  and  all  of  its  parts,  an  attitude  which  will 
help  produce  a  living  design  adapted  in  every  way 
to  the  physical  and  emotional  requirements  of  the 
family. 

From  the  attitude  stems  a  course  of  action.  It 
consists  of  clearing  out  everything  whose  useful- 
ness is  doubtful  and  retaining  only  those  items  that 
stand  up  under  critical  examination.  This  involves 
analyzing  your  needs,  a  provision  not  ordinarily 
made. 


PLANNING    FOR    USE 


This  method  of  attacking  the  whole  question  of 
how  to  live  can  pay  the  most  extraordinary  divi- 
dends in  the  most  unexpected  ways.  Take,  if  you 
like,  the  question  of  the  dictionary  which  most 
families  own.  In  a  surprising  number  of  cases  this 
dictionary  is  a  fairly  husky  volume.  If  the  library  is 
the  living-room,  as  is  usually  the  case,  this  diction- 
ary will  be  tucked  away  on  a  bookshelf,  and  be- 
cause it  is  so  clumsy  to  handle,  it  really  doesn't  get 
handled,  and  the  purpose  for  which  it  was  bought 
is  therefore  lost.  Nevertheless,  there  are  ways  of  in- 
stalling dictionaries  in  the  average  home  so  that 
their  use  is  made  easy,  in  fact,  made  definitely  at- 
tractive. One — and  a  fairly  old  one,  at  that — is  the 
provision  of  a  sloping  shelf,  somewhere  in  the 


HOW  TO   PLAN  A  LIVING-ROOM 


book-shelf  section  of  the  room,  reserved  for  the 
exclusive  use  of  the  dictionary.  If  possible,  there 
should  be  a  small  light  over  it.  The  normal  prob- 
lems of  handling  a  clumsy  book  are  eliminated  by  a 
design  which  takes  care  of  it.  Other  solutions  would 
involve  the  use  of  one  or  another  of  the  gadgets 
sold  to  libraries  and  schools,  which  consist  of  turn- 
ing stands  built  on  the  principle  of  a  Lazy  Susan, 
or  inclined  shelves  on  arms,  set  into  the  wall  so  that 
they  can  be  swung  out  of  the  way. 

Is  this  too  much  trouble  to  take  for  a  dictionary? 
It  could  be.  It  depends  entirely  on  how  much  you 
want  to  use  one  and  whether  or  not  you  want  the 
children  to  grow  up  with  the  habit  of  referring  to 
the  dictionary  when  they  don't  know  the  meaning 
of  a  word. 

Design  in  this  sense  is  an  expression,  an  exceed- 
ingly personal  expression,  of  a  way  of  living.  Hous- 
ing the  dictionary  is  part  of  this  way  of  living,  and 
this  problem  will  be  solved  or  not  depending  on 
how  you  feel  about  dictionaries.  Multiply  this  proc- 
ess by  a  thousand,  and  you  have  a  house  that  is 
really  designed. 

Up  to  this  point  we  have  been  looking  at  the  liv- 
ing-room as  a  series  of  solutions  to  very  practical 
problems  like  the  provision  of  storage  space,  the 
proper  handling  of  pictures  and  special  books, 
flexible  seating,  getting  the  right  amount  of  light  in 
the  right  place,  and  so  on.  There  are  other  qualities 
to  be  produced  which  are  quite  as  important  in 
their  way  but  much  less  tangible. 

SPACE 

For  example,  there  is  the  whole  question  of  space, 
the  most  vexing  problem  of  all  the  problems  the 
modern  architect  has  to  contend  with.  Should  a 
living-room  look  spacious  or  small?  Both  kinds  are 
good;  a  combination  is  best.  Should  it  be  higher 
than  the  otheK  rooms  or  the  same?  Should  it  open 
out  to  include  a  porch  or  a  garden,  or  should  it  re- 


main shut  in?  Will  it  have  to  function  at  its  best 
with  a  lot  of  people  in  it  or  just  a  few?  Is  it  to  be 
formal  or  informal? 

These  questions  are  hard  to  answer,  except  in  the 
most  specific  terms  applied  to  specific  problems. 
Yet  answer  them  we  must. 

The  little  sketches  below  indicate  some  of  the 
steps  to  be  taken  on  the  way  to  a  solution. 

We  start  with  a  rectangular  box  sixteen  or  eight- 
een feet  wide,  twenty  or  twenty-four  feet  long, 
seven  and  a  half  to  eight  and  a  half  feet  high.  This 


is  a  good  enough  size  for  the  better-than-aver- 
age  home.  Unfortunately,  the  better-than-average 
home  rarely  gets  any  further  in  its  design  than  the 
provision  of  this  rectangular  box. 

The  nice  thing  about  a  box  is  that  it  is  familiar, 
easy  to  design  and  build.  Its  disadvantages  are  that 


HOW  TO  PLAN  A    LIVING-ROOM 

it  is  comparatively  inflexible,  hard  to  light,  visually 
uninteresting,  and  acoustically  atrocious. 

These  sketches,  which  show  one  kind  of  transi- 
tion from  a  conventional  boxlike  interior  into  one 
that  is  better  organized  for  use  of  indoor  and  out- 
door space,  illustrate  some  of  the  possibilities  at 
the  disposal  of  the  designer  today.  If  the  house  is 
largely  or  entirely  a  one-story  design,  the  freedom 
to  change  ceiling  height  and  the  outlines  of  the 
room  is  greater,  of  course,  than  if  there  were  a  floor 
above.  This  is  one  advantage  of  the  one-story 
house,  and  as  we  go  along  we  shall  come  across  a 
good  many  others. 

MATERIALS 

Along  with  the  question  of  space  comes  the  re- 
lated question  of  what  encloses  the  space.  Here  we 
find  all  the  richness  of  modern  technology  and  tra- 
ditional building  to  delight  and  confuse  the  would- 
be  home  builder. 

Not  so  long  ago  it  was  generally  assumed  that 
the  walls  of  a  room — any  room — were  finished  in 
plaster,  which  was  either  painted  or  papered,  and 
that  was  about  all.  If  one  could  afford  it,  plaster 
was  replaced  by  wood  paneling  in  the  study  and  by 
tiles  in  the  bathroom,  and  that  was  really  all. 

Today  the  list  of  materials  actually  used  by  ar- 
chitects for  the  interiors  of  houses  is  a  very  long 
one.  First  come  the  dry  sheet  materials  with  which 
you  can  make  a  wall  or  ceiling  in  no  time  at  all. 
Some  of  these  materials  are  designed  to  be  left  ex- 
posed. Most  of  them,  however,  require  painting  or 


inpfi  r- 


papering  and  are  not  radically  different  in  appear- 
ance from  plaster.  They  are  just  more  convenient 
to  handle.  Some  of  them  are  insulating  boards  in 
addition,  which  gives  them  an  advantage  over 
plaster. 

Then  there  are  the  laminated  materials— the 
most  common  of  which  is  plywood — whose  use 
makes  it  possible  to  get  a  tremendous  variety  of 
natural  wood  finishes  without  spending  much 
money. 

Some  architects  have  used  exterior  materials  in- 
side the  house,  and  with  great  success.  For  exam- 
ple, a  brick  wall  is  finished  as  brick  inside  as  well  as 
out.  Similarly,  you  can  have  walls  of  natural  stone 
or  wood.  These  devices  are  used  primarily  to  give 
the  house  a  unity  inside  and  out  that  conventional 
houses  seldom  have,  but  in  addition  they  have 
great  decorative  effect  and  the  advantage  of  requir- 
ing no  maintenance.  This  is  not  a  new  idea;  it  was 
used  in  some  of  the  best  of  the  early  Colonial 
houses. 

A  rule  that  the  wise  home  builder  should  follow 
is  never  to  use  a  material  that  requires  maintenance 
if  one  can  be  found  that  does  not.  This  saves  mon- 
ey, to  be  sure,  but  far  more  important,  it  keeps  the 
house  looking  well  year  after  year.  Houses  of  per- 
manent materials  that  do  not  require  maintenance 
age  gracefully  and  inexpensively.  A  wall  of  brick 
or  stone  will  look  as  well  in  a  hundred  years  as  it 
does  when  built.  More  accurately,  it  will  look  a 
great  deal  better,  because  time  deals  kindly  with 
such  materials,  softening  their  sharp  edges  and  en- 
riching their  color. 


22 


LIVING  ROOMS 

One  of  the  nicest  things  about  contemporary  design 
is  that  it  has  no  set  pattern:  you  can  have  as  much 
formality  or  informality  as  you  like,  and  you  can  mix 
these  qualities  in  any  way  you  see  fit.  Both  of  the 
rooms  shown  on  this  page,  for  example,  are  archi- 
tecturally severe,  but  they  differ  radically  in  furni- 
ture. Room  I  is  extremely  informal,  emphasizing 
comfort  and  conviviality.  Room  2  shows  a  carefully 
studied,  even  ascetic  furniture  grouping.  The  hand- 
some chairs  and  tables  are  American-made  pieces 
designed  by  Alvar  Aalto,  famous  Finnish  architect. 


Not  all  modern  interiors  are  bare,  nor 
need  they  be  unless  you  happen  to 
like  bare  rooms.  Good  contemporary 
design  varies  all  the  way  from  the 
severe  simplicity  of  the  apartment  liv- 
ing room  shown  in  view  I  3  to  the 
rich  warmth  of  room  1 7  or  even  com- 
bines the  two  effects,  as  has  been  done 
in  the  combination  study-living  room 
pictured  in  15.  View  16  shows  the 
living  room  in  a  city  house,  designed 
especially  for  entertainment  and  care- 
fully studied  to  produce  ideal  acous- 
tical conditions.  The  glass  wall  looks 
out  on  an  enclosed,  and  therefore 
completely  private,  court  around 
which  the  house  was  built. 


Pattern  and  decoration  may  be  provided  by  the  fur- 
nishings, by  construction  materials,  or  even  by  cer- 
tain essential  equipment — as  in  the  case  of  the 
corrugated  ceiling  panels  which  furnish  radiant  heat 
for  the  story-and-a-half  living  room  shown  in  picture 
21.  Sometimes  the  most  important  decorative 
element  may  be  the  view  outside  the  window,  as 
in  room  22.  In  the  city  apartment  shown,  in  18,  a 
glass  block  wall  serves  the  dual  purpose  of  shutting 
out  street  noises  and  providing  light  and  an  interest- 
ing background  for  the  furnishings;  the  simplicity 
of  room  20  is  set  off  by  a  ceiling  of  v-jointed  boards. 
And,  as  picture  19  shows,  a  rough  stone  fireplace 
can  be  just  as  much  at  home  in  a  modern  interior 
as  in  its  traditional  setting. 


24 


Some  of  the  drama  which  large  glass  areas  make 
possible  is  suggested  by  picture  23,  which  shows 
the  living  room  of  a  beach  house  overlooking 
the  ocean  (picture  24  shows  the  opposite  side  of 
the  same  room).  That  similar  effects  can  be  achieved 
on  a  smaller  scale  is  demonstrated  by  the  other 
rooms  shown,  all  of  which  employ  walls  of  fixed  and 
movable  glass  to  add  to  the  feeling  of  space. 


The  large  window— modern  architecture's  most 
important  contribution  to  house  design— can  be 
used  in  a  great  variety  of  ways.  In  28,  the  de- 
signer has  employed  a  series  of  large,  fixed, 
lights  separated  by  structural  posts  to  form  the 
entire  view  side  of  a  second-floor  living  room. 
In  29,  the  living  room  has  been  divided  into 
two  parts  by  use  of  fixed,  floor-to-ceiling  glass 
—flanked  by  ventilating  sash— in  one  portion 
of  the  space.  Views  3  I  and  32  show  a  large, 
two-level  living  room  which  combines  a  glass 
wall  opening  onto  a  terrace  with  a  projecting 
plant  window  at  one  end.  Picture  30  shows 
still  another  window  treatment  employing  a 
checkerboard  of  wood  mullions  to  support  fixed 
glass.  Big  glass  areas  of  this  type  have  been  used 
as  successfully  in  the  northern  part  of  the  coun- 
try as  in  the  south  and  in  California. 


Planned  furniture  arrangement,  worked  out  for 
convenience  as  well  as  appearance,  is  another  im- 
portant contribution  of  modern  architecture.  Pic- 
tures 33  and  34  show  two  views  of  a  large  living 
room  designed  with  a  definite  use-pattern  in  mind. 
In  this  example,  notice  how  two  entirely  different 
furniture  groups  have  been  provided— one  around 
the  fireplace,  the  other,  mostly  for  daytime  use, 
near  the  large  windows.  In  35,  a  terrace  window 
takes  the  place  of  the  conventional  fireplace  as  the 
focus  for  the  main  furniture  group.  Pictures  36  and 
37  show  how  similar  planning  principles  are  applied 
to  less  pretentious  houses. 


r: 


i    •  _. * 

•  iiiiiiiap! 


CHAPTER   FOUR 


WHERE  SHALL  WE  EAT? 


THOSE  OF  us  who  grew  up  in  the  traditional  middle- 
class  home  of  thirty  or  forty  years  ago  remember 
quite  clearly  that  dining  was  never  much  of  a  prob- 
lem. There  was  a  large  kitchen  with  a  table  in  it  for 
the  hired  girl — newly  arrived,  in  all  probability, 
from  Sweden,  Ireland,  or  Poland.  She  was  an  af- 
fable, immensely  competent  person  who  could 
whip  up  anything  from  a  snack  to  a  banquet  at 
short  notice  and  somehow  managed  to  do  not  only 
the  cooking  and  dishwashing  but  the  serving  as 
well.  For  dining,  the  family  had  the  dining-room. 
Everyone  who  was  anybody  had  a  dining-room. 
The  notion  of  eating  anywhere  else  would  have 
been  considered  very  strange  indeed. 

Because  families  were  bigger,  the  dining-room 
was  a  pretty  ample  space,  and  its  already  large 
table  in  the  center  could  be  expanded  with  leaves 
so  that  a  dozen  people  could  sit  down  together  for 
Thanksgiving  or  Christmas  dinner.  Over  the  center 
of  the  table,  hanging  on  gilt  brass  chains,  was  the 
most  ornate  lighting  fixture  in  the  house.  It  usually 
had  at  least  three  lamps  and  a  dazzling  array  of 
stained  glass.  This  fixture  was  not  only  the  fanciest 
piece  of  applied  art  in  the  house  of  the  period,  it 
was  also  the  most  efficient.  And  presently,  in  dis- 
cussing the  dining-room  of  today,  we  shall  find  that 
we  come  back  to  it. 

In  the  early  1900's  a  tablecloth  with  folding  pads 


underneath  was  considered  a  "must."  Few,  if  any, 
people  had  even  dreamed  of  replacing  the  expen- 
sive, hard-to-launder  tablecloth  with  today's  place 
mats.  As  a  result  there  was  a  second  piece  of  fur- 
niture in  the  room — a  sideboard,  which  was  really 
a  linen  closet  turned  on  its  side  and  set  up  on  legs. 
This  contained  the  tablecloths  for  everyday  dining 
and  formal  family  dinners,  and  the  wonderful  lace 
contraptions  which  were  spread  out  only  on  the 
most  impressive  of  ceremonial  occasions.  The  top 
of  the  sideboard  contained  the  silver,  which,  if 
Father  had  made  any  money  at  all,  was  almost  as 
hard  to  lift  as  it  was  to  clean.  This  alone  kept  the 
maid  pretty  busy,  for  gleaming  silver  was  the  hall- 
mark of  a  properly  run  household.  But  this  was  not 
all.  Somewhere  else  in  the  room  there  was  a  great 
glass-and-wood  cage,  usually  with  an  intricately 
carved  front  behind  which  the  family  kept  its  real 
treasures.  There  was  the  set  of  china  that  Grand- 
mother had  brought  back  from  her  wedding  trip 
to  Germany.  There  were  the  porcelain  shepherds 
and  shepherdesses  made  perhaps  in  the  kilns  of 
Carlsbad  or  in  one  of  the  great  establishments  out- 
side Paris.  There  were  little  china  dogs  and  cats 
from  the  famous  English  works.  And  perhaps  a 
polished  piece  of  stone  presented  to  the  family  by 
Uncle  Ezra  on  his  return  from  a  trip  to  the  Petri- 
fied Forest.  There  were  cut  glass  pitchers  so  ornate 

39 


WHERE  SHALL  WE  EAT? 


that  Mother  really  hated  to  pour  water  out  of  them. 
There  were  small  bottles  filled  with  sand  from  the 
beach  at  Nassau  or  Bermuda,  surrounded,  no 
doubt,  by  the  inevitable  collection  of  seashells. 

All  these  treasures  needed  space,  and  they  got 
space.  Nothing  could  be  farther  from  our  minds 
today  than  a  desire  to  ridicule  them.  The  old-style 
dining-room  was  a  fine  thing — and  let's  not  forget 
it.  It  was  a  family  social  center.  It  was  so  comfort- 
able that  people  sat  for  long  hours  after  dinner, 
swapping  stories,  cracking  nuts,  and  drinking  wine. 
Because  it  had  the  only  decent  lighting  fixture  in 
the  whole  house,  this  was  where  the  children  did 
their  homework,  and  where  games  were  played. 
Special  tables  for  whist  were  to  be  found  only  in  a 
few  big  houses,  and  the  folding  card  table  was  not 
yet  what  it  has  since  become. 

This  picture  lasted  into  the  twenties,  when  two 
things  happened  simultaneously.  First  was  the 
surge  of  prosperity  which  swept  the  country  from 
one  end  to  the  other  and  reached  its  peak  in  1929. 
Second  was  the  fact  that  Greta  the  maid  had  found 
that  she  could  make  more  money  and  live  much 
more  pleasantly  if  she  got  a  job  in  a  store  or  office. 
40 


Because  of  these  two  things,  something  new  ap- 
peared in  the  middle-class  house.  The  dining-room 
remained,  but  a  brand-new  element,  the  breakfast 
nook,  was  added.  This  was  sometimes  part  of  the 
pantry,  sometimes  a  separate  little  sunroom  with 
benches  for  four  and  a  table  in  between.  The  break- 
fast nook  was  both  a  sign  of  the  general  inflation 
going  on  at  the  time  and  a  very  practical  response 
to  the  shortage  of  servants.  The  family  began  to  do 
most  of  its  eating  in  the  breakfast  room,  because  it 
meant  less  work  and  fewer  steps  for  Mother,  who 
was  now  the  cook.  The  dining-room  turned  into  a 
kind  of  architectural  vermiform  appendix,  which 
was  kept  because  the  operation  of  removing  it  had 
not  yet  become  fashionable. 

The  next  stage  occurred  in  the  thirties,  when,  as 
Macy's  puts  it,  it  became  smart  to  be  thrifty.  Sud- 
denly a  split  arose  in  the  ranks  of  the  house  plan- 
ners. By  now  money  was  scarce,  and  something  had 
to  be  done  to  provide  adequate  houses  within 
shrinking  budgets.  The  dining-room  was  the  logi- 
cal victim.  Elaborate  scientific  studies  were  made 
to  prove  that  here  was  a  room  which  should  never 
have  existed  in  the  first  place — it  took  up  many 


WHERE  SHALL  WE   EAT? 


cubic  feet  of  space  in  the  house  but  was  used  only 
three  or  four  hours  out  of  the  twenty-four.  This, 
they  cried,  was  inefficient — and  the  era  of  the  liv- 
ing-dining-room was  inaugurated. 

The  more  modern-minded  architects  saw  a  num- 
ber of  rather  interesting  features  in  the  living-din- 
ing-room. They  were  being  forced  to  make  living- 
rooms  smaller— again  because  of  shrinking  income 
— and  they  didn't  like  it.  Moreover,  some  space 
had  also  to  be  provided  for  eating.  By  using  one 
end  of  the  room  for  this  purpose,  or  perhaps  an  al- 
cove, they  were  able  to  create  the  illusion  of  more 
space  than  actually  existed  for  general  living  pur- 
poses. But  once  the  first  flush  of  enthusiasm  for  the 
new  idea  began  to  wear  off,  it  became  obvious  that 
here  was  no  millennium.  The  living-dining-room 
was  a  makeshift,  frequently  quite  satisfactory,  to  be 
sure,  but  nevertheless  an  expedient  to  save  space 
and  money.  For  family  meals  it  worked  fairly  well, 
although  the  peace  of  the  living-room  in  the  even- 
ing was  sometimes  shattered  by  the  setting  of  the 
table  at  the  beginning  of  the  meal  and  the  removal 
of  the  dishes  at  the  end.  Moreover,  the  kitchen  was 
now  next  to  the  living-room,  and  the  clatter  of 
dishes  being  washed  came  through  the  swinging 
door  so  clearly  that  people  began  to  wonder  why 
they  bothered  to  have  a  door.  For  formal  meals, 
dining  in  the  living-room  was  much  less  satisfac- 
tory, because  while  the  family  might  have  hardened 
itself  to  these  new  inconveniences,  there  was  no 
reason  to  inflict  them  on  the  guests. 

This  brings  us  to  today.  As  far  as  the  middle-in- 
come family  is  concerned,  the  maid-of-all-work  is 
farther  away  than  ever.  Budgets  are  more  ample 
than  they  were  during  the  depression  years,  but 
more  and  more  money  is  being  diverted  from  space 
into  equipment,  most  of  which  is  by  no  means  gad- 
getry  of  a  luxury  nature  but  machinery  which  must 
be  purchased  to  make  up  for  the  lack  of  available 
labor. 

So  the  problem  of  the  forties  is  much  the  same 


as  it  was  in  the  thirties.  The  temper  of  the  people, 
however,  is  not  the  same.  There  is  evidence  of  a 
growing  desire  to  recreate  certain  aspects  of  social 
life  within  the  home  on  something  approximating 
the  old-time  basis.  Its  reflection  in  the  work  of  mod- 
ern-minded architects  is  very  interesting.  Among 
these  architects,  who  are  still  comparatively  few  in 
number,  there  is  this  feeling  about  dining :  that  no 
arrangement  is  acceptable  unless  a  definite  space 
can  be  established  where  meals  may  be  set  up  and 
cleared  away  without  causing  disturbance  to  any 
other  part  of  the  house. 

AN  ANALYSIS  OF  DINING 

There  are  five  places  where  a  family  can  have  its 
meals:  it  can  eat  (1)  in  the  dining-room;  (2)  in  the 
living-room;  (3)  in  the  kitchen;  (4)  in  a  breakfast 
nook;  and  (5)  outside.  It  is  perfectly  clear  from 
these  possibilities  that  the  dining-room  is  ideal  if 
service  facilities  exist ;  that  the  living-room  is  only 
partly  satisfactory ;  that  the  same  is  true  for  the 
kitchen  (at  least,  the  kitchen  the  way  it  is  today); 
that  the  breakfast  nook  to  do  a  complete  job  must 
really  become  another  version  of  the  dining-room; 
and  that  meals  outside  are  either  a  seasonal  affair  or 
confined  to  limited  sections  of  the  country. 

There  is  another  way  of  analyzing  eating  require- 
ments. We  have  (1)  family  meals;  (2)  meals  for  the 
younger  children,  probably  served  separately;  (3) 
formal  dinners  with  or  without  guests;  and  (4) 
snacks — whether  at  midnight  or  any  other  tune. 

How  these  requirements  are  met  is  a  decision 
primarily  for  the  family  rather  than  the  architect. 
If  you  won't  consider  giving  a  formal  dinner  any- 
where but  in  a  separate  dining-room  and  the  bud- 
get won't  stand  the  cost,  formal  dinners  will  have 
to  go  by  the  boards.  Should  family  meals  in  the 
kitchen  seem  most  practical  except  for  a  prejudice 
against  dining  in  a  cold,  white  room,  consider  the 
possibility  of  treating  the  kitchen  as  the  warmest, 
most  cheerful  room  in  the  house. 

41 


WHERE  SHALL  WE   EAT? 


Solving  the  problem  of  where  to  eat,  however,  is 
not  nearly  as  uncompromising  a  matter  as  it  used 
to  be.  There  are  all  sorts  of  new  solutions:  some 
are  so  unconventional  that  the  kinds  of  space  de- 
veloped do  not  yet  have  generally  accepted  names. 

THE   ROOM  THAT  WAS   NEVER  LIVED  IN 

One  of  the  first  proposals  of  this  kind  was  a  room 
in  an  exhibit  at  the  New  York  World's  Fair.  It  was 
designed  by  Allmon  Fordyce. 

Fordyce's  approach  to  the  problem  was  based  on 
an  analysis  similar  to  the  one  just  outlined,  and  he 
decided  that  a  solution  worth  trying  was  an  en- 
tirely new  kind  of  room,  which  he  called  the  kitch- 
en-living room.  In  this  room  there  were  easy  chairs 
and  a  dining  space  and  all  of  the  cooking  and  dish- 
washing facilities.  It  was  divided  by  a  kitchen  coun- 
ter which  contained  a  sink,  with  cupboards  and 
shelves  above.  Instead  of  a  white  stove  and  refrig- 
erator, these  fixtures  were  a  dull  midnight  blue.  The 
white  sink  was  replaced  by  gleaming  metal,  and 
everything  else  in  the  room,  including  the  cup- 
boards, was  carried  out  in  natural  color  wood.  If 
the  "ooh's"  and  "ah's"  in  front  of  this  exhibit 
could  have  been  converted  into  shiny  five-cent 
pieces,  architect  Fordyce  would  have  been  a  very 
wealthy  man  by  the  time  the  Fan"  closed,  because 
people  saw  in  this  design  not  just  a  good-looking 
kitchen,  but  a  brand-new  way  to  live  in  a  house. 
Here  was  a  kitchen  which  accepted  the  fact  that 
nobody  except  the  very  rich  was  going  to  have  serv- 
ants. The  kitchen-living  room  not  only  lightened 
the  burden  of  housework,  but  it  was  also  good- 
looking  enough  for  guests.  This  was  a  completely 
new  idea  and  yet  a  very  old  one:  Fordyce  had 
simply  resurrected  and  modernized  the  old  farm- 
house kitchen. 

During  the  next  few  years  other  versions  of  the 
kitchen-living  room  appeared  in  various  parts  of 
the  country.  Generally,  the  reaction  was  pretty  fa- 
vorable. Somehow  this  new  kind  of  space  corre- 
42 


sponded  not  only  to  an  economic  situation  but  also 
to  a  changing  idea  of  how  to  live.  The  snobbery  of 
the  twenties  disappeared.  No  one  thought  it  strange 
that  the  housewife  should  do  the  cooking  and  that 
guests  should  help  with  the  dishes. 

Meanwhile,  designers  were  finding  that  there 
were  almost  as  many  variations  to  the  living- 
kitchen  idea  as  there  were  families.  In  1943  maga- 
zines showed  a  kitchen  designed  for  the  Libbey- 
Owens-Ford  Glass  Company.  Use  of  a  sliding  wall 
made  it  possible  not  only  to  open  the  kitchen  to  the 
dining  and  recreation  area,  but  even  to  merge  these 
spaces  with  the  living-room  on  occasion.  A  series 
of  hardwood  covers  for  sink,  stove,  and  other 
equipment  converted  the  work  area  into  an  interior 
handsome  enough  to  glamorize  any  buffet  supper. 
This  ingenious  publicity  device  was  nothing  more 
than  a  re-use  of  many  separate  ideas  which  had 
been  suggested  by  many  different  architects.  It 
proved  that  one  could  have  a  living  kitchen  or  a 
more  conventional  arrangement,  depending  on  the 
position  the  sliding  wall  happened  to  occupy. 

We  like  the  living  kitchen.  We  think  it  solves 
many  problems  which  would  otherwise  stump  the 
family  of  moderate  means.  But  maybe  you  don't 
like  it  at  all.  What  then?  Who  is  right?  The  thing 
about  houses  that  makes  designing  them  so  end- 
lessly fascinating  is  that  everyone  can  be  right.  If 
your  life  is  not  complete  without  a  room  devoted 
solely  to  dining,  if  the  idea  of  eating  in  the  same 
room  where  food  is  prepared  is  revolting,  it  is  your 
inalienable  right  to  demand  a  dining-room.  There 
is  nothing  whatever  wrong  with  that.  Just  remem- 
ber that  it  costs  more  than  no  dining-room,  which 
brings  us  back  to  where  we  started — to  tastes  and 
budgets. 

NEW  PROBLEMS 

While  we  now  seem  to  have  a  solution  which 
can  be  worked  out  with  a  great  number  of  varia- 
tions, we  also  have  new  problems.  One  is  the  mat- 


WHERE  SHALL  WE  EAT? 


ter  of  acoustics,  and  you  will  find  considerable  dis- 
cussion of  sound  control  in  the  kitchen  in  another 
chapter.  This  much,  however,  is  worth  emphasiz- 
ing here:  The  more  flexible  a  plan  becomes,  and 
the  more  it  relies  on  open  spaces  which  can  be  sub- 
divided or  merged  at  will,  the  more  acute  becomes 
the  problem  of  acoustics.  The  kitchen  is  a  natural 
noise-producing  center,  and  what  sounds  cannot  be 
stopped  at  their  source  must  be  absorbed  in  one 
way  or  another  by  the  ceiling  and  walls  and  floor. 

There  is  also  the  problem  of  cooking  odors, 
which  are  now  free  to  move  through  the  entire  liv- 
ing area  of  the  house.  This  is  discussed  in  Chap- 
ter X. 

Lighting  also  becomes  a  problem,  because  one 
kind  is  needed  for  the  work  center,  another  for  the 
dining  table,  and  a  third  for  the  living  area.  If 
spaces  are  to  be  related  in  a  flexible  manner  and 
activities  overlap,  lighting  will  also  have  to  be  flex- 
ible. Equipment  to  meet  all  these  problems  exists. 


VARYING   THE    ROUTINE 

One  of  the  most  wonderful  houses  ever  built  is 
Taliesen,  the  home  of  Frank  Lloyd  Wright,  out  in 
the  hills  of  Wisconsin.  It  is  an  immense,  rambling 
sort  of  structure,  which  today  is  beyond  the  means 
of  any  except  the  most  wealthy.  One  thing  that 
strikes  the  visitor  most  forcibly  about  this  house  is 
not  so  much  its  size  or  cost,  but  the  manner  in 
which  the  architect  and  his  family  and  students 
vary  the  eating  routine;  with  little  difficulty  and 
considerable  satisfaction.  In  addition  to  the  sepa- 
rate dining-room  where  everyone  generally  eats, 
there  are  little  terraces  here  and  there  where  on 
good  days  meals  can  be  taken  on  wheeled  serving 


tables.  And  there  are  also  built-in  tables  in  the 
living-room  and  sitting-room. 

The  same  possibilities  should  be  considered  for 
a  house  on  a  much  smaller  scale — even  the  average- 
size  house  built  for  four  or  five  people  and  contain- 
ing three  or  possibly  four  bedrooms.  If  there  is  a 
fireplace  in  the  master  bedroom,  there  is  no  reason 
at  all  why  this  space  should  not  be  used  on  occa- 
sion— not  by  the  whole  family,  of  course,  but  by 
one  or  both  of  the  parents.  Small  outdoor  sitting 
spaces,  whether  sheltered  or  open  to  the  sky,  are 
equally  usable  if  planned  in  convenient  relation  to 
the  kitchen.  The  living-room  or  the  library  alcove 
could  have  similar  provisions. 

This  part  of  dining  has  nothing  whatever  to  do 
with  efficiency,  but  with  the  fact  that  family  life, 
due  to  the  necessary  repetition  of  a  number  of  un- 
interesting chores,  can  become  extremely  dull,  and 
even  slight  variations  from  normal  habits  can  pro- 
vide a  considerable  lift. 

This  seemingly  minor  problem  was  left  to  the 
end  because  it  highlights  what  should  be  the  funda- 
mental approach  to  planning.  Questions  of  effi- 
ciency, mechanical  design,  lighting,  acoustics,  and 
so  on,  are  important;  but  they  should  be  solved 
and  brushed  out  of  the  way  as  fast  as  possible.  The 
basic  requirement  is  to  provide  a  framework  for 
living,  not  for  running  machinery — and  this  is  the 
foundation  on  which  really  successful  planning 
must  ultimately  be  carried  out.  The  broader  the 
picture  of  how  to  live,  the  better  the  plan.  If  this 
extends  to  an  occasional  snack  in  front  of  the  fire- 
place, so  much  the  better.  It  is  the  joint  responsi- 
bility of  the  family  and  the  architect  to  see  to  it 
that  not  a  single  one  of  these  small  enrichments  to 
the  pattern  of  daily  existence  is  omitted. 


43 


CHAPTER  FIVE 


LIGHTING 


FOR  MANY  YEARS  lighting  in  the  home  has  been  pro- 
vided as  an  afterthought.  It  was  conceived  in  terms 
of  fixtures  rather  than  illumination  and  occupied 
an  almost  negligible  place  in  the  building  budget. 
For  this  reason  the  interior  of  the  average  home, 
which  should  be  the  best-lighted  interior  that  could 
be  designed,  is  among  the  worst.  People  do  their 
evening  chores,  homework,  bridge  playing,  read- 
ing— in  fact,  carry  on  practically  all  home  activ- 
ities— under  lighting  conditions  which  the  owner 
of  the  corner  delicatessen  would  not  tolerate  for  a 
moment  and  which  would  run  a  factory  owner  out 
of  business  in  no  time. 

Homes  are  badly  lighted,  but  not  because  of  lack 
of  knowledge.  Quite  the  contrary  is  true.  Our  tech- 
nicians know  a  great  deal  about  lighting,  and  the 
purpose  of  this  chapter  is  to  describe  some  of  the 
things  they  have  found  out.  Since  lighting  experts 
are  not  hired,  as  a  rule,  to  work  on  designs  for  the 
home,  many  of  our  examples  will  be  commercial  or 
industrial.  The  fundamental  principles  of  good  il- 
lumination, however,  are  the  same.  If  we  seem  to 
wander  away  from  the  house  from  time  to  time, 
these  digressions  will  not  be  irrelevant. 

We  are  going  to  start  to  talk  about  lighting  in 
terms  of  the  eye  rather  than  the  fixtures.  Illumina- 
tion is  something  related  to  seeing,  and  only  to 
seeing.  Consequently  nothing  could  be  more  to  the 
point  in  a  discussion  of  lighting  than  an  under- 
standing of  the  peculiar  limitations  of  the  eye  and 


its  extraordinary  latitude.  A  number  of  technica 
terms  are  going  to  be  used,  but  not  one  represents 
an  idea  that  is  too  complicated  to  grasp,  and  each 
has  to  be  understood  before  home  illumination  can 
be  discussed  with  any  degree  of  sense. 

THE  PROBLEM  OF  THE  TUNNEL 

When  the  Holland  Tunnel  was  built,  the  engineers 
who  designed  it  were  very  conscious  of  the  impor- 
tance of  this  great  project  for  linking  Manhattan 
with  New  Jersey,  and  they  tried  to  make  their  cal- 
culations as  nearly  perfect  as  possible.  This  was 
particularly  true  of  the  lighting,  for  with  the  im- 
mense volume  of  automobile  traffic  planned,  no 
single  factor  was  more  vital  in  assuring  a  safe  and 
steady  flow  of  cars.  After  the  tunnel  was  com- 
pleted, it  was  discovered  that  the  lighting,  for  all 
the  trouble  taken  with  it,  was  anything  but  perfect. 
It  was  also  found  that  there  was  no  such  thing  as 
an  "ideal"  amount  of  light. 

This  is  what  was  the  trouble.  Drivers  who  en- 
tered the  tunnel  on  a  brilliantly  clear  day  invariably 
found  the  inside  quite  dark  at  first.  This  was  caused 
by  the  difference  in  intensity  between  full  sunlight 
and  the  lamp  light  in  the  tunnel,  and  there  is  not 
as  yet  any  practical  apparatus  for  lighting  things  as 
brightly  as  the  sun  does.  Moreover,  on  entering  the 
tunnel  after  dusk,  the  same  group  of  drivers  found 
the  same  intensity  of  illumination  too  great.  In 


44 


LIGHTING 


other  words,  "perfect"  lighting  for  the  Holland 
Tunnel  was  not  a  fixed  quantity  at  all.  To  work 
properly  at  all  times  it  would  have  to  vary  in  in- 
tensity, depending  on  what  was  going  on  outside. 
The  same  problem,  in  a  different  form,  appears  in 
the  home. 

THE  PROBLEM   OF  THE  NIGHT  BOMBERS 

Some  years  ago,  when  the  RAF  began  its  great 
bombing  raids  over  Germany,  there  were  many 
stories  of  how  the  fliers  were  conditioned  for  their 
hazardous  night  missions.  They  were  fed  carrots. 
They  were  kept  in  darkened  rooms  for  hours,  so 
that  retinal  sensitivity  would  be  increased  to  a 
maximum.  Everything  which  could  be  imagined 
was  done  to  reduce  the  pilots'  difficulties  in  dis- 
tinguishing the  targets  they  were  to  find  and  de- 
stroy. For  a  while  everything  went  well. 

One  night  a  fleet  of  Lancasters  and  Halifaxes, 
probing  its  way  to  the  heart  of  Germany,  ap- 
proached one  of  the  industrial  cities.  It  was 
greeted,  not  by  the  customary  blackout,  but  by  a 
barrage  of  intense  light  thrown  up  by  hundreds  of 
searchlights.  The  result  was  the  same  'as  being 
awakened  in  the  middle  of  the  night  by  a  flashlight 
in  one's  face — complete  inability  to  see  anything. 
New  procedures  had  to  be  developed  to  meet  this 
new  weapon. 

i 

We  have  here  two  very  clear  illustrations  of  the 
inability  of  the  eye  to  adjust  itself  rapidly  to  ex- 
tremes of  intensity.  The  British  fliers,  for  instance, 
would  not  have  been  particularly  disturbed  by  the 
searchlight  barrage  had  they  not  been  conditioned 
to  be  almost  abnormally  sensitive  to  light.  Had 
they  flown  over  in  brightly  lighted  planes  the  story 
would  have  been  quite  different.  The  drivers  in  the 
Holland  Tunnel  had  the  same  difficulty  in  adjust- 
ing themselves  to  comparative  extremes  of  inten- 
sity within  a  split  second. 


Because  improper  lighting  in  a  vehicular  tunnel 
could  mean  terrible  accidents  with  disruption  of 
traffic  as  well  as  loss  of  life,  engineers — the  very 
best  that  could  be  found — were  engaged  to  work 
on  this  problem.  Because  the  British  high  command 
could  not  afford  to  waste  a  single  night  raider, 
they,  too,  gave  their  lighting  problem  the  most  ex- 
pert attention  obtainable.  But  improper  lighting  in 
the  home  doesn't  kill  anybody  or  cost  measurable 
amounts  of  money  or  produce  any  other  immedi- 
ately noticeable  effect,  and  in  consequence  it  has 
been  pretty  largely  ignored.  To  be  sure,  it  is  a  far 
cry  from  the  RAF  to  the  reading  corner  in  the 
living-room.  But  it  isn't  as  far  as  it  seems. 


HOW  MUCH   LIGHT  IS  ENOUGH? 

The  question  of  enough  light  is  something  most 
people  think  about,  though  not  necessarily  in  very 
precise  terms.  Did  you  ever  go  down  to  the  local 
electrical  supply  store  and  wonder  what  wattage 
bulb  to  get  for  a  certain  fixture?  One  reason  it  is 
hard  to  choose  is  that  the  quantity  of  illumination 
by  which  the  eye  can  function  varies  almost  beyond 
belief.  If  the  light  by  which  you  are  reading  this 
book  comes  from  a  floor  or  table  lamp,  the  illu- 
mination on  the  page  is  probably  somewhere  be- 
tween five  and  fifteen  foot-candles.  (Afoot-candle 
is  the  quantity  of  light  thrown  by  a  single  candle 
on  some  point  a  foot  away  from  the  flame.)  If  to- 
morrow afternoon  you  were  to  take  the  book  out- 
doors and  read  in  the  shade  of  a  tree,  however,  the 
illumination  would  be  around  500  foot-candles,  or 
thirty  to  one  hundred  times  as  much.  And,  as  far 
as  comfort  is  concerned,  it  would  be  hard  to  tell 
the  difference. 

"Fine!"  one  might  say  at  this  point.  "This  little 
fact  will  save  me  a  lot.  If  one  can  read  at  almost 
any  intensity,  why  waste  good  money  on  unneeded 
wattage?"  The  eye  is  a  willing  and  wonderfully 

45 


LIGHTING 


adaptable  instrument ;  if  necessary  it  will  function 
admirably  for  reading  even  by  firelight.  Unfor- 
tunately, while  we  can  see  remarkably  well  under 
extremely  unfavorable  conditions,  there  is  a  mus- 
cular and  nervous  strain  involved  and  a  dispropor- 
tionate amount  of  energy  expended.  So  this  saving 
would  not  pay  off  nearly  as  well  as  one  might 
think.  In  the  first  place,  as  the  intensity  is  lowered, 
we  see  more  slowly.  This  has  been  proved  by  an  ex- 
periment repeated  so  many  times  in  hundreds  of 
factories  that  industrialists  now  take  it  for  granted. 
People  have  been  given  jobs  to  do  with  X  foot- 
candles  of  illumination  on  their  work ;  then  the  in- 
tensity was  stepped  up,  for  the  same  work.  It  was 
found  every  time  that  as  brightness  increases,  the 
rate  at  which  the  work  is  accomplished  increases 
with  it.  Up  to  a  certain  point  the  amount  of  work 
done  increases  in  direct  proportion  to  the  amount 
of  illumination.  After  this  point  is  passed — it  is  in 
the  neighborhood  of  100  foot-candles — the  quan- 
tity of  work  continues  to  increase,  but  no  longer  at 
the  same  rate  as  the  illumination.  Finally  the 
amount  of  work  increase  levels  off  almost  entirely. 

It  might  be  thought  that  somewhere  around  100 
foot-candles  would  be  the  most  efficient  level  of  il- 
lumination. But  continuing  the  experiment  pro- 
duced another  fact:  above  the  point  where  the  rate 
of  work  failed  to  increase,  fatigue  continued  to  de- 
crease sharply.  The  experiment  demonstrated  two 
things  very  clearly:  with  more  light  we  not  only  see 
more  quickly,  but  more  easily  as  well.  In  this  latter 
respect  there  seems  to  be  almost  no  limit  to  the 
amount  of  light  we  can  profitably  use.  It  might  be 
noted  that  even  100  foot-candles  is  way  beyond  the 
level  of  illumination  we  are  accustomed  to  in  homes 
and  offices. 

In  the  best  of  the  modern  factories,  fluorescent 
or  mercury-vapor  lamps  are  jammed  together  so 
tightly  above  the  tools  and  assembly  lines  that 
some  interiors  seem  to  have  a  solid  ceiling  of  light. 
At  the  Dodge  Chicago  plant,  largest  producer  of 
46 


airplane  engines,  no  less  than  $2,700,000  was  spent 
on  the  lighting  installation  alone.  And  every  penny 
of  this  sizable  investment  was  made  by  men  who 
do  not  buy  things  for  factories  unless  they  pay  off 
in  terms  of  production.  Matthew  Luckiesh — prob- 
ably the  outstanding  authority  on  lighting — seems 
to  consider  the  best  factory  installations  not  yet 
good  enough,  for  his  investigations  have  led  him 
to  recommend  intensities  at  working  levels  of  500 
to  1,000  foot-candles  for  some  operations,  running 
as  high  as  3,000  for  tailors  who  work  on  blue  serge. 
A  few  years  ago  such  levels  of  brightness  would 
have  been  considered  unthinkable. 

The  first  facts  to  be  noted  about  intensity,  there- 
fore, are  (1)  that  our  eyes  are  extremely  bad  judges 
of  quantity  of  illumination;  and  (2)  that  so  far  as 
productivity,  comfort,  and  health  are  concerned, 
we  can  scarcely  get  enough  light.  Point  one  can  be 
taken  care  of  by  using  the  services  offered  by  most 
local  offices  of  the  electric  light  companies,  which 
will  provide  data  on  desirable  levels  of  illumina- 
tions, lamps  necessary,  etc.  Some  will  even  send 
around  a  man  with  a  light  meter  to  check  the  pres- 
ent installation.  Point  two  is  partly  a  matter  of  bud- 
get, since  current  costs  money,  and  partly  a  matter 
of  fixture  design.  Lamps  with  tight,  heavy  shades 
can  absorb  most  of  the  light  paid  for  before  it  gets 
into  the  room. 

"Enough  light"  is  not  the  whole  story.  We  have 
all  experienced  the  unpleasant  sensation  of  sud- 
denly entering  a  room  that  was  "too  brightly 
lighted."  The  same  effect  is  sometimes  produced 
by  a  show  window  on  a  dark  street.  The  quantity  of 
illumination  is  not  the  important  thing  here,  but 
the  sudden  change  in  quantity.  The  show  window, 
for  instance,  might  have  been  lighted  to  150  foot- 
candles,  the  room  to  100 — and  yet  a  pleasant  view 
from  a  mountain  may  be  lighted  to  as  much  as 
5,000  foot-candles  by  the  summer  sun.  The  catch 
is  that  what  we  consider  too  much  or  too  little  in 
the  way  of  light  is  a  matter  of  where  we  have  been 


LIGHTING 


just  before  entering  or  looking  into  the  space  in 
question. 

A  while  back  it  was  stated  that  from  the  prob- 
lems of  the  RAF  to  those  of  lighting  a  corner  of 
the  living-room  was  not  a  very  far  cry.  It  is  equally 
true  for  the  shop  window  and  the  factory.  In  all 
cases  the  eye  is  at  the  receiving  end,  and  some  ap- 
paratus at  the  other.  Eyes  have  to  function  in 
safety  and  comfort  whether  at  a  turret  lathe  or  the 
evening  paper.  There  are  many  industrial  jobs  far 
less  exacting  than  darning  socks,  as  far  as  seeing  is 
concerned.  It  is  as  important  to  have  sufficient  light 
for  home  tasks  as  for  operations  on  the  production 
line,  even  if  the  home  tasks  never  appear  on  any 
balance  sheet.  But  "enough  light"  doesn't  do  the 
job  if  the  lighting  is  all  out  of  proportion  to  the 
general  illumination  of  the  room.  And  the  general 
illumination,  in  turn,  must  be  so  scaled  that  it  is 
not  blinding  to  eyes  that  have  been  "dark  adapted" 
—like  those  of  the  British  night  fliers — by  a  walk 
home  through  poorly  lighted  streets. 

It  appears,  therefore,  that  while  intensity  is  a 
vital  consideration  in  proper  lighting  design,  it  is 
by  no  means  the  only  one.  Contrast  is  the  next  fac- 
tor to  be  considered.  Just  what  does  this  mean? 


CONTRAST 


Let  us  imagine  that  a  person  is  sitting  in  his  favor- 
ite armchair,  reading  a  magazine  by  the  light  of  a 
floor  lamp  that  has  a  100- watt  bulb.  This  lamp, 
shining  on  the  magazine's  page  at  a  distance  of 
three  feet,  produces  the  relatively  low  intensity  of 
twenty  foot-candles.  But  there  is  no  other  light  in 
the  room,  so  that  areas  around  the  magazine  are 
only  dimly  illuminated  by  the  stray  light  from  the 
lamp.  The  foot-candle  intensity  of  these  areas  will 
be  one  foot-candle  at  most,  producing  a  contrast 
ratio  of  twenty  to  one  between  the  white  page  and 
the  surrounding  areas.  Thus  if  the  person  reading 

47 


LIGHTING 


has  occasion  to  look  away  from  the  page  from 
time  to  time,  his  eyes  have  to  adjust  themselves 
very  rapidly  to  a  considerable  change  in  brightness. 
This  is  hard  work,  and  the  demands  made  on  the 
eye  are  serious.  When  the  eye  first  turns  from 
brightness  to  darkness,  the  iris  has  to  open  up  to 
its  widest  aperture,  quantities  of  retinal  fluid  have 
to  be  generated  very  quickly;  and  even  with  these 
great  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  eye,  it  takes  a  few 
seconds  before  anything  can  be  distinguished  in 
the  comparative  obscurity.  Then,  when  the  eye 
turns  back  to  the  bright  page,  the  reverse  process 
has  to  be  gone  through,  with  the  result  that  for  a 
moment  you  have  an  uncomfortable  feeling  that 
the  page  is  much  too  bright  and  glaring. 

Now  consider  another  case  of  contrast.  Imagine 
a  living-room  in  which  there  is  a  central  lighting 
fixture  containing  a  single  exposed  bulb — say, 
1,000  watts.  The  room  would  be  very  brightly 
lighted,  but  it  would  also  be  very  badly  illumin- 
ated, in  spite  of  the  amount  of  money  being  spent 
to  run  the  1,000-watt  lamp.  It  would  be  bad  be- 
cause the  light  source  would  be  visible  from  all 
parts  of  the  room  and  would  therefore  be  a  source 
of  discomfort;  because  every  shadow  cast  would  be 
relatively  black;  and  because  the  very  brightness  of 
the  illumination  would  defeat  the  purpose  of  seeing. 
One  can  see  into  a  shadow  only  when  some  light 
issues  into  it,  either  by  reflection  or  directly.  The 


sun,  incidentally,  gives  the  same  kind  of  lighting  as 
the  1,000-watt  lamp:  it  is  a  brilliant  point  source 
which  casts  sharp,  dark  shadows.  It  is  the  custom 
to  talk  of  the  sun  as  an  ideal  kind  of  illumination. 
It  is,  if  you  perform  the  simplest,  most  "natural" 
activities  in  sunlight.  But  it  is  very  bad  indeed  for 
the  many  complicated  jobs  eyes  have  to  do  under 
modern  conditions.  Therefore,  while  the  sun  will 
appear  again  in  this  discussion,  it  must  be  under- 
stood that  proper  room  lighting  is  far  more  com- 
plex than  setting  up  a  single  bright  source  of  il- 
lumination. 

BUILDING  UP 

A  LIGHTING  PATTERN 

One  place  to  look  for  more  clues  to  good  home 
lighting  is  in  the  newer  retail  shops.  Here  the  same 
trend  appears  that  was  noted  in  the  factories:  ever- 
increasing  intensity  of  light.  We  also  find  special 
characteristics  which  stem  from  the  nature  of  a  re- 
tail business,  but  these  can  be  disregarded.  The 
modern  shop  has  a  high  level  of  over-all  illumina- 
tion. This  may  be  provided  by  strips  of  fluorescent 
lamps  or  cold  cathode  tubing,  by  coves,  by  high- 
intensity  incandescent  fixtures,  and  by  a  variety  of 
other  equipment.  Over  and  above  this  general  il- 
lumination there  is  special  lighting.  There  are  light 
fixtures  for  showcases  and  built-in  displays,  spot- 
lights for  particular  items  of  merchandise,  and 
lenses  set  flush  with  the  ceiling  to  provide  powerful 
down  light  at  certain  locations.  These  add  up  to  a 
lot  of  ways  to  illuminate  a  shop,  but  the  progres- 
sive merchant  of  today,  like  the  progressive  indus- 
trialist, is  finding  that  he  can  hardly  have  too  many 
of  these  fixtures  for  the  job  he  would  like  to  see 
done. 

Did  it  ever  occur  to  you  to  consider  how  much 
simpler  it  is  to  light  a  store  than  a  home?  After  all, 
the  merchant  has  merely  to  illuminate  his  goods, 
which  are  for  the  most  part  in  the  same  places  all 


48 


LIGHTING 


the  time,  get  enough  light  in  the  store  as  a  whole 
so  that  people  can  see  their  way  around  comfort- 
ably, and  attract  attention  to  a  few  special  items  by 
means  of  spotlights.  Compare  this  with  the  prob- 
lems of  the  home,  where  the  light  for  eating  must 
be  variable  in  intensity  and  directed  down  to  the 
table;  the  light  for  reading  (which  may  be  done 
after  dinner  at  the  table)  must  be  brilliant,  and  the 
surrounding  areas  must  be  bright.  Conversation  in 
the  living-room  needs  a  dim  arrangement,  a  few 
soft  pools  of  light  serving  more  for  decoration  than 
illumination.  For  constant  sewing  we  have  already 
noted  Mr.  Luckiesh's  recommendation  of  3,000 
foot-candles,  a  standard  which  could  be  met  only 
by  use  of  very  special  equipment.  For  reading  in 
the  bedroom  one  kind  of  illumination  is  needed, 
and  for  dressing  in  the  same  room  a  totally  differ- 
ent type  is  needed.  There  should  be  night  lights  in 
the  bedrooms  bright  enough  to  see  by,  but  ar- 
ranged in  such  a  way  that  the  children  won't  be 
awakened.  And  so  on. 

The  job  of  lighting  the  small  house  is  just  as  ex- 
acting as  the  job  of  lighting  the  local  department 
store.  Yet  the  normal  investment  is  less  than  a 
hundred  dollars  for  the  wiring,  and  a  few  dollars 
more  are  thrown  in  for  the  necessary  wall  and  ceil- 
ing fixtures.  When  next  you  hear  someone  predict- 
ing a  better,  cheaper  home  of  the  future,  think  for 
a  moment  of  what  it  would  cost  to  produce  any- 
thing approximating  adequate  illumination. 

Expenditures  for  lighting  have  to  be  increased 


because  they  have  never  been  up  to  normal.  Even 
the  houses  of  the  very  rich  suffer  in  this  respect,  not 
because  of  lack  of  funds,  but  because  there  was  no 
understanding  on  the  part  of  the  owner  or  archi- 
tect of  what  should  be  done.  Today  the  story  is  dif- 
ferent. There  is  a  vast  accumulated  experience 
which  cost  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  to  ac- 
quire but  is  now  at  your  architect's  disposal  for 
practically  nothing. 


ENTER  THE    EXPERT 

Let's  assume  that  you  are  building  a  new  home,  re- 
modeling the  old  one,  or  fixing  up  an  apartment, 
and  you  have  called  in  a  lighting  consultant.  A  trip 
through  the  rooms  might  prove  instructive.  A  spe- 
cialist worthy  of  the  name  will  not  talk  fixtures  pri- 
marily; this  much  should  be  clear  from  what  has 
already  been  written.  He  will  talk  about  certain 
qualities  to  be  created  through  the  use  of  specific 
equipment.  He  will  be  interested  in  getting  results. 
If  our  expert  started  on  the  living-room,  he 
would  probably  point  out  a  number  of  deficiencies 
right  away.  If  there  are  any  of  those  silly  little  wall 
brackets  builders  inserted  so  freely  into  dwellings 
a  few  years  back,  he  would  undoubtedly  suggest 
tearing  them  out.  They  are  annoying  to  look  at, 
clutter  up  the  wall,  catch  dust,  and  don't  give  any 
light  worth  mentioning.  He  might  criticize  the  floor 
lamps  as  being  clumsy,  space-wasting  fixtures.  It 


49 


LIGHTING 


would  undoubtedly  turn  out  that  most  of  the  table 
lamps  were  too  low  to  read  by  or  had  poorly  de- 
signed shades.  Little  of  the  lighting  equipment 
would  meet  with  his  complete  approval.  In  setting 
up  an  illumination  pattern  for  the  living-room,  our 
expert  would  probably  establish  the  following  re- 
quirements: (1)  A  reasonable  over-all  intensity 
throughout  the  room.  No  dim  corners.  No  black 
shadows;  (2)  concentrated,  direct  light  where  it  is 
needed;  (2)  flexibility,  both  in  placing  of  light  and 
in  intensity. 

Meeting  these  requirements  is  highly  technical, 
and  not  easy,  but  the  ideas  are  simple.  Point  (1), 
for  example,  means  that  the  room  must  be  flooded 
with  light,  and  the  common  procedure  is  to  install 
some  kind  of  fixture  that  throws  light  up  to  a  white 
ceiling  which,  in  turn,  reflects  the  light  back  to  all 
parts  of  the  room.  This  can  be  done  with  a  lighting 
cove  that  goes  all  around  the  edges  of  the  ceiling, 
or  with  lamps  that  direct  light  up  instead  of  down. 
The  ceiling  itself  might  be  luminous,  that  is,  made 
of  glass  or  plastic  with  lights  behind.  For  a  home 
such  a  procedure  at  the  moment  is  far  too  costly 
and  quite  unnecessary. 

In  a  room  filled  with  indirect  light  the  Ulumina- 
tion  is  good  in  the  sense  that  there  are  no  deep 
shadows,  and  light  is  diffused  throughout  the  area. 
But  it  is  not  pleasant  illumination.  There  is  no  con- 
trast. Objects  seem  to  lose  their  sharpness  and 
solidity.  Indirect  lighting  is  "flat."  Therefore,  in 
the  well-designed  living-room  it  provides  only  the 
background,  not  the  main  illumination. 


One  way  to  get  this  background  of  light  is  to  use 
the  so-called  "direct-indirect"  fixtures.  These  are 
most  frequently  seen  in  houses  in  the  form  of 
lamps  so  designed  that  light  is  thrown  up  to  the 
ceiling,  and  the  ceiling  reflects  it  down  to  the  table 
or  book.  Use  of  translucent  shades  gives  a  note  of 
color  and  warmth  which  makes  the  room  far  more 
attractive  and  homelike. 

But  direct-indirect  lamps  do  not  always  give  the 
needed  amount  of  light  for  reading,  writing,  or 
sewing.  This  is  where  point  (2)  comes  in.  Concen- 
trated light  can  be  provided  in  a  great  variety  of 
ways.  A  bulb  in  a  reflector  will  do  it.  So  will  any  of 
the  inside-silvered  lamps  which  are  seen  so  often 
in  show  windows  and  art  galleries.  There  are  lens- 
type  spotlights  which  can  be  built  directly  into  the 
ceiling  so  that  only  a  flush  piece  of  glass  shows. 
Also  available  are  the  small  spotlights  used  for  dis- 
play purposes  in  stores.  Some  of  these  will  seem 
inappropriate  for  use  in  the  living-room.  If  the 
idea  of  a  spotlight  fastened  to  the  wall  strikes  you 
as  too  radical,  use  a  more  conventional  solution 
such  as  table  lamps  with  properly  designed  shades. 
The  point  is:  concentrated,  direct  light  must  be 
provided  where  it  is  needed. 

At  this  stage  in  the  process  the  room  may  be 
said  to  be  well  lighted  and  agreeable  in  appearance. 
There  is  a  general  glow  of  light  everywhere,  prob- 
ably provided  by  indirect  lighting.  There  are  pools 
of  light  created  by  individual  lamps.  And  if  one 
wants  to  read  or  sew,  a  strong  light  source  is  avail- 
able. But  there  still  remains  one  problem  to  be 
solved. 

If  people  always  did  their  reading  in  exactly  the 
same  place;  if  they  always  sat  in  the  same  group- 
ing; if  they  always  carried  on  the  same  activities— 
if  these  things  were  true,  a  fixed  lighting  scheme 
would  be  the  answer.  But  they  are  not  true.  Some- 
times people  talk  but  do  not  read.  For  this  less  light 
is  required.  Sometimes  they  listen  to  the  radio  and 
don't  talk.  This  requires  still  less  light.  These  and 


LIGHTING 


4-   a. 


other  shifts  in  the  use  of  the  room  demand  lighting 
that  is  not  only  adequate  and  attractive,  but  flexible 
as  well. 

On  the  stage,  if  less  illumination  is  required,  the 
electrician  merely  operates  his  dimmers  until  the 
desired  level  is  reached.  Few  homes  today  can  af- 
ford such  controls.  But  they  can  afford  the  extra 
switches  and  wiring  that  will  do  approximately  the 
same  job.  In  other  words,  the  living-room  should 
be  so  equipped  that  the  wall  switches  control  two 
or  three  lighting  patterns.  Another  control  possi- 
bility is  afforded  by  the  three-way  lamp,  which  is 
being  used  more  and  more  in  floor  and  table  lamps. 
There  are  also  fixtures  which  tilt  up  or  down  to  be- 
come direct  or  indirect.  Electrical  supply  stores 
have  sockets  so  built  that  the  bulb  can  be  pointed 
in  almost  any  direction.  These  devices  are  excellent 
for  the  direct-type  lighting  units  mentioned  above. 
Gadgets  such  as  swivel  sockets  and  extra  switches 
are  not  recommended  for  their  own  sake:  they  add 
flexibility  and  control  to  the  conventional  lighting 
pattern. 

"More  light"  is  a  slogan  that  could  be  applied 
with  profit  to  almost  any  room  in  any  house.  When 
considering  the  living-room,  don't  be  afraid  of 
making  it  too  bright.  The  intimacy  of  an  attractive 
room  comes  not  from  dimness,  but  from  the  bal- 
ance of  the  different  kinds  of  illumination.  This,  by 
the  way,  is  easy  to  prove.  If  the  bulbs  in  your  pres- 
ent lamps  were  taken  out  and  replaced  by  photo- 
floods,  which  have  perhaps  fifteen  times  the  light 
output,  the  room  would  be  much  brighter,  but  the 
character  of  the  lighting  would  not  be  changed 


greatly.  Should  you  want  to  try  this  experiment, 
photofloods  can  be  purchased  at  any  photographic 
supply  store.  But  don't  leave  them  in  the  lamps! 
Photofloods  have  a  rated  life  of  only  two  to  six 
hours. 

LIGHT   FOR   EATING 

We  need  light  to  eat  by  as  well  as  for  reading.  But 
illumination  of  the  dining-room  is  a  vastly  different 
problem  from  illumination  of  the  living-room.  The 
dining  table,  normally,  is  a  fixed  object.  The  people 
who  use  it  are,  for  the  period  of  the  meal,  equally 
fixed  in  their  positions.  This  means  that  the  lighting 
scheme  can  be  more  static. 

The  only  light  needed  for  eating  is  light  on  the 
table.  Background  illumination  has  only  to  be  suffi- 
ciently bright  to  reduce  excessive  contrast  between 
the  table  and  its  surroundings.  But  light  for  the 
table  is  not  merely  illumination:  let  us  remember 
that  the  one  place  in  the  modern  home  where  the 
candle  still  has  any  functional  justification  is  on 


LIGHTING 


the  dinner  table,  where  the  flickering  light  and 
warm  color  do  an  excellent  job  of  glamorizing  the 
food,  the  tableware,  and  the  diners.  The  main  fix- 
ture, whatever  it  is,  must  be  capable  of  producing 
a  comparable  result.  This  can  be  achieved  by  hav- 
ing a  strong,  direct  light  shining  down  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  table.  The  light  is  best  if  it  comes  from 
an  incandescent  bulb  rather  than  a  diffused  surface 
such  as  a  fluorescent  tube.  The  closer  the  light  re- 
sembles a  "point  source" — that  is,  the  bare  fila- 
ment of  the  lamp — the  more  pronounced  the  glitter 
will  be,  and  the  glitter  of  dishes,  glassware,  and 
silver  is  one  of  the  things  that  makes  a  dining-room 
table  good  to  look  at.  Direct  downward  lighting 
has  another  function:  striking  the  surface  of  the 
table,  it  bounces  back  up  and  provides  a  certain 
amount  of  illumination  for  the  room  as  a  whole. 
The  best  design,  however,  does  not  rely  entirely  on 
this  reflected  light,  but  provides  a  secondary  light 
source  which  gives  general  illumination  for  the 
room. 

Types  and  sizes  of  fixtures  for  the  dining-room 
are  legion.  One  safe  rule  in  their  selection  is  that 
the  simpler  and  less  conspicuous  they  are,  the  bet- 
ter. One  example  of  the  rule  carried  to  an  extreme 
is  the  concealed  spotlight  that  shines  down  through 
a  small  hole  in  the  ceiling.  Here  the  source  has  been 
made  practically  invisible,  and  results  are  some- 
times dramatic.  Variations  include  bulbs  on  the 
ceiling,  so  shielded  with  metal  baffles  that  the 
source  of  the  light  is  very  inconspicuous.  Con- 
cealed lamps,  while  theatrical  in  their  effectiveness, 
have  a  disadvantage.  It  is  not  that  they  can't  do  a 
good  job,  but  that  dining  tables  are  rarely  used 
only  for  eating. 

Light  for  dining,  in  the  average  home,  is  almost 
always  used  for  other  pursuits  in  addition  to  eat- 
ing. For  one  thing,  some  dining  takes  place  in  the 
kitchen  and  in  the  living-room.  Many  houses  have 
no  dining-rooms  at  all.  And  if  they  do,  the  table  is 
probably  taken  over  for  homework,  for  the  semi- 
52 


yearly  game  of  poker,  or  cutting  out  dresses.  So 
once  again  the  flexibility  question  raises  its  head. 
Light  for  eating  can  be  fixed.  But  in  tomorrow's 
house  there  will  be  no  such  thing  as  a  light  exclu- 
sively for  eating.  In  consequence,  when  the  lighting 
pattern  for  the  dining  area  is  created,  the  same  solu- 
tions discussed  for  certain  living-room  activities 
will  again  be  appropriate. 


LIGHTING 

FOR  SPECIAL  FUNCTIONS 


By  now  the  ways  of  our  hypothetical  expert 
should  be  more  clear.  He  is  concerned  with  illu- 
mination, not  with  chandeliers  and  imitation  can- 
dles. In  each  room  he  seizes  upon  the  major  and 
minor  activities  and  tailors  the  lighting  to  fit.  His 
approach  is  creative,  not  conventional.  It  is  the 
same  as  the  approach  of  the  modern  architect  to 
planning.  Nowhere  does  this  attitude  express  itself 
more  clearly  than  in  the  solutions  for  special  light- 
ing functions. 

In  a  child's  bedroom,  for  example,  the  expert 
would  borrow  the  idea  of  enclosed  lights,  set  flush 
with  the  baseboard,  from  standard  hospital  prac- 
tice. Such  lights  would  be  rather  nice  in  halls,  too, 
and  they  aren't  impossibly  expensive. 

We  have  become  accustomed  to  lights  in  refrig- 
erators and  clothes  closets.  In  the  new  bureaus  that 
are  being  treated  as  built-ins  rather  than  loose 
pieces  of  furniture,  why  not  lights  in  the  drawers? 


LIGHTING 


Anyone  who  ever  tried  to  find  a  pair  of  dark  socks 
on  a  dim  winter's  morning  would  bless  the  manu- 
facturer for  the  rest  of  his  days.  At  the  moment 
bureau  lights  sound  expensive,  but  even  the  cheap- 
est cars  have  lights  in  their  glove  compartments. 


Most  of  us  take  for  granted  the  existence  of  a 
fairly  good  lighting  set-up  for  the  bathroom  mir- 
ror. But  there  are  other  mirrors  in  the  house  where 
people  apply  lipstick,  straighten  hats,  and  so  on, 
where  equally  good  illumination  is  needed.  There 
is  no  particular  trick  in  making  mirrors  that  have 
their  own  little  lighting  systems  built  in. 

Recent  models  of  cars  are  almost  sure  to  have  a 
tiny  light  in  the  dashboard  which  illuminates  the 
area  where  the  ignition  key  goes  in.  Yet  there  is 
nowhere  that  one  can  buy  a  similarly  convenient 
gadget  for  the  front  or  rear  door  keyhole.  For  an 
ingenious  architect,  providing  such  a  convenience 
would  be  no  problem  at  all. 

Theaters  with  stairs  have  small  lights  built  into 
the  top  and  bottom  steps  of  each  flight — a  wise  and 
economical  safety  measure.  Did  you  ever  see  a 
house  so  equipped?  Yet  insurance  companies  are 
always  releasing  horrifying  statistics  on  the  number 
of  accidents  that  take  place  on  stairs  in  the  home. 
Theaters  have  another  device  which  is  agreeable 
and  inexpensive:  tube  lights  (the  same  as  those  in 
neon  signs)  in  hollow  railings  along  the  aisles.  A 
stair  illuminated  in  this  manner  would  be  safe,  and 
unusually  good  looking  as  well. 

One  of  us  once  visited  a  house  in  the  Middle 
West  which  had  a  very  remarkable  lighting  unit  in 
the  dining-room.  It  was  an  elaborate  gadget  of 


frosted  glass,  containing  three  lamps — red,  blue, 
and  yellow — each  controlled  by  its  own  switch  and 
dimmer.  The  controls  were  located  in  the  pantry. 
The  system,  of  course,  was  borrowed  from  theater 
footlights.  By  fooling  around  with  three  knobs  on 
the  pantry  wall,  the  owner  was  able  to  get  almost 
any  color  and  intensity  of  light  he  wanted.  All 
three  lights  turned  on  full,  for  instance,  produced 
white.  The  red  and  blue  produced  various  shades  of 
violet;  the  yellow  and  blue,  various  shades  of 
green;  and  all  three  used  together  but  in  varying 
quantities  had  limitless  possibilities. 

This  kind  of  toy  in  the  hands  of  a  practical  joker 
could  wreck  more  than  one  beautiful  friendship. 
What  a  reddish  lavender  light  would  do  to  a  char- 
treuse dress,  for  instance,  is  beyond  imagining.  And 
if  the  lady  in  chartreuse  happened  to  be  the  boss's 
wife,  it  would  be  just  too  bad. 

Silly  as  this  may  sound,  there  is  the  germ  of  a  real 
idea  here.  In  a  living-room  it  might  be  desirable  to 
vary  the  over-all  color  within  certain  limits,  be- 
cause in  this  room  the  atmosphere  will  shift  all  the 
way  from  maudlin  to  meditative,  and  changing  the 
color  as  well  as  the  intensity  of  the  lighting  could  be 
useful  either  in  heightening  the  mood  or  suppress- 
ing it.  The  effectiveness  of  lighting  and  color  is  not 
to  be  sniffed  at.  We  all  know  what  the  ruddy  glow 
of  firelight  does  to  the  mood  of  a  group.  The  de- 
signers of  the  Palace  of  the  Soviets  in  Moscow  have 
planned  to  use  changing  color  to  help  regulate  the 


LIGHTING 


speed  with  which  crowds  will  move  through  its  vast 
halls  and  corridors.  And  for  a  father  interested  in 
locating  someone  to  take  over  the  support  of  his 
daughter,  a  lighting  installation  using  some  color 
might  work  wonders. 

THE  COST  OF  COMPLETE  LIGHTING 

Quality  in  a  house  or  a  car  or  a  suit  of  clothes 
costs  money.  The  same  is  true  for  lighting.  And  any 
prospective  builder  who  studies  this  as  a  separate 
budget  item  will  not  be  too  happy  when  he  sees  the 
figures.  One  reason  the  cost  will  seem  high  is  that 
people  have  always  spent  much  too  little  on  light- 
ing. When  a  family  installs  a  bath,  it  demands 
high-quality  fixtures,  pipes  that  will  last  forever, 
and  faucets  that  won't  leak  all  the  time.  The  differ- 
ence between  the  middle-class  bath  and  that  in  a 
rich  man's  house  is,  therefore,  pretty  much  a  mat- 
ter of  trimmings.  But  lighting  design  for  the  home 
has  never  gotten  beyond  the  stage  of  so  many  out- 
lets per  room  and  a  few  sockets  in  the  walls  and 
ceilings.  Thus,  to  bring  lighting  up  to  snuff— for- 
getting the  lights  in  the  bureau  drawers,  etc. — will 
cost  more  than  people  have  been  in  the  habit  of 
spending. 


Against  this  can  be  balanced  intelligent  planning 
and  wisely  selected  equipment.  Houses  are  full  of 
lamps  that  cost  from  twenty  to  sixty  dollars,  which 
as  illuminating  devices,  are  good  for  very  little 
Hall  and  dining-room  fixtures  are  often  purchasec 
on  the  basis  of  looks  and  snob  appeal,  which  re- 
sults in  a  considerable  waste  of  money.  One  of  the 
best  hall  lights  we  have  ever  seen  consisted  of  £ 
swivel  socket  in  a  ceiling  outlet,  an  aluminum  re- 
flector, and  a  60-watt  bulb.  The  total  cost  was 
under  $1.75.  There  are  ways  of  saving  money  in 
lighting  as  well  as  spending  it. 

It  is  not  the  function  of  this  book  to  establish 
budgets,  nor  to  replace  the  many  product  cata- 
logues which  manufacturers  put  out.  It  is  our  func- 
tion to  outline  procedures  and  to  present  ideas. 
Nowhere  is  procedure  more  important  than  in 
home  lighting.  It  is  definitely  not  an  amateur  opera- 
tion. In  working  out  illumination  patterns,  the 
modern-minded  architect  will  be  invaluable,  for  he 
has  been  forced  time  and  again  to  seek  good  solu- 
tions that  will  fit  within  his  clients'  restricted  bud- 
gets, and  his  ingenuity  is  considerable.  You  will 
need  him,  anyway,  for  the  planning  and  designing 
of  the  house — use  him  for  the  lighting  as  well! 


DINING  AND 
ENTERTAINMENT 

Simplicity  is  the  keynote  of  this  modern  dining 
room  from  a  vacation  house  in  Maine.  All  of  the 
materials  were  chosen  for  low  first  cost  and  ease  of 
maintenance,  but  they  have  been  combined  so 
adroitly  that  the  total  effect  is  of  richness  and 
warmth.  Notice  also  the  way  the  horizontally 
sliding  doors  and  windows  extend  all  the  way  to 
the  ceiling.  This  detail,  a  favorite  with  modern  archi- 
tects, improves  appearance,  lighting  and  ventilation. 


47 


Even  the  most  conservative  homebuilder  is  usually 
willing  to  admit  the  desirability  of  a  generous  win- 
dow in  the  dining  space,  and  contemporary  architec- 
ture, which  has  made  large  windows  its  trademark, 
rarely  fails  to  satisfy  this  universal  desire.  In  all  of 
the  rooms  shown  here,  the  windows  extend  the 
entire  width  of  the  outside  wall,  and  in  two-thirds 
of  the  cases,  from  floor  to  ceiling  as  well.  Two  of 
the  rooms  (46  and  47)  employ  large  panes  of  fixed 
plate  glass  set  directly  in  the  frame,  relying  on 
smaller  sash,  or  doors,  for  ventilation.  Two  more 
(49  and  £1)  have  floor-to-ceiling  sash  that  can  be 
folded  back  out  of  the  way  in  fine  weather,  leaving 
the  wall  entirely  open.  The  other  two  (48  and  50) 
use  smaller  units  of  glass  set  in  a  grid  frame. 


Once  freed  from  stylistic  restrictions,  the  problem 
of  providing  space  for  dining  is  susceptible  of  almost 
as  many  solutions  as  there  are  houses  to  build  and 
people  to  build  them.  The  dining  area  may  be  set 
off  by  a  partial  partition  topped  with  glass  panels, 
as  in  57;  it  may  be  combined  with  a  porch  cut  out 
of  the  corner  of  the  living  room,  as  in  58  and  59; 
it  may  be  so  surrounded  with  windows  as  virtually 
to  become  such  a  porch  itself,  as  in  60.  Or,  as  shown 
in  6  I ,  it  may  be  one  of  an  articulated  series  of  spaces 
sharing  a  continuous  window  but  separated  by 
storage  units  extending  part  way  to  the  wall. 


61 


^*"*'  I 


•    ,     c 


It  is  in  the  modest  house  that  the  modern  approach  to 
dining  pays  its  biggest  dividends:  almost  any  nook  or  off- 
set in  the  plan  offers  sufficient  space,  if  properly  handled, 
for  an  adequate,  attractive  dining  arrangement — one 
which  does  not  necessitate  the  fuss  and  bother  of  unfold- 
ing a  table  and  collecting  chairs  for  every  meal,  and  yet 
does  not  require  an  entire  room  to  go  unused  between 
meals.  A  prime  requisite — which  has  been  satisfied  in  all 
of  the  examples  shown— is  that  the  dining  place  be  pleas- 
ant, with  a  good-sized  window  and  if  possible,  an  attractive 
outlook.  For  this  reason  a  bay  window,  like  that  shown 
in  64,  is  almost  ideal,  although  the  same  effect  can  be 
achieved  by  other  irregularities  in  the  plan,  as  in  67.  In 
view  66,  the  dining  area  is  set  off  by  a  plywood  panel 
which  serves  to  shield  the  outside  entrance  to  the  room. 


69 


This  glazed  recreation  porch,  which  connects  two 
halves  of  a  divided  house  in  California,  shows  how 
much  sheer  space  can  contribute  to  modern  living. 
Little  more  costly  than  an  ordinary  porch,  it  pro- 
vides ample  indoor  room  for  games  and  parties,  and 
made  possible  a  plan  in  which  the  balance  of  the 
rooms  were  compact  and  economical,  since  fur- 
ther provision  for  entertainment  was  unnecessary. 


Living  outdoors— and  partially  outdoors— is  one 
of  the  major  pleasures  of  owning  a  modern  house. 
Modern  heating  methods  and  structural  techniques 
which  have  made  possible  the  window  wall  and 
glazed,  horizontally-sliding  doors  have  created  en- 
tirely new  types  of  rooms,  as  well  as  an  entirely  new 
relationship  between  the  house  and  its  site.  Some 
of  the  possibilities  are  illustrated  here:  a  dining 
porch  in  Michigan  (70);  a  glazed  wall  in  the  rigorous 
climate  of  northern  Pennsylvania  (72);  a  dining 
space,  half  porch,  half  room,  from  California  (71). 
The  porch  in  73,  used  for  games  and  entertaining, 
is  enclosed  on  one  side  by  a  glazed  windscreen,  open 
on  the  other  for  fresh  air  and  unobstructed  view. 


•1 


75 


CHAPTER  SIX 


THE  WORK  CENTER 


THE  OLD  SAYING  that  there  is  nothing  new  under 
the  sun,  like  so  many  old  sayings,  has  a  moderate 
amount  of  truth  in  it,  and  anyone  looking  for  argu- 
ments to  prove  its  truth  can  find  ammunition  in 
what  has  been  happening  to  the  kitchen  during  the 
past  fifty  years.  Most  people  in  America  look  back 
to  a  childhood  in  which  much  time  was  spent  in  a 
kitchen  quite  different  from  the  room  called  by  the 
same  name  today.  For  one  thing,  the  old  kitchen 
was  big.  For  another,  it  was  not  merely  a  place 
where  cooking  was  done.  It  was  the  work  center  of 
the  home  and  it  was  also  a  social  center.  Here,  by 
the  stove,  children  were  bathed,  food  was  canned, 
laundry  was  done,  and  meals  were  eaten.  In  the 
evening  people  sat  in  rockers  by  the  big,  round 
table  and  read,  sewed,  studied,  played  games,  and 
talked.  The  kitchen  was  the  heart  of  the  home. 

In  recent  years  the  kitchen,  like  other  parts  of  the 
house,  has  shown  an  extraordinary  tendency  to 
shrink.  Enthusiasts  for  the  "minimum"  kitchen 
pointed  out  that  several  hundred  people  could  be 
provided  with  complete  meals  from  a  dining-car 
kitchen  so  small  that  you  could  hardly  turn  around 
in  it.  The  efficiency  boys  counted  the  number  of 
seconds  it  took  the  housewife  to  get  from  here  to 
there,  the  inches  to  the  flour  can,  the  steps  from  the 
refrigerator  to  the  stove  and  back  again.  Their 
dream  was  a  kind  of  circular  closet  where  the  house 
wife  stood  in  the  center  and  reached  for  everything 
without  moving.  They  never  got  quite  that  far, 
which  is  just  as  well,  but  they  did  get  awfully  close 


to  it,  which  was  not.  Efficiency  in  the  home  and  the 
well-being  of  the  housewife  depend  on  more  factors 
than  steps  and  minutes. 

For  one  thing,  the  housewife  is  not  a  chef  on  a 
Pullman  diner.  She  does  not  have  to  feed  two  hun- 
dred people  a  day.  And  the  chef,  lucky  fellow,  does 
not  have  to  make  beds,  run  to  answer  the  door,  or 
keep  two  or  three  children  under  control  while  he 
is  cooking.  Moreover,  as  the  kitchen  shrank  to  the 
point  where  it  was  virtually  impossible  to  get  a  din- 
ing table  in  it,  it  simply  meant  that  the  steps  saved 
in  preparing  meals  were  more  than  made  up  for  by 
the  necessity  to  get  dishes  to  the  distant  table  and 
back  to  the  sink  again.  If  this  was  efficiency,  it  was 
a  very  strange  kind. 

Then  there  was  the  question  of  laundry.  There 
was  no  room  for  it  in  the  minimum  kitchen.  For 
families  that  had  a  laundress  it  didn't  matter  too 


THE  WORK  CENTER 


much  if  the  equipment  was  down  in  the  basement, 
but  it  mattered  a  great  deal  if  the  laundry  was  an- 
other of  the  housewife's  jobs.  Have  you  ever  tried 
starting  a  meal  in  the  kitchen,  starting  a  wash  in  the 
cellar,  running  up  once  to  see  what  the  children 
were  doing,  a  second  time  to  answer  the  phone,  and 
a  ninth  or  tenth  time  to  take  care  of  some  other 
upstairs  chore?  And  have  you  ever  met  anyone 
who  enjoyed  the  discomfort  of  working  in  a  damp, 
badly  lighted  space?  Maybe  hauling  sixty  pounds 
of  wet  clothes  from  the  basement  to  the  drying  yard 
was  good  for  mother's  figure.  The  chances  are,  she 
would  have  preferred  to  meet  this  problem  in  some 
other  way. 

This  does  not  mean  there  are  no  reasons  for  hav- 
ing a  basement  laundry.  A  recent  survey  made  in 
one  of  the  big  war  housing  projects  showed  that 
tenants  were  about  evenly  divided  in  their  opinions 
on  this  point.  Those  in  favor  of  keeping  the  laundry 
underground  had  two  reasons  for  this  preference — 
one  was  that  they  did  not  like  the  mess  laundry 
makes  in  the  kitchen;  and  the  other  was  that 
clothes  could  be  dried  in  a  pinch  downstairs  if  it 
was  raining.  There  are  answers  to  both  these  argu- 
ments, however.  One  is  that  if  the  tenants  had  com- 
plete work  centers  instead  of  oversized  closets 
labeled  kitchens,  doing  the  laundry  would  not 
make  a  mess.  But  a  far  more  important  answer  is 
that  equipment  is  rapidly  getting  to  this  point — in 
fact,  some  of  it  has  been  designed — where  the 
washer,  dryer,  and  ironer  take  up  a  phenomenally 
small  amount  of  space.  The  increasingly  popular 
first-floor  heater  room,  incidentally,  would  be  an 
excellent  place  for  drying  clothes  if  it  were  planned 
with  this  in  mind. 

There  is  another  potent  force  which  is  doing  a 
great  deal  to  swell  the  kitchen  to  its  old  proportions 
— that  is,  the  servant  problem.  Very  few  families, 
percentagewise,  have  ever  been  able  to  afford  hired 
help.  Servants,  as  a  group,  are  disappearing.  World 
War  I  took  women  out  of  domestic  occupations 
72 


and  put  them  into  offices.  World  War  II  took  a 
vastly  greater  number  and  put  them  into  factories. 
The  middle-class  families  and  the  rich,  thrown 
more  and  more  on  their  own  resources,  have  been 
casting  a  jaundiced  eye  on  the  minimum  kitchen. 

WORK  CENTER-SOCIAL  CENTER 

The  modern  kitchen  cannot  be  a  small  room.  It 
must  be  a  big  room — possibly  the  biggest  room  in 
the  whole  house.  It  should  contain  all  the  cooking 
facilities,  all  the  laundry  equipment,  probably  the 
heater,  and  certainly  all  necessary  space  and  facili- 
ties for  family  meals  and  even  meals  when  guests 
are  present. 

You  will  remember  that  a  while  back  we  talked 
about  the  kitchen-living  room,  an  idea  which  has 
steadily  gained  in  popularity.  This  is  merely  an 
expansion  of  the  work  center  idea.  Advocating  this 
kind  of  planning  doesn't  mean  that  it  would  make 
sense  for  every  American  family  to  start  doing 
everything  in  the  kitchen.  It  certainly  does  not 
mean  that  dining  under  all  circumstances  has  to  go 
on  next  to  the  sink.  But  it  must  be  emphasized  that 
if  families  who  do  their  own  work  are  going  to  re- 
duce the  mechanics  of  living  to  the  minimum,  this 
scheme  has  a  great  deal  to  be  said  for  it.  If  you  can 
afford  a  kitchen  work  center  plus  a  dining-room 
and  a  living-room,  well  and  good.  But  unless  you 
are  in  the  top  income  group,  you  won't  be  able  to 
afford  all  of  them.  This  is  the  main  argument  for 
the  work  center.  The  housewife  spends  a  dispro- 
portionate amount  of  her  time  working  around  the 
kitchen,  and  there  is  every  reason  why  this  room 
should  be  designed  to  be  a  completely  livable,  as 
well  as  workable,  interior. 

One  of  the  great  inventions  of  the  thirties  was  the 
so-called  streamlined  kitchen.  It  was  full  of  cab- 
inets which  stuck  out  a  uniform  distance  from  the 
wall  and  below-counter  cupboards  which  made  it 
difficult  or  impossible  to  sit  comfortably  on  a  stool 


THE  WORK  CENTER 


TVvi. 


while  you  worked.  The  streamlined  kitchen  was 
sold  in  the  name  of  efficiency  and  good  looks,  and 
it  was  made  this  way  because  it  was  easy  to  manu- 
facture. It  was  an  improvement,  but  it  was  by  no 
means  a  complete  solution.  Food  preparation  re- 
quires, among  other  things,  the  provision  of  work- 
ing surfaces  at  different  heights.  Some  operations 
can  best  be  performed  standing  up,  others  sitting 
down.  And  if  you  sit  down,  there  has  to  be  some 
way  of  getting  your  knees  under  the  counter.  The 
streamlined  kitchen,  unless  it  included  a  planning 
desk  or  an  old-fashioned  table  in  the  middle,  of- 
fered no  such  conveniences. 

There  were  other  faults  in  this  de  luxe  interior. 
The  refrigerator  was — and  still  is,  for  that  matter— 
a  bulky,  clumsy  box,  poorly  adapted  to  most  types 
of  storage  and  exceedingly  wasteful  of  power.  Get- 
ting at  one  small  item  meant  holding  a  big  door 
open  while  quantities  of  expensively  cooled  air 
spilled  out.  The  present  day  stove,  in  which  the 
broiler  and  oven  are  practically  down  at  the  floor, 
is  another  example  of  equipment  which  in  some 
respects  is  worse  than  the  models  sold  twenty  years 
ago. 

The  ideal   stove  and  refrigerator  have   been 


attempted  time  and  again  by  designers,  but  they 
have  yet  to  be  put  into  production.  Ultimately  we 
will  be  able  to  buy  packaged  kitchen  units  which 
include  refrigerators  broken  up  into  three  or  even 
more  separate  compartments,  and  stoves  which 
have  broilers  and  ovens  at  working  height.  Unfor- 
tunately we  cannot  wait  for  "ultimately." 

However,  there  is  one  weakness  in  the  stream- 
lined kitchen  we  can  do  something  about.  That  is 
the  disposition  and  design  of  the  storage  cabinets. 
By  building  a  ring  of  over-counter  cabinets  all 
around  the  room  we  get  a  considerable  amount  of 
well-located  storage  space.  Unfortunately,  the 
windows  suffer.  Some  architects  have  tried  to  solve 
this  by  putting  glass  above  and  below  the  cabinets. 
But  a  far  more  attractive  and  workable  approach 
would  be  to  take  all  the  cabinets  off  the  main  win- 
dow wall  and  put  them  elsewhere.  There  could  be  a 
storage  wall  (see  Chapter  XII)  on  one  side  of  the 
kitchen.  Running  from  floor  to  ceiling,  it  would 
have  adjustable  shelves  like  the  existing  cabinets, 
but  it  would  have  far  more  of  them  than  we  are 
accustomed  to.  It  would  also  provide  the  shallow 
storage  space  which  is  so  desperately  needed.  Cans, 
bottles,  glasses,  and  small  packages  of  food  should 

73 


THE  WORK  CENTER 


not  be  stacked  three  deep  or,  for  that  matter,  two 
deep.  An  irritating  operation  performed  in  any 
kitchen  (it  would  probably  be  more  accurate  to  say, 
in  every  kitchen)  is  the  endless  business  of  taking 
down  everything  at  the  front  of  a  shelf  to  find  some- 
thing sitting  at  the  back.  No  millennium  is  needed 
to  remedy  this;  if  your  architect  works  out  a  suit- 
able design,  any  mill  or  even  a  good  carpenter  can 
build  it.  One  trick  is  the  arrangement  similar  to  the 
one  we  have  on  refrigerators,  where  the  door  itself 
contains  some  of  the  shelving.  It  would  be  no 
trouble  at  all  to  build  some  storage  cabinets  so  that 
half  of  each  shelf  is  on  the  door  and  the  rest  in  the 
unit  itself. 


DESIGNING  THE  COOKING  AREA 

There-seem  to  be  only  three  general  plans  for  the 
arrangement  of  cooking  equipment  and  the  accom- 
panying fixtures.  There  are  the  U,  the  L,  and  the 
straight-line  plan.  We  have  seen  examples  of  all 
three  types  in  kitchen  work  centers.  Since  they  all 
seem  to  have  advantages,  it  would  be  difficult  to 
recommend  one  over  the  other  two.  With  the  U, 
for  example,  one  leg  sticks  out  into  the  middle  of 
the  room.  In  many  ways  this  is  excellent.  If  the  sink 
is  put  into  the  projecting  leg,  it  means  that  dishes 
can  be  taken  directly  from  the  table  to  the  sink 
without  going  into  the  cooking  area  itself.  The  U 
scheme  also  tends  to  segregate  the  cooking  opera- 
tion— which  has  its  points. 

The  L,  on  the  other  hand,  because  it  follows  two 
walls  of  the  room,  leaves  more  open  space  in  the 
middle,  which  again  has  its  advantages.  The  straight- 
line  set-up  has  the  outstanding  virtue  of  being  the 
least  conspicuous,  because  once  the  dishes  are  put 
away  the  entire  room  becomes  available  for  other 
purposes.  On  this  point  you  will  have  to  make  up 
your  own  mind.  The  arrangement  should  be  re- 
lated to  family  habits  and  personal  preferences  and 
74 


a  pat  solution  which  will  work  equally  well  foi 
everybody  cannot  be  developed. 

EQUIPMENT 

When  we  think  of  a  kitchen,  we  think  of  three 
items:  sink,  stove,  and  refrigerator.  The  work  cen- 
ter, however,  has  a  lot  more  than  three  items.  It 
would  be  wise  to  plan  for  possible  additions.  Foi 
one  thing,  it  will  almost  inevitably  have  a  quick- 
freeze  unit — which  will  finally  be  reduced  to  com- 
pact, cabinet  size.  It  will  also  contain  the  laundr> 
equipment,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  is  also  shrink- 
ing to  manageable  proportions.  The  rapid  improve- 
ment in  dish- washing  machines,  some  of  which  will 
also  dry  the  dishes  (this  has  been  a  standard  ar- 
rangement in  many  restaurants  for  some  years) 
means  that  more  and  more  people  will  consider 
them  necessary  rather  than  luxury  items.  The  same 
is  true  of  that  wonderful  gadget  which  disposes  of 
garbage  by  grinding  it  up  and  flushing  it  away. 

We  have  here,  incidentally,  still  another  reason 
for  increasing  the  size  of  the  kitchen.  The  old 
kitchen  simply  isn't  big  enough,  anyway,  if  these 
additional  items  are  going  to  be  included.  But  let 
us  not  assume  that  new  equipment  is  the  whole 
story.  The  greater  the  number  of  things,  the  more 
important  the  planning.  If  the  room  is  so  arranged 
that  traffic  through  it  and  work  in  it  conflict  at  any 
point,  the  room  is  no  good.  You  can't  have  a 
laundry,  no  matter  how  efficient,  if  it  interferes  with 
food  preparation  because  it  isn't  in  the  right  place. 
The  same  is  true  of  the  placing  of  storage  units. 
And  the  same  is  true  of  the  dining  furniture. 

THE    HEATER 

The  house  described  all  through  this  book  is  a 
basementless  house.  The  main  reasons  for  leaving 
out  the  basement  are  described  in  Chapter  XII.  Such 
a  house  works  only  if  equivalent  space  is  provided 
above  ground.  This  is  particularly  true  of  the  fur- 


THE  WORK  CENTER 


nace.  It  used  to  be  necessary  to  keep  the  heater  in 
the  cellar  because  most  systems  worked  on  gravity. 
Heat  rose  to  the  rooms  above  by  convection, 
whether  air,  steam,  or  hot  water  was  used,  and  it 
fell  again,  thus  completing  a  cycle.  Most  plants 
today,  however,  are  of  the  forced  circulation  type — 
that  is,  they  use  a  fan  where  air  is  the  medium  and 
a  pump  where  water  does  the  job.  This  removes  the 
original  reason  for  keeping  the  furnace  in  the  base- 
ment. The  gradual  shift  in  fuels  is  the  other  reason. 
It  would  be  possible  to  put  the  furnace  in  a  sep- 
arate room  somewhere  on  the  ground  floor,  but  it 
would  be  equally  possible  to  put  it  into  a  kind  of 
closet  opening  off  the  kitchen.  We  are  assuming 
here  that  the  furnace  will  use  either  gas  or  oil.  For 
coal,  even  stoker-fired  coal,  much  more  space  will 
be  required.  But  if  one  of  the  compact  new  plants 
can  be  installed  in  a  closet  off  the  kitchen,  it  has 
one  tremendous  advantage,  and  that  is,  that  the 
kitchen  itself  contains  the  space  which  any  heater 
needs  to  have  around  it  for  inspection  or  repair. 
The  saving  of  space  to  be  achieved  in  this  manner 
—by  eliminating  the  cellar — is  worth  making.  - 

PICTURE  OF  A  WORK  CENTER 

Let  us  now  try  to  imagine  what  the  room  itself 
might  be  like.  It  has  one  or  more  big  picture  win- 


dows, because  storage  cupboards  have  been  grouped 
in  such  a  way  that  picture  windows  could  be  used. 
It  has  a  fan  and  duct  which  keep  out  most  of  the 
soot  and  grease.  It  probably  has  an  acoustically 
treated  ceiling  and  a  resilient  floor.  If  the  architect 
has  been  intelligent  in  his  approach,  the  room  is 
completely  free  from  its  familiar  hospital  operat- 
ing-room atmosphere,  thanks  to  the  incorporation 
of  natural  wood  surfaces,  bright  color,  and  fabrics. 
The  wall  adjoining  the  dining  space  is  movable, 
opening  perhaps  on  the  play  yard,  which  might 
also  serve  as  a  convenient  dining  terrace.  The 
lighting  is  wonderfully  flexible.  There  is  local  illu- 
mination for  the  work  surfaces,  direct  light  for  the 
dining  table,  and  soft,  general  illumination  which 
can  give  this  room  the  same  air  of  livability  as  the 
living-room  itself.  If  it  functions  for  a  good  part  of 
the  day  as  a  playroom,  it  contains  cupboards  for 
toys  and  games.  It  works  beautifully  for  a  large 
number  of  household  tasks,  and  it  looks  so  well 
that  you  would  be  glad  to  entertain  in  it,  too. 

A  short  while  ago  we  described  the  work  center 
to  a  friend  of  ours.  She  listened  quietly  at  first,  then 
with  growing  excitement.  Finally  she  interrupted, 
"I  could  work  in  that  kind  of  a  room!"  Of  course 
she  could!  But  that's  not  what  we're  driving  at. 
The  point  is,  she  could  really  live  in  it. 


75 


CHAPTER  SEVEN 


THE  ROOM  WITH- 
OUT A  NAME 


A  FEW  MONTHS  ago  a  young  architect  who  worked 
in  Washington  wandered  into  our  office  to  pass  the 
time  of  day  and  exchange  whatever  bits  of  news 
there  might  be.  It  was  obvious,  however,  that  he 
had  something  else  on  his  mind.  We  waited.  Pretty 
soon  out  it  came,  along  with  a  fat  black  pencil. 
Paper  was  found  and  shoved  under  the  pencil. 
Architects,  as  you  may  have  heard,  are  very  fond  of 
flavoring  talk  with  drawing.  Again  we  waited. 

"Want  to  see  the  perfect  house  plan?"  he  asked 
finally.  He  smiled  apologetically,  but  we  didn't.  Our 
visitor  was  one  of  the  most  brilliant  architects  in 
the  country,  and  his  ideas  always  made  sense  and 
were  frequently  inspired. 

"Sure  we  want  to  see  the  perfect  house  plan. 
Let's  have  it!" 

"Well," — he  began  drawing — "you  start  with  a 
living-room.  Only  it  isn't  really  a  living-room.  Too 
small.  It  has  room  for  only  four  or  six  people,  and 


the  walls  are  covered  with  built-in  bookshelves, 
desk,  etc.  Guess  you  might  call  it  a  study,  or  parlor, 
or  maybe  a  kind  of  retiring  room.  Parents  might 
use  it  to  get  away  from  the  kids." 
76 


This  was  a  little  disappointing.  "So  what?"  we 
asked.  "We've  seen  studies  before." 

"I'm  not  through"— still  drawing.  "Next  to  it 
there  is  a  small  kitchen,  cooking  on  one  side,  dining 
on  the  other." 


coo 


"Well?" 

"Well,"  he  continued,  "between  this  kitchen  and 
a  third  room  there  is  no  partition,  or  maybe  just  a 
glass  partition.  The  third  room  is  big.  Biggest  room 
in  the  house." 


r^n 

|_|  coola*,^     I 


/ 


i 


"It  does  look  big,"  we  conceded.  "What  happens 
there?" 

"Everything,  practically.  Ping-pong,  bridge, 
movies,  dancing.  The  children  can  play  there.  Or 


THE   ROOM  WITHOUT  A  NAME 


you  could  cook  in  the  fireplace.  Good  place  for  a 
dinner  party,  too." 

"What  do  you  call  it?" 

"I  don't  know,"  he  said,  puzzled.  "I  was  going 
to  call  it  the  'dirty  room'  because  the  materials 
would  be  practically  indestructible,  and  the  kids 
could  make  any  kind  of  mess  without  doing  any 
damage.  But  that's  not  a  very  good  name.  It  would 
be  pretty  swell-looking  when  it  was  fixed  up." 

"It  doesn't  look  like  much  of  a  plan  to  me,"  one 
of  us  snorted.  "Where's  the  entrance?  Where  are 
the  bedrooms?" 

"Wherever  you  want  to  put  them,"  he  retorted. 
"And  it  isn't  a  plan,  anyway — it's  a  diagram." 

"And  what  makes  it  the  perfect  plan?" 

He  looked  up  from  the  drawing,  surprised.  "Why, 
the  big  room,  of  course.  The  room  without  a  name." 

A  few  days  later  another  architect  walked  in.  He 
had  come  in  from  the  West  Coast  by  way  of  Brazil 
and  points  north.  For  some  reason  or  other,  the 
talk  again  turned  to  houses.  Our  West  Coast  visitor 
also  had  a  house  on  his  mind.  And  his  house,  too, 
had  a  big  room — in  fact,  leaving  the  bedrooms  out, 
all  it  seemed  to  be  was  a  big  room. 

There  were  only  two  partitions  in  the  main  living 
area :  a  light  screen  wall  for  the  kitchen,  and  a  heav- 
ier barrier  that  set  aside  a  study,  space  for  reading, 
or  just  privacy.  This  latter  consisted  of  bookshelves 
that  did  not  reach  the  ceiling. 

This  seemed  to  be  too  good  to  be  a  coincidence. 


cooKv 


bi 


o 


Had  he  seen  the  first  plan?  No,  he  hadn't.  He  had 
been  mulling  over  the  idea  for  quite  a  long  time. 
Looked  like  the  kind  of  house  one  might  want  for 
oneself. 


"Funny,"  he  said,  looking  at  the  sketch  our 
friend  from  Washington  had  made. 

"Yes,"  we  agreed,  "it  is  funny." 

Less  than  a  week  after  this  a  man  came  in  from 
Detroit.  He  was  not  a  house  architect  at  all,  but  a 
member  of  a  big  office  specializing  in  industrial 
plants  and  office  buildings.  But  he  couldn't  talk 
anything  but  houses  because  he  had  just  purchased 
a  piece  of  land  and  was  going  to  build  himself  one. 


Would  we  like  to  see  the  house?  Yes,  we  would  like 
to  see  the  house.  Out  came  the  pencil. 

Many  features  of  the  house  were  unusual,  be- 
cause of  special  consideration  given  to  the  view  and 
the  sun.  But  a  couple  of  things  immediately  at- 
tracted our  attention. 

"What's  that?"  we  asked,  pointing  to  a  small 
square  at  the  back  of  the  plan. 

"That's  the  living-room.  Good  place  for  it,  don't 
you  think?  No  street  noises." 

"Sure,"  we  replied.  "But  it's  tiny.  You  couldn't 
get  more  than  a  half  dozen  people  into  it  without 
a  shoehorn." 

"That's true," he  admitted.  "Iguess  you  shouldn't 
really  call  it  a  living-room.  It's  more  a  kind  of  study 
or  parlor,  I  suppose.  My  wife  and  I  wanted  it  be- 
cause we  thought  it  would  be  a  good  idea  to  have 

77 


THE   ROOM   WITHOUT  A  NAME 


one  room  where  we  could  shut  the  door  and  have  a 
little  privacy  once  in  a  while.  Anyway,  we  have  a 
big  room  for  parties  and  for  the  kids." 

Yes,  he  had  the  "big  room"  right  across  from  the 
kitchen.  It  even  had  folding  doors  along  the  side  to 
make  it  bigger.  We  told  him  about  the  architect 
from  Washington  and  the  architect  from  the  West 
Coast.  He  looked  crestfallen,  but  also  pleased  that 
he  was  traveling  in  such  high-powered  company. 
"Damn  it  all!"  He  grinned.  "I  thought  I  had  an 
original  idea  for  once." 

"Don't  fret,"  we  said.  "You  did.  You  worked  it 
up  on  your  own,  didn't  you?  That  makes  it  orig- 
inal enough  for  anybody.  By  the  way,  what  do  you 
call  that  big  room  of  yours?" 

"You  know,"  he  confessed,  "I've  been  wonder- 
ing about  that  myself.  I've  thought  of  several — 
you've  heard  them  all — but  they  don't  quite  seem 
to  fit.  The  room's  functions  are  kind  of  mixed,  any- 
way. It's  hard  to  describe  them  in  a  word.  Any 
suggestions?" 

"No,"  we  said.  "No  suggestions.  But  what  we 
want  to  know  is  why  are  all  of  you  people  suddenly 
designing  houses  that  always  have  one  room  with- 
out a  name?" 

No,  we  did  not  invent  these  stories.  The  conver- 
sations took  place  in  exactly  the  order  we  have 
related  them.  What  is  more,  other  architects  have 
since  come  around  with  variations  on  the  same 
theme.  Why?  We  aren't  sure  why  this  is  happening 
in  so  many  different  places  at  the  same  time,  but  we 
have  an  idea. 


A   FLAW   IN   THE   HOUSE 

Contemporary  houses  have  been  planned  to  pro- 
vide an  acceptable  minimum  of  living  facilities 
within  an  absolute  minimum  of  space.  In  playing 
this  game,  architects  and  builders  took  the  living- 
room,  bedrooms,  kitchen,  and  bath,  and  worked 
them  over  and  over  until  the  last  "wasted"  square 
78 


inch  had  been  extracted.  "Living-room,  dining- 
room,  kitchen,  and  bedroom"  became  a  set  for- 
mula which  was  supposed  to  provide  all  the  living 
space  the  average  family  needed.  The  only  trouble 
with  the  formula  was  that  it  ignored  living.  But 
people  don't  forget  about  living,  no  matter  what 
the  smart  speculative  builders  and  the  routine- 
minded  architects  say. 

People,  praise  God,  don't  stay  put  in  pigeonholes, 
no  matter  how  the  compartments  are  labeled.  And, 
because  they  are  neither  animals  nor  machines, 
they  end  up  by  demanding  space  for  activities  that 
don't  fit  into  the  pigeonholes,  although  nobody 
seems  to  be  able  to  find  a  suitable  name  for  that 
space.  The  purposes  and  potentialities  of  the  space 
are  too  indefinite  to  label  as  yet,  but  they  are  none 
the  less  real. 

Our  "room  without  a  name"  is  not  entirely  new. 
Many  houses  used  to  have  something  like  it.  Do 
you  remember  the  houses  of  the  seventies  and 
eighties  that  had  towers  growing  out  of  a  tangle  of 
roofs?  Generally  absurd  in  size  and  shape,  the 
towers  were  always  picturesque.  The  funny  little 
cut-up  rooms  inside  were  the  exciting  property  of 
the  children,  who  used  them  for  everything  from 
playing  steamboat  captain  to  hiding  from  imag- 
inary enemies.  Such  leftover  rooms,  however,  were 
not  always  for  the  children  alone.  In  some  of  the 
more  accessible  rooms  Mother  kept  her  sewing 
things  and  odd  assortments  of  household  para- 
phernalia. In  others,  Father  created  his  private  den, 
where  the  happy  disorder  of  papers,  books,  pipes, 
guns,  and  the  rest  was  never  disturbed  by  the 
intrusion  of  a  dustcloth  or  broom. 

Old  houses  had  other  spaces,  too.  In  many  base- 
ments there  were  comparatively  uncluttered  spaces, 
where  electric  trains  could  be  set  up  and  the  mes- 
sier hobbies  carried  on.  The  "rumpus  room"  of 
more  recent  vintage  extended  these  activities  to 
include  games,  dancing,  movies,  and  so  on.  Such  a 
basement  room,  though  more  completely  deco- 


THE   ROOM  WITHOUT  A  NAME 


rated,  was  still  a  makeshift  or  afterthought,  and  it 
was  usually  the  unforeseen  result  of  shifting  from 
coal  to  a  cleaner  and  less  bulky  fuel.  Moreover, 
none  of  the  basement  playrooms  covered  the  broad 
range  of  uses  we  are  talking  about. 

Some  people  have  already  gone  beyond  the  base- 
ment playroom  in  their  houses.  A  striking  example 
is  a  house  built  to  sell  for  $20,000  in  a  Chicago 
suburban  development.  It  has  a  ground-floor  space 
called  a  recreation  room,  which  is  about  as  large 
as  the  living-room  and  is  separated  from  it  by  a  large 
sliding  door.  It  can  be  reached  from  both  front  and 
back  entrances  without  going  through  the  living- 
room,  and  it  is  well  equipped  to  serve  the  purposes 
of  the  "big  room."  The  idea  obviously  had  genuine 
appeal,  for  the  house  was  sold  in  short  order. 

WHY    HAVE   A   NEW    ROOM? 

There  seem  to  be  as  many  reasons  for  this  kind  of 
room  as  there  are  people.  A  successful  woman  edi- 
tor of  a  New  York  magazine  is  planning  to  build  a 
room  without  a  name  as  an  addition  to  her  home. 
Connected  to  the  house  by  a  glassed-in  passage,  it 
will  function  partly  as  a  greenhouse,  partly  as  a 
breakfast  and  miscellaneous-purpose  room.  For 
any  family  interested  in  hothouse  plants  and  flow- 
ers such  a  room  would  provide  a  fascinating  back- 
ground for  living  as  well  as  space  for  its  hobby. 

The  greenhouse  idea  suggests  any  number  of 
other  hobbies  which  might  be  served  by  such  a 
room.  Properly  designed,  it  might  take  care  of 
messy  ones,  such  as  indoor  gardening,  carpentry, 
model  building,  metal  working,  painting,  and  the 
like;  or  others,  such  as  music,  which  require  only 
space  for  their  full  enjoyment.  It  is  in  connection 
with  the  noisy  and  dust-producing  activities  like 
the  use  of  a  power  saw,  however,  that  the  advan- 
tages of  the  room  are  most  effectively  demonstrated. 

On  closer  examination  the  room  without  a  name 
shows  a  number  of  definite  characteristics.  An  im- 
portant one  is  that  it  is  totally  lacking  in  privacy. 


Any  member  of  the  family  may  use  it,  and  for 
practically  any  purpose.  Since  a  major  complaint 
about  the  house  as  it  is  now  planned  is  the  lack  of 
privacy,  it  is  interesting  to  see  a  room  appear  which 
insists  on  its  "public"  nature.  We  would  not  be  en- 
tirely correct  in  concluding  that  this  is  just  the 
living-room  function  slightly  revamped,  for  the 
living-room  traditionally  has  been  set  aside  for  the 
adults,  and  for  a  limited  number  of  activities. 

There  is  another  interesting  point  about  this 
room:  it  marks  the  first  time  a  room  for  the  whole 
family  has  appeared  in  the  home  since  the  days  of 
the  farmhouse  kitchen.  Coming  at  a  time  when  the 
family  is  less  tied  to  the  home  than  ever  before  in 
its  history,  this  fact  presents  something  of  a  contra- 
diction. "For  the  family,"  by  the  way,  doesn't 
mean  that  all  rooms  in  today's  houses  are  specifi- 
cally limited  to  certain  members;  we  are  merely 
pointing  out  that  the  "big  room"  is  intentionally 
set  up  to  cover  the  family's  social  and  recreational 
needs,  and  that  the  usual  adults-versus-children 
distinction  has  been  abandoned. 

A  third  idea  also  presents  itself.  By  frankly  de- 
veloping a  room  which  is  entirely  "public"  as  far 
as  the  family  and  its  guests  are  concerned,  privacy 
is  made  possible.  Because  there  is  an  "extra  room," 
the  other  living  space  can  really  be  enjoyed  in  peace 
and  quiet.  The  children's  rooms,  too,  are  no  longer 
under  the  same  pressure  to  double  as  playrooms 
and  sleeping-study  spaces. 

These  three  ideas  combine  to  produce  a  picture 
of  a  need  and  a  trend.  The  need  is  clear  enough:  a 
house  must  be  planned  to  meet  adequately  a  nor- 
mal family's  requirements  of  both  privacy  and 
joint  activity.  It  need  hardly  be  mentioned  that  a 
"normal"  family's  requirements  are  by  no  means 
standardized.  Some  families  are  sociable,  others 
are  less  so.  Some  have  their  fun  with  lots  of  noise 
and  a  considerable  expenditure  of  physical  energy, 
while  others  have  as  good  a  time  more  quietly.  The 
room  without  a  name,  therefore,  cannot  follow  any 

79 


THE   ROOM  WITHOUT  A  NAME 


stock  design  or  stereotyped  arrangement;  it  is  far 
too  intimate  an  expression  of  a  family's  tastes.  In 
spite  of  this,  the  room  does  seem  to  have  certain 
standard  features.  Its  furnishings  and  materials  are 
definitely  on  the  "tough"  side,  designed  and  se- 
lected to  stand  up  under  extremely  hard  usage.  In 
all  probability  it  will  not  include  anything  that 
might  be  damaged  by  dirt  or  dust,  and  it  should  be 
easy  to  clean.  Since  it  will,  on  occasion,  serve  for 
entertainment  of  a  fairly  formal  kind,  it  will  have  to 
have  storage  cupboards  where  toys,  games,  and 
tools  can  be  kept  out  of  sight.  What  furniture  there 
is  would  tend  to  be  built-in,  or  light  in  weight  and 
highly  mobile.  None  of  these  characteristics,  inci- 
dentally, prevents  the  big  room  from  being  a  very 
handsome  one. 

Granting  the  need,  the  actual  trend  is  less  clear. 
Can  it  mean  that  people  are  insisting  more  and 
more  on  living  their  lives  in  the  way  they  want  to? 
That  they  are  more  concerned  with  this  than  with 
impressing  the  neighbors?  The  present-day  living- 
room,  as  we  well  know,  is  something  of  a  "front." 
This  is  where  guests  are  entertained;  here  we  gen- 
erally find  the  best  furniture,  the  most  expensive 
carpet,  and  the  least  evidence  of  normal  family  dis- 
order. For  these  very  reasons  its  uses  are  limited. 
Anything  that  might  damage  the  furniture  or  dis- 
rupt the  orderly  arrangement  is  taboo.  There  are 
families  to  whom  this  does  not  apply,  of  course, 
but  in  general  the  picture  seems  fairly  accurate. 
Can  it  be  that  the  living-room  is  going  the  way  of 
the  old-fashioned  parlor — or  more  properly,  is  it 
turning  into  a  special-purpose  room  like  the  study? 
Will  its  functions  be  divided  in  the  future  between 
the  small,  quiet  retreat  and  the  big  room?  Possibly. 
Certainly  the  idea  has  much  to  commend  it. 

Other  questions  of  a  broader  social  character 
suggest  themselves.  We  have  all  read  articles  about 
the  family — its  difficulties  in  the  world  of  today, 


the  inadequacies  of  parents,  the  waywardness  of 
children.  Could  the  room  without  a  name  be  evi- 
dence of  a  growing  desire  to  provide  a  framework 
within  which  the  members  of  a  family  will  be  better 
equipped  to  enjoy  each  other  on  the  basis  of  mu- 
tual respect  and  affection?  Might  it  thus  indicate  a 
deep-seated  urge  to  reassert  the  validity  of  the  fam- 
ily by  providing  a  better  design  for  living?  We 
should  like  very  much  to  think  so,  and  if  there  is 
any  truth  in  this  assumption,  our  search  for  a  name 
is  ended — we  should  simply  call  it  the  "family 
room."  As  a  matter  of  fact,  even  without  social 
theories,  it  is  still  a  very  good  and  completely  accu- 
rate name. 

This  much  we  do  know :  when  a  number  of  out- 
standing architects  arrive  almost  simultaneously  at 
the  same  planning  idea,  each  being  entirely  igno- 
rant of  the  others'  activities,  something  is  brewing. 
This  "something"  may  not  come  to  a  head  for 
many  years,  but  it  is  a  matter  of  experience  that 
artists  (this  includes  the  best  architects)  reflect  in 
an  uncannily  sensitive  way  currents  in  thought  and 
design  long  before  they  are  popularly  accepted. 
What  they  seem  to  be  anticipating  now  is  a  further 
development  of  the  general  living  area  of  the  house, 
a  more  freely  organized  arrangement  of  public  and 
private  spaces  which  would  be  closer  to  the  actual 
needs  of  the  modern  family  than  anything  that  has 
been  seen  hitherto. 

If  this  should  prove  to  be  the  case — and  none  of 
us  will  know  for  some  time  whether  it  will  or  not — 
the  validity  of  the  underlying  thesis  of  this  book 
will  have  received  confirmation  from  an  unexpected 
quarter.  The  thesis,  as  we  have  outlined  it,  is  that 
tomorrow's  house  needs  no  new  inventions,  ma- 
terials, or  techniques  for  its  realization.  What  is 
required  is  a  deeper  understanding  of  today's 
trends,  coupled  with  the  most  creative  and  bold  use 
of  the  techniques  already  at  hand. 


80 


HEATING 


CHAPTER   EIGHT 


As  FAR  AS  THE  home  builder  is  concerned,  there  are 
two  ways  of  looking  at  heating,  and  only  two.  One 
is  to  consider  the  equipment — the  furnaces,  boil- 
ers, ducts,  radiators,  controls,  and  all  the  other 
paraphernalia  that  go  to  make  the  modern  heat- 
ing plant  what  it  is.  The  other  is  to  think  of  heating 
in  terms  of  bodily  comfort  and  health.  Since  very 
few  of  us  are  equipped  to  evaluate  one  piece  of 
complex  machinery  as  against  another,  and  since 
we  are  concerned  with  the  results  and  not  with  the 
means,  we  will  look  at  heating  from  the  second 
point  of  view. 

There  are  certain  pleasant  experiences  having  to 
do  with  heating  which  everyone  can  recall.  Most 
of  us  can  remember  the  old-style  kitchens  of  our 
parents  or  grandparents  which  had  a  great,  black 
coal  stove  in  one  corner.  And  we  can  remember, 
too,  the  wonderful  sensation  of  well-being  pro- 
duced by  this  stove  on  a  cold  winter's  day.  The  big 
pot-bellied  coal  stove  in  the  general  store,  which  is 
still  the  social  center  of  so  many  rural  communi- 
ties, produces  the  same  agreeable  effect.  These  ex- 
periences don't  all  occur  indoors.  Have  you  ever 
gone  out  on  a  chill,  sunny  day  in  spring  or  fall  and 
noticed  what  a  fine  heating  job  the  sun  can  do  once 
you  are  in  a  protected  corner  out  of  the  wind? 
Skiers  are  familiar  with  this  even  in  midwinter,  for 
it  is  possible  to  strip  to  the  waist  and  still  feel  com- 
fortable in  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  and  those 
reflected  from  the  snow.  Most  familiar  of  all,  prob- 
ably, is  the  experience  of  getting  into  bed  in  a  cold 


bedroom  and,  after  a  brief  tussle  with  frigid  sheets, 
enjoying  the  extraordinary  pleasure  of  breathing 
fresh,  cool  air  while  one's  body  is  enveloped  in  the 
most  delightful  kind  of  warmth. 

These  examples — and  we  can  think  of  others — 
have  to  do  with  heating,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that 
the  "equipment"  in  one  instance  is  one's  own  body, 
in  another,  the  sun,  and  in  a  third,  a  stove.  It  is 
important  to  remember  such  experiences  when 
thinking  about  heating,  because  all  we  are  buying 
the  machinery  for  is  to  duplicate  in  one  manner  or 
another  these  feelings  of  comfort. 

HEATING  IN  YOUR  OWN  HOME 
If  you  live  in  an  average  house,  it  probably  con- 
sists of  a  number  of  separate  rooms,  all  of  which 
can  be  closed  off  from  one  another.  It  probably 
has  two  floors,  sandwiched  between  a  basement 
and  an  attic.  Finally,  the  windows  in  relation  to 
the  total  wall  area  are  fairly  small.  You  will  recog- 
nize in  this  description,  of  course,  a  typical  Colo- 
nial, English,  or  Victorian  house.  This  kind  of 
house  is  compact  and  easy  to  heat. 

If  you  have  a  better-than-average  heating  plant, 
it  furnishes  automatic  heat — that  is,  it  runs  on  gas, 
oil,  or  stoked-fed  coal,  and  has  a  thermostat  which 
turns  the  furnace  on  or  off  depending  on  room 
temperature.  Yet  even  with  this  plant,  which  repre- 
sents many  decades  of  patient  experimentation  by 
manufacturers,  it  is  not  difficult  to  recall  occasions 
when  something  less  than  optimum  comfort  was 

81 


HEATING 


produced.  Frequently  there  are  drafts.  Heating  is 
often  sporadic  and  uneven.  The  air  near  the  floor 
tends  to  be  rather  cool,  and  one  of  mother's  major 
chores  is  to  keep  small  children  off  it  in  cold 
weather.  Also,  the  thermostat  sometimes  behaves 
in  a  strangely  unreasonable  manner.  When  it  is  set 
at  70°  in  the  evening,  the  rooms  may  be  too  chilly 
for  comfort.  When  it  is  set  at  68°  on  a  sunny  day, 
the  rooms  facing  south  may  be  overheated.  It  may 
have  other  faults  as  well.  If  the  system  uses  steam, 
the  radiators  are  sometimes  noisy,  occasionally 
produce  an  unpleasant  odor,  and  tend  to  soil  the 
walls  behind  and  above  them.  Also,  people  fre- 
quently complain  that  the  rooms  heated  in  this 
manner  are  stuffy. 

HEATING  IN  THE  MODERN  HOUSE 

The  tendency  in  home  building  today  is  to  move 
farther  and  farther  away  from  the  traditional  old- 
style  house.  Survey  after  survey  has  shown  that  an 
increasing  number  of  people  are  demanding  houses 
on  one  floor.  They  don't  care  particularly  whether 
they  have  basements  or  not.  They  like  the  idea  of 
the  "open  plan,"  where  living,  dining,  and  even 
kitchen  facilities  are  related  rather  freely  to  one  an- 
other. In  the  newer  plans  partitions  are  omitted  to 
gain  a  feeling  of  space,  as  many  doors  as  possible 
are  left  out,  except  in  rooms  like  bedrooms  and 
baths  where  privacy  is  essential,  and  generally  to 
simplify  the  whole  living  pattern  within  the  house. 
This  is  equally  true  in  expensive  houses,  where 
people  can  build  all  the  enclosed  rooms  they  want 
to,  as  well  as  in  cheap  ones,  where  it  is  necessary  to 
eliminate  such  elements  as  the  dining-room  because 
the  budget  isn't  large  enough. 

The  modern  house  brings  with  it  great  advan- 
tages. That  is  why  people  are  building  more  and 
more  of  them  every  year.  It  also  brings  very  real 
problems.  We  all  know  that  a  house  with  insulated 
walls  and  few  windows  is  easier  to  heat  comfort- 
82 


ably  than  a  house  where  entire  walls  may  be  made 
of  plate  glass.  We  can  imagine,  too,  that  if  an  open 
living  space  extended  from  the  warm  side  of  the 
house  to  the  north  where  a  cold  wind  might  be 
blowing,  there  would  be  a  measurable  temperature 
difference  at  the  two  ends  of  this  space,  and  warm 
and  cold  air  currents  would  promptly  be  set  up, 
creating  drafts  and  all  of  the  attendant  discomforts. 
When  the  first  modern  houses  were  built,  their 
architects  were  aware  of  these  new  problems,  and 
they  tried  in  a  variety  of  ways  to  solve  them.  One 
method  they  tried  was  to  use  radiators  of  special 
shapes.  For  instance,  where  a  picture  window  ex- 
tended almost  the  full  width  of  the  room,  long  row 
radiators  were  installed  under  the  sills  so  that  cold 
air  falling  away  from  the  window  surface  would 
immediately  hit  the  radiator.  Where  air  condition- 
ing was  used,  the  typical  register  was  replaced  by 
long  grilles  which  ran  the  full  length  of  the  window, 
the  purpose  being  the  same — to  keep  the  cold  air 
from  getting  into  the  room  and  causing  discomfort. 
Nevertheless,  when  all  of  these  things  had  been 
tried,  it  was  found  that  air  near  the  floor  was  still 
colder  than  it  should  be  even  with  the  thermostat 
pushed  up  to  76°  or  78°.  And  in  basementless 
houses  where  the  floor  was  set  directly  on  the 
ground  or  above  a  shallow  unheated  air  space,  the 
problem  was  very  serious.  Serious,  that  is,  until 
the  day  when  some  nameless  hero  had  an  idea.  A 
very  good  idea.  He  thought,  "Why  not  let  the  floor 
be  the  radiator?  A  radiator  so  big  could  have  a 
very  low  surface  temperature.  This  would  eliminate 
cold  floors,  and  it  might  have  other  advantages." 

THE    RADIATING    FLOOR 

Young  students  of  architecture  who  have  to  learn 
about  buildings  of  many  periods  run  into  descrip- 
tions of  the  Roman  bath — probably  the  most  lux- 
urious athletic  club  in  the  history  of  the  world.  In 
studying  it,  they  find  that  the  furnaces  were  un- 


HEATING 


derneath  the  rooms,  and  before  the  hot  flue  gases 
were  allowed  to  escape  through  the  chimneys, 
they  passed  through  the  hollow  floors,  thereby  pro- 
viding a  very  agreeable  temperature  inside.  In 
Korea  ages  ago  the  houses  of  the  noblemen  gener- 
ally had  one  room  called  the  spring  room,  where 
they  could  escape  the  bone-chilling  dampness  of 
the  Pacific  winter.  These  rooms  were  heated  in  ex- 
actly the  same  way  as  the  Roman  baths.  There  was 
a  little  furnace,  and  underneath  the  floor  there  was 
a  labyrinth  through  which  all  of  the  hot  air  had  to 
pass  before  it  got  to  the  chimneys.  These  rooms 
did  not  have  heating  in  our  sense — they  really  had 
climate.  And  it  was  possible  for  the  fortunate  few 
to  enjoy  quite  literally  the  pleasant  freshness  of 
spring  by  returning  to  the  room  that  was  set  aside 
for  this  purpose. 

When  Frank  Lloyd  Wright  went  to  Tokyo  to 
build  his  world-famed  Imperial  Hotel,  he  knew 
about  this  ancient  method  of  heating,  and  in  the 
bathrooms  he  installed  electric  radiators  under  the 
floor — possibly  the  first  large  floor  heating  instal- 
lation in  modern  times. 

In  Europe  during  the  twenties  and  thirties 
"radiant  heating,"  as  it  was  called,  began  to  be 
used  rather  widely.  The  heating  elements  were  usu- 
ally put  in  the  ceiling  instead  of  in  the  floors.  How- 
ever, for  reasons  which  we  will  see  presently,  the 
exact  location  of  the  equipment  did  not  make  a 
great  deal  of  difference. 

HOW  RADIANT  HEATING  WORKS 
The  most  common  system  of  installing  radiant 
heating  in  American  houses  is  to  lay  a  concrete 
slab  on  the  ground  with  coils  of  pipe  underneath 
the  slab.  Through  the  pipes  passes  steam  or  hot 
water — the  latter  is  preferred  at  the  moment.  When 
the  furnace  is  turned  on  and  the  heated  water  be- 
gins to  circulate  through  the  coils,  the  slab  above 
warms  slowly  until  it  reaches  a  temperature  of 
about  85°.  A  surface  at  this  temperature  is  barely 


warm  to  the  touch.  Instead  of  radiators  scattered 
through  the  house,  we  now  find  that  a  large  part 
of  the  house  itself  has  become  the  radiator. 

This  huge  radiator  is  not  a  radiator  at  all  in  the 
conventional  sense.  To  understand  why,  we  have 
to  make  a  brief  but  important  digression.  We  have 
to  find  out  how  heat  is  transferred  from  one  object 
to  another.  Those  who  can  still  remember  high- 
school  physics  will  probably  find  the  story  familiar. 

HOW  HEAT  MOVES 

Heat,  the  textbooks  say,  can  be  transferred  in 
three  ways:  by  conduction,  convection,  or  radia- 
tion. A  traffic  policeman  who  must  stand  for  hours 
out  in  the  cold  often  uses  a  wood  platform  about 
three  inches  high.  This  prevents  contact  with  the 
cold  pavement,  or,  as  we  would  put  it,  the  transfer 
of  heat  from  his  feet  to  the  pavement  by  conduction. 

People  are  made  uncomfortable  by  sitting  on  a 
cold  stone  fence  or  by  leaning  against  a  cold  win- 
dow. The  method  of  transfer  in  each  case  is  the  same. 

In  the  average  living-room  where  steam  or  hot 
water  radiators  are  installed,  heat  is  not  trans- 
ferred by  conduction  at  all  but  by  convection. 

Convection  refers  simply  to  the  movement  of 
currents — in  this  case,  air  currents — resulting  from 
the  fact  that  some  currents  are  warmer  than  others. 
In  the  living-room  the  air  touches  the  radiators, 
gets  hot,  and  rises  to  the  ceiling.  Then  the  cooler 
air  comes  in  to  take  the  place  of  the  warmed  air, 
hits  the  radiators,  is  also  warmed,  and  also  rises. 
Eventually  the  air  loses  its  heat,  drops  to  the  floor, 
and  the  cycle  is  repeated. 

What  we  call  radiators  are  therefore  far  more 
accurately  described  as  convectors,  and  this,  in 
fact,  is  what  the  heating  engineer  calls  them.  In  a 
gravity-type  warm  air  system  (this  is  the  old- 
fashioned  kind),  the  convector  is  in  the  basement. 
It  is  the  furnace  itself.  The  cool  air  drops  into  the 
air  jacket  around  the  fire  chamber,  gets  heated, 
rises  in  the  ducts,  and  enters  the  rooms  through 

83 


HEATING 


the  registers.  True  radiation,  however,  is  quite  a 
different  matter. 

Radiation  is  the  third  type  of  heat  transfer,  and 
the  only  one  that  can  be  made  independently  of  a 
supporting  medium.  If  this  sounds  like  scientific 
jargon,  consider  one  or  two  examples.  Between  us 
and  the  sun  there  are  unimaginably  vast  spaces 
which  contain  no  air  at  all.  Yet  the  warmth  from 
the  sun  covers  this  ninety-three  million  miles  at  the 
rate  of  almost  two  hundred  thousand  miles  a  sec- 
ond. This  radiant  heat  emerges  from  the  great 
clouds  of  incandescent  gas  that  surround  the  sun, 
goes  through  the  sub-zero  temperatures  of  inter- 
stellar space,  then  through  our  own  atmosphere, 
which  is  a  sixty-mile  blanket  of  air  and  water  va- 
por, and  it  is  still  doing  a  pretty  good  job  when  it 
lands  in  your  back  yard. 

This  is  the  way  a  true  radiator  works.  It  shoots 
out  heat  at  a  prodigious  rate  of  speed,  and  the 
transfer  from  the  radiating  surface  to  whatever  is 
warmed  has  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  tem- 
perature of  the  air  between.  This  was  demonstrated 
in  an  extremely  dramatic  fashion  by  some  experi- 
ments which  were  made  over  a  period  of  about  five 
years  at  the  Pierce  Hygiene  Laboratory  in  New 
Haven,  Connecticut. 

THE   COPPER   ROOM 

In  the  Pierce  laboratory  there  is  a  booth  which  is 
made  entirely  of  copper — walls,  floors,  and  ceiling. 
Copper,  like  other  metals,  reflects  radiant  heat. 
Hidden  in  the  corners  of  this  booth  are  electric 
coils  which  can  be  switched  on  to  provide  almost 
any  desired  amount  of  heat.  Through  a  duct  open- 
ing into  the  booth  hot  or  cold  air  can  be  passed, 
depending  on  what  the  experimenters  are  trying  to 
find  out. 

In  the  course  of  the  experiment  in  the  copper 
room  hundreds  of  people  passed  through  it  and 
described  their  sensations.  These  sensations,  to  put 
it  mildly,  were  extraordinary.  One  series  of  people, 
for  instance,  sat  around  the  room  and  complained 
84 


that  they  were  uncomfortably  hot.  Yet  the  ther- 
mometer showed  an  air  temperature  of  only  50°. 
Why  were  they  hot?  Because  the  copper  walls  were 
radiating  a  great  deal  of  heat,  almost  as  much  as 
the  body  was  losing  to  the  surrounding  cool  air. 
The  net  heat  loss,  therefore,  was  less  than  we  or- 
dinarily need  to  remain  comfortable. 

The  same  subjects  went  into  another  room  where 
the  air  was  above  heat-wave  temperatures — say 
120° — and  yet  these  people  felt  cool.  Again  it  was 
heat  radiation  that  furnished  the  clue,  for  the  walls 
of  this  room  had  been  cooled  down  to  the  point 
where  they  could  almost  have  been  used  for  making 
ice  cubes,  and  the  hot  air  was  not  sufficient  in  this 
case  to  counteract  the  loss  by  direct  radiation  from 
the  body  to  the  frigid  walls.  Here  the  experimenters 
came  across — in  extreme  form,  to  be  sure — a  com- 
mon reason  for  discomfort  in  the  average  home. 

THE  INVISIBLE  RADIATOR 
Most  everyone  has  heard  of  "cold  70°"— that  is,  a 
decidedly  chilly  condition  in  a  room  where  the  ther- 
mometer showed  a  temperature  that  should  have 
been  adequate  for  comfort.  The  explanation  is  not 
to  be  found  in  the  heating  plant  but  in  the  reactions 
of  the  body. 

If  you  walk  into  your  bedroom  and  ask  how 
many  radiators  are  in  the  room,  and  there  happen 
to  be  two  units,  one  under  each  window,  you  might 
think  the  answer  would  be  two.  But  it  isn't  two.  It 
is  three.  For  you  yourself  are  the  third  radiator.  If 
the  bedroom  has  large,  cold  window  surfaces,  or  if 
the  walls  are  uninsulated  and  therefore  cold,  your 
body  will  start  radiating  heat  to  the  cold  surfaces. 
And  unless  the  air  temperature  is  extremely  high, 
you  will  lose  more  heat  by  radiation  than  you  gain 
from  the  warm  air.  Here,  we  have  a  condition 
which  is  quite  like  that  which  the  Pierce  Founda- 
tion scientists  set  up  artificially.  If  you  insulate 
yourself  rather  than  the  walls,  you  will  feel  warm 
again.  That  is  why,  for  example,  we  sleep  comfort- 
ably under  wool  blankets  in  cold  bedrooms.  The 


HEATING 


history  of  clothing  and  bedding,  incidentally,  is  one 
of  those  stories  of  things  that  were  developed  in  a 
highly  unscientific  manner  to  produce  technically 
admirable  results.  One  piece  of  research,  also  car- 
ried out  by  the  Pierce  Foundation,  is  a  particularly 
fascinating  example  of  what  clothing  does. 

THE  AIR-CONDITIONED  ARAB 
In  the  course  of  some  investigations  of  heating 
and  its  relation  to  hygiene,  one  of  the  Pierce  scien- 
tists stumbled  across  a  strange  and  baffling  ques- 
tion: Why,  in  the  hot,  dry  climate  of  North  Africa, 
did  the  Arabs  go  around  wrapped  in  garments 
made  up  of  layer  upon  layer  of  fine  white  wool? 
An  Eskimo,  he  reasoned,  might  have  very  good 
reasons  for  traveling  about  in  this  manner.  But 
why  an  Arab? 

The  white  explained  itself  very  easily.  White 
tends  to  reflect  rather  than  absorb  solar  radiation; 
which  is  why  we  wear  light-colored  and  white 
clothes  in  the  summertime.  But  how  explain  the 
wool?  Finally,  after  studying  the  problem  very 
carefully,  he  came  across  the  answer.  The  wool 
formed  an  insulation  layer  between  the  air  on  the 
outside  and  the  air  touching  the  body.  Evaporation 
through  the  pores  cooled  the  skin,  and  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  skin  was  therefore  actually  lower  than 
it  would  have  been  if  exposed  to  the  intensely  hot 
air  of  the  desert  regions.  In  other  words,  while  the 
outdoor  temperature  might  be  120°  or  more  in  the 
sun,  the  air  between  the  wool  clothing  and  the  body 
might  be  90°  or  less.  This  strange  tale,  a  by-product 
of  impersonal  scientific  research,  has  one  instruc- 
tive moral:  heating  cannot  be  considered  solely  in 
terms  of  equipment,  since  comfort  is  the  object  in 
view,  and  this  may  be  influenced  by  a  wide  variety 
of  factors,  none  of  them  having  anything  to  do 
with  furnaces  or  radiators. 

RADIANT  HEATING  AGAIN 
Where  heating  coils  are  used  in  the  floor  with  per- 
haps supplementary  coils  imbedded  in  the  walls  or 


ceilings,  the  normal  tendency  of  the  body  to  radiate 
heat  to  cold  surfaces  is  counteracted  because  most 
of  the  surfaces  are  warm.  Some  surfaces  are  warm- 
ed by  the  heating  coils  directly  behind  them.  These, 
in  turn,  radiate  heat  not  only  to  the  body,  but  also 
to  the  walls,  furniture,  and  other  objects  in  the 
room.  Presently  these  objects  also  become  warm, 
and  they,  in  turn,  become  radiators,  though  at  a 
lower  temperature  than  the  primary  source  of  heat. 

THE  ADVANTAGES  OF  RADIANT  HEATING 
We  are  all  familiar  with  changing  styles  in  Ameri- 
can houses.  We  know  about  the  Colonial  dwellings 
of  the  seventeenth  century,  and  how  Colonial  was 
given  up  in  favor  of  a  Greek  revival  in  the  early 
nineteenth  century.  This  was  followed  by  neo- 
Gothic,  Victorian,  and  all  the  styles  up  to  the  pres- 
ent day.  Less  familiar,  perhaps,  are  the  changes  in 
heating  styles.  From  1920  to  1930,  for  example, 
steam  was  the  system  in  vogue.  This  was  refined  to 
become  "vapor,"  which  was  nothing  more  than  a 
steam  system  operating  at  less  than  atmospheric 
pressure;  that  is,  the  temperature  of  the  steam  in 
the  radiators  was  lower  and  heating  was  easier  to 
control.  Hot  water  was  used,  but  not  very  much, 
because  it  was  rather  sluggish  in  operation.  When 
this  disadvantage  was  overcome  by  using  circulat- 
ing pumps  which  forced  the  hot  water  through  the 
pipes  and  radiators,  the  hot-water  system  began 
to  compete  with  the  better  types  of  steam  and  vapor 
installations. 

All  these  systems,  however,  took  something  of  a 
beating  when  air  conditioning  came  into  vogue. 
All  that  this  "air  conditioning"  amounted  to  was  a 
redesign  of  the  old  hot  air  furnace,  and  the  addi- 
tion of  a  fan  to  push  the  air  around,  filters  to  keep 
dust  from  coming  into  the  rooms,  and  a  tray  of 
water  to  keep  the  air  from  becoming  too  dry.  True 
air-conditioning  systems,  which  involve  cooling  as 
well  as  heating,  have  been  confined,  in  the  housing 
field  at  least,  to  the  most  expensive  residences,  for 
there  is  nothing  cheap  about  them. 

85 


HEATING 


Now  we  have  radiant  heating  coming  up  as  a 
contender.  What  are  its  chances?  We  must  ask  this 
question  because,  after  all,  its  use  is  still  limited. 
There  are  probably  no  more  than  five  or  six  hundred 
houses  in  the  entire  country  which  are  kept  warm 
in  this  manner,  and  this  is  a  mighty  small  number 
compared  to  the  twenty-odd  million  dwellings. 

One  big  advantage  of  radiant  heating  is  that 
there  are  no  visible  radiators.  There  are  no  chunks 
of  cast  iron  or  copper  under  the  windows,  no  grilles 
or  registers  to  disfigure  the  walls.  In  other  words, 
the  system  as  far  as  the  housewife  is  concerned  is 
completely  out  of  the  way,  which  is  a  very  signifi- 
cant point  when  you  have  to  do  the  dusting.  Radi- 
ators not  only  catch  the  dust  but  also  deposit  dirt 
on  the  walls  around  them. 

The  second  advantage  is  that  the  floor  is  warm. 
This  means  that  instead  of  having  to  grab  the  baby 
off  the  floor,  mother  can  dump  him  there,  because 
it  is  the  most  comfortable  place  in  the  room,  and 
also  the  safest  as  regards  colds. 

The  third  and  outstanding  advantage  of  radiant 
heating  is  its  evenness.  Tests  made  in  a  number  of 
dwellings  in  an  eastern  city  showed  temperature 
differences  between  air  at  the  floor  and  air  at  the 
ceiling  running  as  high  as  20°.  One  room,  for  ex- 
ample, had  an  air  temperature  at  the  ceiling  run- 
ning as  high  as  80°,  while  the  ah-  at  the  floor  was 
only  64°.  Others  showed  variations  less  extreme, 
but  still  with  temperature  differences  of  10°  to  15°. 
This  means  expense,  since  heat  losses  to  the  outside 
become  very  high  when  air  temperatures  move  up 
to  80°  or  more,  and  creates  drafts. 

The  radiant-heated  house  shows  practically  no 
variation  between  floor  and  ceiling  temperatures 
and,  if  insulated  reasonably  well  and  weather- 
stripped,  is  almost  completely  free  from  drafts.  For 
old  people  and  invalids  as  well  as  for  small  chil- 
dren this  condition  is  ideal. 

"All  this  is  very  fine,"  we  can  hear  you  say,  "but 
what  about  the  cost?  Won't  any  system  which 
works  such  wonders  be  fabulously  expensive?" 
86 


THE  COST  OF  RADIANT  HEATING 
The  answer,  based  on  actual  experience,  is  that 
radiant  heating  installations  are  comparable  in  cost 
to  high-grade  air-conditioning  (without  cooling)  or 
hot-water  systems.  If  the  house  is  designed  for  radi- 
ant heating — that  is,  if  it  uses  a  floor  slab  laid 
directly  on  the  ground — there  is  a  saving  in  founda- 
tion costs;  and  this  may  in  some  cases  make  it 
actually  cheaper  than  an  old-fashioned  heating 
system. 

A  major  worry  of  most  people  confronted  with 
the  idea  of  radiant  heating  is  that  pipes,  inextric- 
ably imbedded  in  rock  under  three  or  four  inches 
of  concrete,  could  become  a  terrible  headache  if 
they  ever  sprung  a  leak  or  broke  or  froze.  These 
troubles,  however,  have  not  developed,  because 
modern  welding  techniques  and  testing  methods 
are  pretty  close  to  foolproof. 

Is  radiant  heating,  then,  the  complete  answer  to 
all  our  problems?  It  could  be,  in  the  opinion  of 
many  authorities,  if  other  factors  were  present. 
One  of  the  factors  is  house  design.  This  kind  of 
heating  works  at  its  best  in  a  one-story  house,  al- 
though it  has  been  successfully  applied  to  those 
with  two  floors.  Its  demands  in  the  way  of  insula- 
tion and  double  glazing  are  greater  than  those  pre- 
sented by  other  types  of  heating. 

This  emphatic  recommendation  of  a  kind  of 
heating  that  is  not  particularly  well  known  as  yet 
does  not  discount  by  any  means  the  certainty  of 
further  developments  and  further  improvements  in 
the  years  to  come.  The  basic  elements  of  heating, 
however,  will  remain  precisely  what  they  were  in 
the  days  of  the  cavemen,  for  they  stem  directly  and 
inescapably  from  the  reactions  of  the  human  body 
to  its  physical  environment. 

Radiant  heating  by  itself  does  not  provide  all  the 
factors  needed  to  control  indoor  climate.  It  does 
nothing  about  ventilation.  It  lacks  air-condition- 
ing's ability  to  clean  and  humidify  incoming  air. 
These  problems,  which  can  be  met  by  separate 
equipment,  are  discussed  in  a  subsequent  chapter. 


KITCHENS  AND  BATHS 

There  is  a  widespread  notion  that  today's  houses 
have  about  the  most  up-to-date  kitchens  and  bath- 
rooms imaginable.  This  is  only  partly  true.  Modern 
designers  who  have  given  the  cooking  and  sanitation 
departments  a  fresh  look  have  come  up  with  all 
sorts  of  new  ideas.  One  such  is  the  modern  version 
of  the  "old  fashioned"  service  opening  shown  in  76 
and  77.  Besides  opening  the  kitchen  to  the  dining 
space,  this  puts  the  percolator  and  toaster  within 
reach  of  the  table,  giving  the  master  of  the  house 
something  to  do  while  he  is  waiting  for  his  eggs. 


A  great  many  variations  of  the  service-opening  idea 
are  possible,  depending  on  just  what  you  want  to 
accomplish.  The  one  used  in  79,  for  example,  is 
primarily  intended  for  sliding  trays  of  soiled  dishes 
back  into  the  kitchen,  while  picture  80  shows  an 
entirely  different  approach:  a 'two-way  cupboard 
into  which  glassware  is  placed  as  it  is  washed  at  the 
sink,  accessible  from  the  dining  room  when  setting 
the  table.  All  such  expedients,  however,  are  simply 
compromises  in  comparison  with  the  full-fledged 
living-kitchen  shown  in  81  and  82.  In  this  arrange- 
ment cooking,  eating  and  relaxation  areas  are 
merged  in  one  attractive  space,  divided  only  by  a 
waist-high  bar.  Ideal  for  servantless  living,  this 
scheme  is  both  sociable  and  convenient,  saves  space 
and  construction  dollars. 


Another  illustration  of  the  living-kitchen  scheme, 
this  series  of  semi-divided  rooms  was  exhibited  at 
the  New  York  World's  Fair.  Its  carefully  studied 
plan  provides  separate  sinks  for  food  preparation 
and  dish  washing,  and  a  great  deal  of  storage  space 
at  just  the  points  where  it  is  most  useful.  Cooking 
and  living  areas  (83  and  85)  are  divided  by  open 
shelving  for  glassware.  An  important  feature  of  the 
design,  basic  to  the  whole  living-kitchen  idea,  is 
the  use  of  rich,  attractive  materials  throughout,  so 
as  to  eliminate  the  aseptic  atmosphere  ordinarily 
associated  with  the  separate  kitchen.  Natural  wood 
cabinets,  dark  linoleum  work  surfaces,  monel  metal 
sinks  and  generous  use  of  exposed  brickwork  all 
contribute  to  making  the  space  pleasant  to  live  in 
as  well  as  work  in,  and  equally  attractive  throughout. 


These  designs  come  as  close  to  the  "dream  house" 
category  as  anything  you  will  find  in  this  book. 
Views  93  and  94  show  a  full  size  model  of  an  ideal 
kitchen  developed  by  a  glass  manufacturer  to  stimu- 
late use  of  his  product  and  including  redesigned,  and 
so  far  unobtainable  equipment.  The  one-piece, 
manufactured  kitchen  shown  in  95,  which  has  a 
drawer  refrigerator  instead  of  the  usual  type  is 
actually  in  production  but  not  yet  in  wide  use.  Pic- 
tures 96  and  97  show  another  one-piece  unit,  with 
bath  and  kitchen  fixtures  on  opposite  sides,  from  a 
much-publicized  prefabricated  house  that  is  no 
longer  manufactured.  The  basic  idea,  however,  is 
being  applied  elsewhere. 


106 


107 


While  these  bathrooms  are  all  of  the  luxury  type, 
the  design-approach  they  represent  can  be  applied 
as  easily  to  the  modest  house  as  to  the  mansion. 
Views  1 04  and  1 05  show  a  combination  bath- 
dressing  room  with  a  continuous  counter  fitted 
with  drawers  for  clothing  and  finished  in  wood 
veneers  and  plastic.  The  room  shown  in  I  06  and 
I  07  has  walls  of  structural  glass,  and  an  angle  tub 
with  a  broad  rim  which  serves  as  a  seat.  The  trans- 
lucent top  of  the  dressing  table  .is  lit  from  below, 
providing  illumination  for  the  lower  part  of  the  face. 
View  I  08  shows  a  bath  finished  in  natural  wood 
and  marble,  and  equipped  with  a  counter  lavatory 
very  similar  to  those  used  in  Victorian  houses.  Such 
materials  are  not  much  more  expensive  than  the 
ones  ordinarily  employed  in  bathrooms,  and  are 
considerably  more  attractive. 


108 


I  12 


Here  are  five  versions  of  the  counter  lavatory, 
worked  out  in  different  materials  and  to  fit 
various  planning  ideas.  View  I  09  shows  a  re- 
cessed unit  set  in  the  wall  of  a  bedroom  and 
concealed,  when  not  in  use,  by  a  swinging  door. 
The  counter  in  I  09  is  of  varnished  mahogany, 
and  the  fluted  apron,  made  of  half-round  mold- 
ings, forms  a  cupboard  for  towels.  Valves  are 
controlled  by  foot  pedals.  View  I  I  I  shows  an 
ingenious  arrangement  of  shelving  attached  to 
the  cupboard  doors,  view  I  I  2  a  double  lavatory, 
in  marble,  for  a  family  bath.  The  unit  shown  in 
I  I  3  is  suitable  for  factory  production,  and  shows 
how  the  counter-lavatory  idea  might  be  applied 
to  a  stock  fixture.  This  one  is  located  in- the  ante- 
room of  a  divided  bath,  with  doors  on  either 
side  leading  to  compartments  for  the  tub  and 
water  closet. 


9     * 


CHAPTER  NINE 


BATHROOMS  ARE 
OUT  OF  DATE 


WHAT  is  A  bathroom? 

"A  bathroom,"  someone  replies,  "is  a  room  con- 
taining a  water  closet,  a  lavatory,  a  tub,  and  maybe 
a  shower." 

How  big  is  a  bathroom? 

"A  bathroom,"  continues  our  informant,  "is 
about  five  and  a  half  feet  wide  by  six  feet  long." 

Why  is  it  that  size? 

"That's  easy,"  we  are  told.  "These  dimensions 
are  about  the  smallest  that  will  take  the  three  re- 
quired fixtures." 


Oh!  So  the  bathroom  was  designed  for  the  fix- 
tures. What  about  the  people? 
"I  guess  the  builder  didn't  think  about  them." 
That  is  what  is  wrong  with  bathrooms. 

Now  let's  try  again.  What  is  a  bathroom? 

In  the  first  place,  it  isn't  necessarily  a  room  at  all. 
When  plumbing  was  first  installed  in  city  houses,  it 
went  into  the  hall  bedroom,  which  was  about  the 


only  available  place.  In  the  seventy-odd  years  that 
followed,  the  bath  has  stayed  the  same  old  hall 
bedroom,  slightly  streamlined. 

The  functions  served  by  the  bathroom  require 
plumbing  fixtures,  maneuvering  space,  counter 
area,  good  lighting,  and  adequate  storage.  For  one 
person,  or  possibly  two,  there  is  no  reason  why 
these  functions  should  not  be  performed  in  a  single 
room.  But  for  a  family  there  are  good  reasons  why 
they  should  not. 

Some  time  ago  one  of  us  had  the  job  of  designing 
a  very  elaborate  and  expensive  town  house  in  New 
York  City.  The  top  floor  was  to  be  the  owner's 
suite,  with  one  large  bedroom  for  himself — bath 
adjoining,  of  course — and  across  the  hall  another 
large  bedroom,  also  with  bath,  to  be  used  as  a 
guest  room.  As  the  plans  progressed  the  owner  de- 
cided that  somewhere  on  this  floor  he  needed  a 
third  room  which  could  be  used  part  of  the  time  as 
an  office  in  the  home,  part  of  the  time  as  a  second 
guest  room.  This  meant  chopping  one  bedroom  in 
half  and  somehow  providing,  in  a  now  restricted 
area,  bath  facilities  for  not  one  bedroom  but 
two. 

This  might  have  been  solved,  as  it  has  been  solved 
so  frequently,  by  putting  a  bath  between  the  two 
rooms.  But  it  turned  out  to  be  impossible.  If  we 
had  done  this,  there  would  have  been  practically 

103 


BATHROOMS  ARE  OUT  OF   DATE 


no  space  left  for  beds  in  the  sleeping  rooms  on 
either  side. 

The  plan  as  it  finally  worked  out  is  not  a  bath- 
room at  all,  but  a  string  of  separate  compartments. 
Each  bedroom  has  a  separate  lavatory  with  laundry 
hamper  below  the  basin,  installed  in  a  shallow 
closet.  The  water  closet  has  its  own  compartment 
with  a  door  from  each  room.  And,  finally,  there  is 
a  third  space  with  a  shower,  also  accessible  from 
both  rooms. 

This  system  of  breaking  down  the  bathroom 
into  its  component  elements  can  be  worked  with  a 
great  many  variations.  Where  there  are  a  number 
of  bedrooms  on  one  floor,  for  example,  and  there 
is  no  possibility  of  providing  a  bath  for  each  room, 
the  scheme  of  having  a  lavatory  in  each  bedroom 
will  work  wonders  in  taking  the  pressure  off  the 
bathroom.  It  is  possible  to  go  to  the  other  extreme, 
where  space  and  funds  are  available,  and  convert 
the  bath  into  a  bath-dressing  room  whose  ameni- 
ties are  vastly  superior  to  those  of  the  usual  re- 
stricted space.  But  the  main  advantage  of  consid- 
ering the  bath  not  as  a  fixed  room  of  a  standard 
type  is  that  it  frees  planning  all  through  the  sleep- 
ing area,  can  increase  convenience  at  no  increase 
in  cost,  and  generally  provides  that  flexibility  so 
important  in  the  house  planned  for  living  today. 

THE  THREE-PASSENGER  BATH 
The  most  spectacular  example  of  the  bath-in-com- 
partments  yet  produced  is  a  unit  designed  by 
Morris  Ketchum,  Jr.  and  Jedd  Reisner  for  Life  and 
The  Architectural  Forum.  Created  to  meet  the 
needs  of  a  whole  family,  it  is  ingenious  in  plan  and 
attractive  in  appearance. 

The  largest  space  in  the  bath  is  taken  up  by  a 
lavatory  and  a  mirrored  storage  compartment.  The 
lavatory  has  foot  controls  for  the  faucet,  a  broad 
counter,  and  a  generous  cupboard  below.  Above  is 
a  medicine  cabinet,  in  which  the  shelves  are  at- 
tached to  the  swinging  mirrors. 
104 


Each  of  the  other  two  fixtures  which  make  up 
the  bathroom  has  its  own  compartment  and  its 
own  door,  and  the  tub-shower  compartment  is  suf- 
ficiently large  for  dressing  as  well  as  bathing.  Now 
let's  consider  this  bath  as  it  would  work  in  the 
average  home. 


Whoever  got  up  first  might  dash  into  the  shower 
compartment,  leaving  the  lavatory  and  water 
closet  both  free  and  private.  If  there  were  only  one 
bath  in  the  house,  father  might  be  shaving  while 
mother  was  dressing  and  while  the  children  were 
using  the  bathtub. 

The  Ketchum-Reisner  bath  has  one  serious  dis- 
advantage: it  takes  up  a  square  space  between 
three  and  four  times  as  large  as  the  minimum  bath- 
room. The  "three-passenger"  principle,  however, 
can  be  applied  in  less  space  and  other  shapes.  It 
will  work  very  well,  for  example,  in  a  space  about 
five  and  a  half  feet  deep  and  fifteen  feet  long.  In 
the  typical  modern  house  plan,  which  is  long  and 
rather  narrow,  such  a  shape  fits  very  conveniently 
between  a  corridor  and  the  north  wall,  leaving  the 


W-C. 


southern  exposure  for  the  bedrooms.  All  compart- 
ments, in  this  variant  of  the  family  bath,  get  out- 
side light. 

THE    BEDROOM    LAVATORY 
To  develop  the  idea  a  little  further,  let  us  assume 
that  in  addition  to  some  such  compartmentalized 
arrangement,  two  of  the  three  bedrooms  have 
built-in  washbasins.  These  units,  as  we  have  al- 
ready seen,  can  be  compact,  inconspicuous,  and 
efficient.  A  space  eighteen  inches  by  thirty  inches 
closed  off  by  a  door  provides  the  needed  facilities 
not  only  for  washing,  makeup,  and  shaving,  but 
also  for  soiled  linen.  If  these  two  built-in  lavatories 
existed  in  addition  to  the  bath,  we  would  have  a 
house  where,  without  undue  expense  for  plumb- 
ing, the  various  members  of  the  family  would 
never  get  in  each  other's  way  and  almost  all  of  the 
luxury  of  individual  bathrooms  could  be  enjoyed. 
The  bedroom  lavatory  is  an  item  that  could,  and 
certainly  should  be,  prefabricated.  It  should  be 
possible,  and  perhaps  it  will  be  one  of  these  days, 
to  wander  down  to  the  local  plumbing  supply 
place  and  pick  out  one  or  two  models  which  would 
be  delivered  complete  with  lights,  laundry  hamper, 
shelves,  door,  and  so  on.  An  ingenious  manufac- 
turer could  work  wonders  with  this  unit.  He  could 
take  a  leaf  out  of  the  book  of  the  Pullman  car  de- 
signers, for  example.  The  familiar  type  of  wash- 
basin in  sleeping  cars  that  tilts  up  to  become  part 
of  a  wall  cabinet  is  by  no  means  beyond  the  capac- 
ity of  a  plumbing  fixture  manufacturer,  and  its 
advantage  would  be  that  the  whole  unit  could  then 
be  made  so  thin  that  it  would  literally  fit  within  the 
thickness  of  an  oversized  wall.  Not  even  closet 
space  would  be  required  for  its  installation. 

COUNTER  SPACE 

One  of  the  most  frequent  complaints  about  the 
modern  lavatory  is  that  no  matter  where  you  put 


BATHROOMS  ARE.  OUT  OF  DATE 

the  handbrush,  hairbrush,  toothbrush,  or  soap,  it 
usually  manages  to  slide  down  into  the  bowl. 

There  is  a  very  simple  way  to  eliminate  this  dif- 
ficulty. It  should  be  familiar  to  most  of  us,  because 
the  solution  has  been  used  in  the  kitchen  for  years. 
It  consists  of  a  flat-rimmed  bowl  set  into  a  counter 
covered  with  rubber,  linoleum,  or  some  other  re- 
silient material. 

This  type  of  lavatory  installation,  of  which  a 
great  many  excellent  examples  can  be  found,  must 
be  considered  in  the  planning,  for  the  lavatory 
having  such  a  counter  must  be  given  elbowroom 
and  more.  To  be  sure,  this  is  another  factor  which 
tends  to  make  bathroom  space  larger,  but  it  is 
worth  the  extra  space.  The  space  underneath  the 
counter  can  be  used  for  shallow  drawers,  linen 
hamper,  towel  storage,  and  other  items,  such  as 
extra  soap,  which  should  be  kept  in  the  bathroom. 
Another  source  of  occasional  irritation,  although 
a  very  minor  one,  is  the  necessity  of  having  to 
twist  faucets  while  one's  hands  are  covered  with 
slippery  soap.  This  isn't  a  very  serious  matter,  but 
there  are  devices  on  the  market  which  will  elimi- 
nate the  faucets  entirely  if  for  any  reason  you 
would  like  to  do  so.  These  gadgets,  rarely  seen  in 
houses,  are  regularly  supplied  to  hospitals  and 
other  institutions  where  it  is  not  only  inconvenient 
for  people  to  handle  faucets  but  dangerous,  since 
it  might  involve  transmission  of  germs.  There  are 
two  types:  knee-operated  and  foot-operated.  The 
latter  sit  on  the  floor  and  have  pedals  for  hot  and 
cold  water. 

Foot  controls,  like  the  double  lavatories  some- 
times put  into  master  bathrooms,  are  definitely  in 
the  luxury  class,  but  fortunately  there  are  people 
in  this  country  who  have  the  good  sense  to  deny 
themselves  necessities  so  they  can  enjoy  luxuries. 
Also  in  the  class  of  luxury  items  is  instantaneous 
circulating  hot  water,  which  involves  the  creation 
of  a  loop  in  the  hot  water  supply  line  so  that 
whether  or  not  the  hot  water  is  being  used,  it  is 

105 


BATHROOMS  ARE  OUT  OF   DATE 


continuously  circulating,  though  very  slowly, 
through  the  pipes.  This  means  that  the  moment 
the  water  is  turned  on,  it  runs  hot.  Most  inexpen- 
sive of  all  the  luxuries,  and  most  satisfying,  is  an 
oversized  supply  pipe  for  the  tub.  If  you  have  ever 
waited  twenty  minutes  for  the  tub  to  fill  up,  the 
virtues  of  this  item  need  no  description. 

The  infra-red  lamp  is  a  gadget  that  has  a  great 
future  in  the  American  home  once  people  become 
aware  of  its  remarkable  properties.  Automobile 
and  refrigerator  manufacturers  have  used  infra-red 
lamps  for  years  in  drying  tunnels  where  car  bodies 
and  other  freshly  painted  parts  move  through  on 
conveyor  belts.  In  the  bathroom  three  or  four  dol- 
lars' worth  of  infra-red  lamps  could  work  wonders. 
That  familiar  chill  when  one  steps  out  of  the 
shower  could  be  eliminated  entirely  by  switching 
on  one  or  two  of  these  lamps,  located  in  incon- 
spicuous sockets  on  a  wall  or  even  in  the  ceiling. 
To  produce  a  comparable  feeling  of  well-being 
with  conventional  heating  equipment,  it  would 
probably  be  necessary  to  heat  the  bathroom  up  to 
about  ninety  degrees,  which  of  course  would  make 
it  intolerable  at  all  other  times. 

STORAGE 

There  is  an  entire  chapter  on  storage  which  deals 
with  the  general  problems  of  where  to  keep  things. 
The  special  problems  of  the  bathroom,  however, 
are  worth  detailed  discussion.  The  ideal  bathroom 
— whether  it's  one  room  or  in  compartments- 
would  have  one  feature  on  which  agreement  would 
certainly  be  unanimous.  It  would  have  room  for 
all  the  towels  ever  used  in  it — in  other  words,  it 
would  have  its  own  linen  closet.  It  would  have 
ample  cupboards  for  the  soap,  toilet  paper,  infre- 
quently used  medicines,  hot-water  bottles,  eyecups, 
and  the  host  of  miscellaneous  items  which  some- 
how seem  to  get  put  away  in  two  or  three  different 
closets  in  various  parts  of  the  house.  Everything 
needed  in  the  bathroom  would  be  in  the  bathroom, 
106 


and  there  would  be  no  need  to  race  through  chilly 
halls  looking  for  things. 

SHOWER   VERSUS   TUB 

The  most  inexpensive  and  common  expedient,  of 
course,  is  to  combine  the  shower  and  the  tub  in  the 
same  fixture.  Where  this  is  done,  it  is  done  rather 
badly,  as  a  rule.  Almost  always  there  is  a  towel 
rack  over  the  tub  so  that  towels  have  to  be  re- 
moved if  the  shower  is  used.  The  curtain  rod  is  a 
rather  unattractive  element  in  the  room,  and  the 
curtains  themselves  are  a  nuisance.  Furthermore, 
there  is  the  inconvenience  and  danger  of  dancing 
around  under  an  icy  spray  in  anything  as  slippery 
and  restricted  as  the  average  bathtub.  The  best  so- 
lution, therefore,  would  be  to  separate  these  two 
items,  even  though  additional  space  is  required. 

A  stall  shower  does  not  need  tile  walls  and 
chromium-plated  trimming  on  a  plate-glass  door, 
desirable  as  these  may  be.  It  can  be  a  space  the 
size  of  a  closet  with  walls  made  out  of  inexpensive 
asbestos  sheets,  or  waterproof  plywood  covered 
with  a  good  varnish.  It  can  be  one  of  the  inex- 
pensive prefabricated  metal  stalls  which  have  been 
on  the  market  for  some  years.  The  materials  in  the 
stall  shower  will  range,  therefore,  from  very  cheap 
to  very  costly,  and,  whatever  your  budget,  if  you 
can  afford  a  house  you  can  probably  afford  one  or 
another  kind  of  shower  installation. 

In  planning,  two  points  should  be  considered 
carefully.  A  shower  thirty  inches  square  is  usable 
but  not  very  pleasant.  If  you  can  possibly  do  it, 
make  it  about  four  feet  long  by  two  and  a  hah0  or 
three  feet  wide.  This  extra  space  will  not  make 
much  difference  in  the  size  of  the  house,  and  it  will 
turn  a  nasty  little  slot  into  a  really  luxurious  place 
for  bathing. 

WALLS   AND   WINDOWS 

We  have  already  noted  a  certain  dissatisfaction 
with  the  exceedingly  unimaginative  approach  to 


BATHROOMS  ARE   OUT  OF   DATE 


the  planning  of  the  sanitary  facilities  in  the  average 
bathroom.  Equally  striking  to  any  architect  con- 
cerned with  building  better  houses  is  the  really  re- 
markable conventionality  of  the  approach  to  the 


design  of  this  room.  The  windows  are  usually  small 
in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  bathroom  needs  as 
much  light  as  any  other  room  and  is  entitled  to 
just  as  good  a  view.  And  this  tiny  window,  more- 
over, which  invariably  proclaims  the  location  of 
the  bath  to  the  passer-by,  is  frequently  set  over  the 
tub,  where  it  is  hard  to  reach,  or  over  the  water 
closet,  where  it  produces  a  draft.  It  is  true  that  pri- 
vacy in  this  room  is  considered  essential  by  the 
average  homeowner,  but  there  are  many  ways  of 
getting  privacy  besides  cutting  down  the  window 
to  the  size  of  a  porthole.  One,  if  the  view  is  no 
good,  is  to  use  translucent  glass.  Another  is  to  keep 
the  window  high  but  at  the  same  time  to  make  it 
broad.  Such  a  window  extending  from  wall  to  wall 
and  from  the  ceiling  down  to  five  feet  above  the 
floor  will  give  ample  privacy  under  almost  any  con- 
dition and  at  the  same  time  transmit  a  great  deal 
of  useful  light. 

The  attitude  toward  materials  until  now  has  been 
as  restricted  as  the  treatment  of  windows.  Tile  is 
run  from  the  floor  up  to  average  elbow  height, 
with  painted  plaster  above.  If  the  builder  is  very 
lavish,  maybe  the  tile  goes  to  the  ceiling.  But  tile, 
for  all  its  unquestioned  merits,  is  not  the  only  ma- 


terial suitable  for  use  in  a  bathroom.  In  a  number 
of  bathrooms  which  have  been  built  in  California 
houses  redwood  was  used.  Redwood,  as  you  may 
know,  like  cedar  and  cypress,  is  filled  with  natural 
oils  which  give  it  a  great  advantage  if  it  is  located 
where  it  gets  wet  occasionally. 

If  the  idea  of  a  wood-paneled  bathroom  sounds 
strange  to  you,  think  about  it  a  little  while,  and 
then  see  if  it  still  sounds  strange.  There  is  no  reason 
why  the  bathroom,  just  because  it  contains  a  few 
plumbing  fixtures,  should  look  like  an  operating- 
room  on  a  battleship.  If  you  like  the  idea  of  wood 
but  don't  want  to  use  it  in  the  form  of  planks,  there 
is  waterproof  plywood.  This  material,  made  up  of 
layers  of  veneer  glued  together  with  waterproof 
plastics,  has  been  used  very  successfully  on  torpedo 
boats  and  airplanes.  We  can  assure  you,  therefore, 
that  you  need  have  no  qualms  about  its  durability 
in  your  future  bathroom. 

Equally  suitable  are  the  flexible  sheet  materials, 
such  as  rubber  and  linoleum,  which,  as  mentioned 
elsewhere,  have  desirable  sound-deadening  proper- 
ties. They  have  the  further  advantage  of  bending 
around  corners  with  the  greatest  of  ease,  so  that  a 
room  sheathed  with  one  of  these  finishes  could 
have  all  round  corners  and  be  a  lot  easier  to  take 
care  of.  For  that  matter,  round  corners  have  long 
been  used  in  tile  baths  and  can  be  made  of  wood 
and  metal  as  well. 

LIGHTING 

The  critical  point  in  lighting  the  bathroom  cen- 
ters on  the  lavatory.  Here  is  the  shaving  mirror, 
and  here,  too,  unless  there  is  a  separate  dressing 
table,  is  where  noses  are  powdered.  Despite  the 
fact  that  there  are  cabinets  on  the  market  which 
have  built-in  illumination  and  fixtures  which  will 
throw  a  great  deal  of  light  directly  on  the  face,  few 
people  are  thoroughly  satisfied  with  the  result.  In 
a  theater  dressing-room,  where  good  makeup  is  of 
vital  importance,  you  will  find  that  the  mirror  over 

107 


BATHROOMS  ARE  OUT  OF  DATE 


the  dressing  counter  is  completely  surrounded 
with  a  ring  of  electric  light  bulbs.  This  may  not  be 
very  pleasant,  because  the  heat  and  glare  from  the 
brightly  glowing  bulbs  are  intense.  But  the  idea  is 
good,  for  the  ring  of  lights  gives  even,  shadowless 
illumination  from  above,  from  the  sides,  and,  most 
important  for  shaving,  from  below. 

Something  of  this  kind  has  to  be  developed  for 
the  home  lavatory,  and  it  need  not  be  unduly  com- 
plicated. The  simplest  method,  and  the  cheapest, 
involves  the  use  of  a  single  light  over  the  mirror, 
plus  the  use  of  the  white  basin  below  as  a  reflector. 
Most  basins  are  much  too  low  for  comfortable  use, 
and  if  the  lavatory  were  raised,  its  efficacy  as  a  re- 
flector would  be  increased.  The  single  light  need 
not  be  an  incandescent  bulb;  it  could  perfectly  well 
be  a  fluorescent  tube.  Still  better  would  be  the  addi- 
tion of  two  other  lights  on  each  side  of  the  cabinet. 
Tube  lights  are  much  better  in  this  location  than 
incandescent  bulbs,  because  the  light  would  be 
spread  over  a  bigger  surface,  and  consequently 
there  would  be  less  discomfort  from  glare.  What 
glare  there  is  can  be  reduced  further  by  the  use  of 
frosted  glass  or  by  hiding  the  bulbs  and  using 
curved  reflectors  of  aluminum  or  stainless  steel  to 
direct  the  light  to  the  face.  An  ideal  solution,  fol- 
lowing the  theater  dressing-room  example,  would 
be  to  complete  the  ring  and  provide  a  light  source 
from  below  as  well.  If  you  have  an  ingenious  archi- 
tect you  will  find  that  this  solution  is  far  from  im- 
possible. Perhaps  some  manufacturer  will  one  day 
bring  out  such  a  unit.  To  date,  however,  it  has  not 
appeared,  and  if  you  want  one  it  will  have  to  be 
put  together  specially. 

A  few  years  back  a  demonstration  house  was 
built  in  New  York  City.  It  had  an  inside  bath  and 
therefore  required  full-time  artificial  lighting  and 
ventilation.  Instead  of  tacking  up  lights  on  the  wall 
here  and  there,  the  architect,  Edward  Stone,  made 
the  entire  ceiling  a  lighting  fixture.  The  ceiling  con- 
sisted of  a  grid  of  light  wood  bars  about  three 
inches  deep,  which  made  it  look  a  little  like  an  egg 
108 


crate.  Above  this  there  was  a  layer  of  frosted  glass, 
and  in  the  space  above  that  were  fluorescent  tube 
lights.  The  grid  directed  all  illumination  down- 
ward, and  the  natural  wood  color  softened  and 
warmed  the  light,  thus  producing  a  really  wonder- 
ful effect.  In  addition,  there  was  local  illumination 
on  the  lavatory  mirror. 

THE   INSIDE   BATH 

In  a  single  house  it  has  usually  been  taken  for 
granted  that  the  bath  will  be  located  on  an  outside 
wall  so  that  it  will  have  its  own  window  for  day- 
light and  ventilation.  In  big  city  apartment  houses 
and  particularly  in  large  hotels,  the  reverse  gener- 
ally holds  true,  for  land  is  so  valuable  and  space 
so  restricted  that  baths  have  to  be  buried  in  the 
core  of  the  building  to  save  valuable  outside  wall 
space. 

Most  people  contemplating  the  building  of  a  new 
house  would  probably  reject  the  suggestion  that 
they  put  one  or  more  inside  bathrooms  in  the  plan, 
on  the  ground  that  such  a  bath  is  unpleasant  to  use 
and  unhygienic.  Nevertheless,  they  will  think  noth- 
ing of  going  to  an  expensive,  up-to-date  hotel 
where  they  will  use  the  artificially  lighted  and  ven- 
tilated inside  bathroom  without  the  slightest  dis- 
comfort. In  fact,  they  might  even  enjoy  the  unpre- 
cedented degree  of  privacy  which  this  type  of  room 
affords. 

When  approaching  the  question  of  the  inside 
bath,  it  is  necessary,  therefore,  to  distinguish  be- 
tween facts  and  prejudices,  and  between  the  real 
advantages  and  the  real  disadvantages  of  such  an 
arrangement.  It  is  true  that  in  the  great  majority 
of  houses  there  is  frequently  no  particularly  good 
reason  why  bathrooms  should  be  removed  from 
outside  walls.  There  is  usually  all  the  perimeter 
needed  for  all  of  the  rooms,  and  giving  up  ten  or 
fifteen  feet  of  exterior  wall  space  for  bathrooms 
does  not  create  any  shortage  of  such  space.  How- 
ever, there  are  occasions  when,  by  placing  the 
bathroom  within  the  core  of  the  house,  a  consider- 


BATHROOMS  ARE  OUT  OF  DATE 


able  increase  in  planning  flexibility  can  be  achieved. 
This  is  particularly  true  when  the  bathroom  is 
changed  from  its  conventional  form  into  a  related 
series  of  compartments  where  the  various  func- 
tions are  divided  to  give  added  usability. 

There  is  another  point  about  the  inside  bath- 
room that  must  be  considered  in  evaluating  its  de- 
sirability, and  that  is,  that  in  a  one-story  house  or 
on  the  top  floor,  the  inside  bath  can  also  be  natur- 
ally lighted  and  ventilated  by  using  clerestory  win- 
dows or  skylights.  During  the  period  of  emergency 
war  building  a  great  many  housing  projects  of  a 
temporary  nature  built  in  various  parts  of  the 
country  used  precisely  this  scheme.  According  to 
the  few  tenant  surveys  that  were  made,  these  bath- 
rooms were  well  liked.  Privacy  was  considered  one 
advantage,  while  the  added  wall  space,  thanks  to 
the  elimination  of  the  window,  was  another. 

But  war  housing  was  not  the  first  example  of 
such  planning  in  this  country.  Decades  ago  Frank 
Lloyd  Wright,  who  seems  to  have  had  almost  every 
good  idea  about  houses  some  twenty  years  before 
anyone  else,  was  building  bathrooms  and  kitchens 
where  the  walls  extended  well  above  the  roof  so 
that  light  could  be  brought  in  from  the  sides. 
Wright  has  already  emphasized  the  virtues  of  this 
scheme,  not  only  for  the  reasons  given  above,  but 
because,  as  he  pointed  out,  kitchens  with  extra 
high  ceilings  and  raised  windows  function  in  the 
same  way  as  the  large  chimney — that  is,  general 
movement  of  air  through  the  house  would  be  set 
up,  the  high  windows  furnishing  the  outlet  for  the 
air.  In  a  kitchen  of  this  kind  the  problem  of  cook- 
ing odors  is  well  on  the  way  to  solution,  because 
air  currents  would  be  coming  into  the  kitchen  and 
passing  out  directly,  carrying  the  odors  with  them. 
The  same  applies  to  the  bathroom. 

This  is  what  The  Architectural  Forum  has  written 
about  the  inside  bathroom :  "One  reason  why  inside 
bathrooms  work  better  than  those  on  outside  walls 
is  that  they  are  usually  better  ventilated.  Artificial 
ventilation  insures  a  constant  flow  of  air  in  one 


direction — that  is,  from  other  rooms  into  the  bath, 
where  objectionable  odors  are  drawn  off  which 
otherwise  might  be  distributed  throughout  the 
apartment.  Mechanical  ventilation  establishes  fixed 
constant  ventilation  not  only  of  the  bath,  but  cross- 
ventilation  of  other  rooms.  Because  air  is  drawn 
from  the  rest  of  the  apartment,  the  bathroom  tem- 
perature remains  fairly  constant. 

"Secondly,  this  ventilation  works  all  the  year 
round,  whereas  bathroom  windows  are  frequently 
closed  almost  all  winter.  One  cold  blast  of  air  is 
enough  to  keep  the  window  closed  for  the  re^ 
mainder  of  a  day,  if  not  the  season.  Neither  are 
city  dwellers  likely  to  leave  a  bathroom  window 
open  for  long  and  let  the  soot  sift  in. 

"The  equipment  in  the  inside  bath  may  be  eco- 
nomically arranged  on  one  wall  without  blocking 
access  to  a  window,  as  is  often  the  case  with  the 
outside  bath.  This  has  been  the  cause  of  serious 
accidents,  as  the  tenant  may  easily  slip  on  a  wet 
floor  or  tub  when  reaching  over  or  stepping  into 
the  tub  to  open  the  window.  Light  from  the  small 
window  is  generally  inadequate  for  either  shaving 
or  making  up,  and  for  this  reason  artificial  light  is 
preferred." 

Use  or  rejection  of  the  inside  bath  idea  is  a  mat- 
ter of  personal  taste.  As  far  as  that  goes,  so  is  the 
use  of  bath-in-compartments.  What  we  have  tried 
to  show,  and  what  is  more  important  than  the  few 
new  ideas  discussed,  is  that  the  kind  of  thinking 
that  produced  the  standard  minimum  bathroom  is 
outdated,  that  an  unprejudiced  approach  to  one's 
living  requirements  can  produce  an  astonishing  va- 
riety of  new  and  interesting  solutions.  Only  a  few 
years  ago  it  was  generally  felt  that  the  bathroom 
problem  had  been  completely  solved — that  arrang- 
ing three  fixtures  in  a  small  area  left  little  or  no 
room  for  variations.  We  have  seen  that  this  is  not 
the  case.  And  there  is  a  very  good  reason  why  it  is 
the  modem  architect  who  has  contributed  the 
changes.  It  is  because  he  forgets  about  the  fixtures 
and  remembers  that  he  is  designing  for  people. 

109 


CHAPTER  TEN 


MANUFACTURING 

CLIMATE 


A  COUPLE  OF  weeks  ago  we  helped  a  friend  paint 
his  kitchen.  It  had  been  a  white  kitchen  to  start 
with,  and  was  getting  a  new  coat  of  the  same  color. 
Except  that  it  wasn't  the  same  color  at  all.  Wher- 
ever the  new  white  went  on  the  walls,  the  old  white 
next  to  it  suddenly  turned  a  muddy  yellow  gray  by 
contrast.  Even  the  enameled  electric  clock,  which 
had  been  faithfully  scraped  every  month  or  two, 
seemed  a  rather  dingy  beige  once  the  new  paint  sur- 
rounded it,  and  not  the  gleaming  white  everyone 
had  imagined  it  to  be. 

This  kitchen  is  in  no  way  particularly  remark- 
able. It  isn't  in  the  city,  where  soot  discolors  every- 
thing in  sight,  and  it  has  been  taken  care  of  as  well 
as  a  room  could  be.  Yet  after  less  than  two  years  a 
high  quality  white  paint  was  transformed  into 
something  just  this  side  of  mud. 

What  this  leads  up  to  is  the  observation  that  the 
activities  in  certain  rooms  produce  their  own  "cli- 
mate." The  average  kitchen,  for  example,  is  a  Pitts- 
burgh in  miniature,  where  minute  particles  of  soot 
from  the  cooking  fire,  burned  food,  and  plain  ordi- 
nary everyday  grease  get  into  the  atmosphere  and 
wander  around  the  kitchen,  and  the  adjacent 
rooms,  too,  until  finally  they  land  on  the  walls  or 
furniture.  In  fact,  laboratory  analysis  has  disclosed 
that  some  of  the  fish  mother  fries  on  the  kitchen 
110 


stove  is  likely  to  condense  on  an  upstairs  window- 
pane  within  a  matter  of  minutes.  In  the  properly 
designed  house  this  is  not  to  be  tolerated.  Such  a 
condition  is  dirty  and  it  is  wasteful.  The  house- 
holder should  have  the  power  to  control  the  climate 
produced  inside  the  rooms  of  his  house. 

The  concern  of  this  chapter  is  with  the  creation 
of  the  best  possible  physical  environment  within 
the  house.  Heating  takes  care  of  the  elementary 
problem  of  keeping  warm.  It  stops  short,  however, 
of  what  is  technically  feasible  at  the  present  time 
and  will  probably  be  universal  practice  in  the  near 
future.  As  good  a  place  as  can  be  found  for  an  ap- 
proach to  this  question  of  climate  is  the  kitchen. 
Of  all  the  rooms  in  the  house  it  is  the  worst  of- 
fender in  producing  unpleasant  climate.  And  it  is 
the  worst  offender  because  of  two  essential  pieces 
of  equipment — the  range  and  the  refrigerator. 
What  the  range  does  has  already  been  described. 
The  role  of  the  refrigerator  is  probably  less 
familiar. 

A  refrigerator  makes  things  cold  by  extracting 
heat  from  them.  The  heat  has  to.  go  some  place,  and 
generally  it  goes  right  into  the  kitchen.  During  the 
summer  this  is  particularly  objectionable. 

A  clear  course  of  action  is  indicated  for  whoever 
is  planning  the  kitchen  in  terms  of  climate  as  well 


MANUFACTURING  CLIMATE 


as  mechanical  efficiency.  There  should  be  a  hood, 
or  at  least  some  kind  of  collecting  duct,  over  both 
stove  and  refrigerator  to  get  the  dirt  and  the  un- 
wanted heat  out  of  the  kitchen  as  quickly  and  as 
directly  as  possible. 

Hotels  and  restaurants  have  been  doing  this  for 
years  by  the  use  of  exhaust  fans.  For  the  home 
there  is  an  additional  refinement  that  should  be 
considered.  If  the  exhaust  fan  were  hooked  up  to  a 
thermostatic  control  located  in  the  duct  or  hood, 
the  fan  would  go  on  automatically  whenever  the 
refrigerator  exhaust  or  cooking  raised  the  tempera- 
ture a  few  degrees.  This  isn't  suggested  because  of 
a  feeling  that  the  housewife  is  getting  soft  and  is 
unable  even  to  push  buttons  any  more,  but  simply 
because  people  do  forget  things,  and  the  remem- 
bering might  just  as  well  be  left  to  an  automatic 
gadget. 

The  next  offender  in  order  of  importance  is  the 
bathroom.  One  advantageAof  the  inside  bathroom, 

• 

already  noted,  is  that  it  has  year-round  ventilation, 
which  is  more  than  can  be  said  for  the  average  out- 
side bathroom.  People  hesitate,  quite  understand- 
ably, to  open  bathroom  windows  in  cold  weather, 
because  the  room  is  used  intermittently  all  day  and 
evening,  and,  once  chilled,  takes  time  to  warm  up 
again.  A  practical  way  to  get  around  this  situation 
is  to  install  some  kind  of  artificial  ventilation  and 
leave  the  window  closed.  Some  architects  have  gone 
so  far  as  to  install  sheets  of  fixed  glass,  thus  relying 
on  the  window  only  for  light,  and  an  exhaust  fan 
to  provide  for  a  change  of  air.  If  by  any  chance 
the  bathroom  is  located  next  to  the  kitchen,  pos- 
sibly the  kitchen  fan  could  be  made  to  do  double 
duty. 

If  we  stop  and  consider  the  climate  question  for 
a  moment,  we  find  that  we  now  have  the  beginnings 
of  a  rudimentary  system  of  artificial  ventilation 
which  is  quite  independent  of  the  heating  plant. 
This  ventilating  arrangement — of  fixed  glass  for 
light  and  exhaust  fan  for  change  of  air — applies  to 


more  than  the  bathroom  and  kitchen,  because  once 
it  is  in  operation,  new  air  has  to  come  from  some- 
where, and  this  somewhere  has  to  be  the  other 
rooms  in  the  house.  Thus  a  general  movement  of 
air  is  set  up  all  over  the  house  towards  these  two 
rooms.  This  is  far  better,  of  course,  than  having  the 
air  come  from  them. 

A  device  that  has  been  gaining  popularity  during 
the  past  few  years  is  the  so-called  attic  fan.  It  has 
been  adopted  with  particular  enthusiasm  in  the 
Southwest,  and  also  wherever  else  the  summers  get 
uncomfortably  hot.  One  reason  for  attic  fans  is 
that  houses  are  badly  designed.  The  average 
pitched-roof  house  has  either  an  attic  or  an  air 
space.  This  air  space  is  not  vented  to  the  out-of- 
doors,  with  the  result  that  in  summer  the  air 
trapped  under  the  roof  gets  so  hot  that  the  ceilings 
below  it  are  turned — literally — into  radiators.  It  is 
a  simple  matter  to  design  a  house  so  that  air  under 
the  roof  can  be  vented  as  it  becomes  hot.  Farmers 
have  been  doing  this  in  their  barns  and  chicken- 
houses  for  generations.  But  because  the  attics  in 
conventional  dwellings  have  been  designed  as  traps 
for  super-heated  air,  people  have  to  install  these 
fans  to  get  rid  of  it.  This  does  not  mean  that  the 
exhaust  fan  is  a  useless  apparatus  but  that  it  has 
been  misused.  Its  function  should  not  be  to  cool  the 
attic,  but  to  control  the  climate  of  the  whole  house. 
Turned  on  at  night,  it  brings  in  the  cool  outside  air, 
and  if  the  air  is  dry  enough,  the  result  is  a  refresh- 
ing breeze.  But  the  fan  doesn't  have  to  be  located 
in  the  attic,  although  this  is  a  perfectly  good  place 
for  it.  It  could  be  used  to  push  air  into  the  house  as 
well  as  to  pull  it  out,  and  where  summers  are  very 
humid  it  could  be  used  in  conjunction  with  a  de- 
humidifying  system. 

Dehumidifiers  are  fairly  simple  pieces  of  equip- 
ment that  take  moisture  out  of  the  air.  The  com- 
monest type  uses  a  material  known  as  silica  gel, 
which  is  highly  moisture-absorbent.  If  this  silica 
gel  is  placed  in  a  chamber  through  which  the  air 

III 


MANUFACTURING  CLIMATE 


supply  for  the  house  passes,  it  will  take  moisture 
out  of  the  air  until  it  becomes  so  saturated  that  it 
can't  absorb  any  more.  At  this  point  the  equipment 
provides  for  removal  of  the  saturated  material, 
which  is  then  heated,  usually  over  a  gas  flame,  until 
all  the  moisture  has  been  driven  off,  and  it  is  then 
re-used.  In  most  installations  the  setup  consists  of 
a  slowly  revolving  drum,  so  constructed  that  part 
absorbs  moisture  and  part  gets  rid  of  it — an  ar- 
rangement which  provides  continuous  service. 

A  combination  of  the  items  mentioned  so  far — 
exhaust  fans  for  kitchens  and  bathrooms,  an  attic 
fan,  and  a  dehumidifier  if  its  use  should  be  desir- 
able— would  establish  a  pretty  high  level  of  com- 
fort in  the  average  house  if  it  were  installed  in  con- 
junction with  a  first-class  heating  system.  The  pre- 
cise manner  in  which  home  ventilation  would  be 
handled  varies  not  only  with  the  prevailing  summer 
climate  but  also  with  the  location  of  the  house.  If 
it  is  in  a  city  or  an  industrial  neighborhood,  the 
attic  fan  becomes  something  of  a  liability,  because 
the  air  which  is  pulled  in  through  the  windows  is 
laden  with  dirt,  and  cleaning  becomes  more  of  a 
problem  than  it  was  before.  In  such  cases  the  fan 
should  probably  be  installed  in  the  basement,  if 
there  is  one,  or  in  a  ground-floor  utility  room,  and 
some  type  of  filter  should  be  used  to  take  the  soot 
out  of  the  air  before  it  hits  the  fan.  Incidentally, 
there  is  one  rule  about  the  fan  itself  that  should  be 
observed.  The  bigger  it  is,  the  quieter  it  will  be  in 
operation,  because  to  move  a  given  quantity  of  air 
through  the  house  a  big  fan  will  be  operated  more 
slowly  than  a  small  one.  Ventilating  fans  up  to  four 
feet  in  diameter,  and  still  larger  ones,  have  been 
installed  in  houses. 

VENTILATION  VERSUS  COOLING 

At  this  point  one  might  well  ask,  "Why  not  shoot 
the  works  and  add  cooling?"  At  the  present  mo- 
ment there  are  several  reasons  why  this  is  not  as 
112 


good  an  idea  as  it  sounds.  For  one  thing,  a  venti- 
lating system  requires  no  ducts;  and  by  the  simple 
expedient  of  leaving  doors  and  windows  open  or 
closed,  the  flow  of  air  can  be  directed  as  desired. 
With  a  cooling  system,  this  is  not  quite  as  feasible. 
Ducts  are  needed,  and  large  ones — a  fact  that  im- 
mediately complicates  and  raises  the  cost  of  instal- 
lation. Added  to  this  is  the  fact  that  residential  air- 
cooling  is  still  very  definitely  in  the  luxury  cate- 
gory. If  there  is  a  compressor  which  requires  an 
electric  motor,  the  motor  is  generally  a  big  one  and 
costs  a  lot  to  run.  Another  reason  is  that  for  houses 
in  most  parts  of  the  United  States  ventilation 
comes  pretty  close  to  doing  the  job  that  is  needed 
during  the  summer  months.  It  is  only  in  the  hot  and 
humid  central  southern  regions  that  air-cooling  is 
desirable  in  spite  of  its  relatively  high  cost. 

Shortly  before  the  outbreak  of  World  War  II, 
one  manufacturer  brought  out  a  gas  unit  designed 
to  handle  both  heating  and  cooling  in  one  pack- 
age. It  was  fairly  expensive,  but  by  no  means  un- 
reasonably so  when  compared  to  any  other  good 
installation.  The  gas  flame  worked  exactly  as  it 
does  in  the  gas  refrigerator,  and  tests  on  actual  in- 
stallations showed  that  while  the  cost  of  summer 
cooling  was  fairly  high,  it  was  by  no  means  beyond 
the  reach  of  the  middle-class  budget.  Certainly  in 
the  regions  where  natural  gas  is  cheap  and  plenti- 
ful, units  of  this  type  should  be  highly  successful. 
Possibly  with  refinements  they  will  become  so  effi- 
cient and  inexpensive  that  they  will  be  suitable  for 
installation  in  all  but  the  cheapest  houses.  At  the 
moment,  however,  this  is  not  the  case. 

One  manufacturer  interested  in  the  field  of  sum- 
mer air  conditioning  for  houses  said  that  before  a 
cooling  system  could  be  sold  the  owner  would  have 
to  buy  awnings.  In  the  most  recent  houses  where 
the  roof  design  has  been  worked  out  to  let  the  sun 
in  during  the  winter  and  keep  it  out  in  summer,  the 
awnings  would  not  be  required.  But  the  point  was 
well  taken.  Engineers  setting  up  a  cooling  system 


design  it  with  what  they  call  the  heat  load  in  mind 
— that  is,  they  find  out  how  much  heat  comes  into 
the  house,  which,  in  turn,  tells  them  what  machin- 
ery will  be  required  to  get  it  out  again.  The  smart 
thing  to  do,  obviously,  is  not  to  let  it  get  in,  which 
can  be  accomplished  by  proper  design,  the  use  of 
reflective  insulation,  self-ventilating  roofs  similar 
to  those  installed  on  barns,  and  the  judicious  use  of 
planting. 

This  last  should  not  be  disregarded,  because  it 
can  be  immensely  effective.  A  wall  thickly  covered 
with  ivy,  for  example,  will  never  get  hot  on  the  in- 
side, no  matter  how  long  the  sun  shines  on  it,  for 
the  green  leaves  absorb  some  of  the  heat  and  reflect 
some,  while  the  pattern  of  the  foliage  permits  a 
free  passage  of  air  currents  up  the  face  of  the  house 
so  that  the  wall  behind  never  has  a  chance  to  get 
warmed  up. 

It  is  conceivable — indeed,  quite  probable — that 


MANUFACTURING   CLIMATE 

all  houses  will  be  completely  air-conditioned  the 
year  round  at  some  future  date.  At  the  moment, 
however,  there  is  not  much  point  in  considering  it 
unless  there  is  a  generous  budget  established  to 
cover  not  only  the  first  cost  of  the  equipment  but 
its  use  and  maintenance  as  well. 

Good  climate  is  something  that  can  be  defined 
rather  simply.  It  involves  having  clean  air  at  the 
proper  temperature  summer  and  winter,  the  hu- 
midity being  kept  fairly  well  under  control  at  all 
times.  For  the  average  house  in  this  country  a  good 
ventilating  system,  coupled  with  a  radiant  heating 
installation  and  the  special  handling  of  kitchens 
and  bathrooms  already  discussed,  will  come  pretty 
close  to  providing  optimum  living  conditions.  Dur- 
ing the  next  few  years,  at  any  rate,  that  extra 
equipment  which  would  provide  scientific  perfec- 
tion of  interior  climate  will  cost  more  than  most  of 
us  are  willing  to  pay. 


113 


CHAPTER   ELEVEN 


SLEEPING 


OF  ALL  THE  rooms  in  the  house  the  bedroom  has 
changed  least.  It  would  almost  be  accurate  to  say 
that  the  only  essential  difference  between  the  sleep- 
ing chamber  of  today  and  one  of  the  post-Civil 
War  period  is  the  absence  of  the  chamber  pot.  Be- 
cause of  the  simplicity  of  the  activities  involved, 
there  has  been  little  incentive  to  change  the  equip- 
ment. Beds  and  mattresses  have  been  improved 
since  the  days  when  people  threw  a  blanket  over  a 
pile  of  straw  in  a  corner.  And  the  modern  closet 
with  automatic  door  switches  and  special  hanging 
gadgets  is  easier  to  use  than  the  antique  wooden 
wardrobe.  But  beds  are  still  horizontal  chunks  that 
take  up  most  of  the  floor  space  and  have  to  be 
made  and  unmade  periodically.  Closets,  while  built 
in  and  improved  somewhat,  still  show  a  strong  re- 
semblance to  old-fashioned  clothes  cupboards. 

This  does  not  mean  that  when  the  bedroom  is 
planned  there  is  nothing  to  do  about  it.  Tremen- 
dous changes  are  about  to  take  place  which  will 
influence  most  of  our  sleeping  habits;  but  even 
without  these  proposed  innovations,  some  of 
which  verge  on  the  fantastic,  there  is  plenty  to  be 
done  in  bringing  the  bedroom,  as  a  space,  up  to  the 
standard  of  quality  displayed  by  more  highly  de- 
veloped sections  of  the  house. 

Let  us  take  time  out  and  look  at  the  bedroom, 
not  as  a  room  with  some  standard  furniture  in  it, 
but  as  the  area  in  which  a  great  variety  of  activities 
takes  place.  People  read  in  their  bedrooms,  they 
dress  there,  occasionally  eat  there,  frequently 
114 


smoke,  and  sometimes  write;  they  may  listen  to 
the  radio,  and  they  certainly  make  love. 

In  a  bedroom  there  is  also  the  question  of  sleep, 
which  has  been  studied  very  intensively  by  a  num- 
ber of  research  institutes,  and  here  proper  design 
can,  but  usually  does  not,  play  an  important  part. 
The  factors  having  an  effect  on  sleep  are  noise, 
whether  from  within  the  room  or  from  outside, 
light,  heat,  and  air.  Most  people,  we  strongly  sus- 
pect, do  not  sleep  particularly  well,  and  the  reason 
for  this  conjecture  is  that  all  of  us  seem  to  be  able 
to  recall  with  extraordinary  clarity  some  occasion 
when  we  slept  especially  well.  Such  an  occasion 
might  have  been  a  night  in  a  cabin  in  a  pine  woods, 
where  the  temperature  and  quality  of  the  air  were 
the  essential  factors.  City  dwellers  react  very 
strongly  to  their  first  night  in  the  country  because 
of  the  absence  of  familiar  noises,  of  which  they  be- 
come conscious  only  when  the  source  has  been  re- 
moved. 

These  factors,  the  scientists  tell  us,  are  exceed- 
ingly complex,  but  for  our  purposes  it  should  be 
possible  to  simplify  them.  The  quieter  the  room, 
apparently,  the  more  peacefully  one  sleeps.  This 
has  a  bearing  on  design,  because  rooms  can  be 
made  quiet.  Maximum  physical  comfort  seems  to 
exist  when  the  body  is  warm  and  the  air  a  little  on 
the  cool  side.  Typical  disturbances  such  as  streaks 
of  light  from  the  nearest  lamppost,  a  reading  light 
in  the  adjacent  bed,  or  headlights  from  passing 
cars,  also  tend  to  interfere  with  sleep.  These,  too, 


SLEEPING 


can  be  controlled.  Thus  we  see  that  there  are  two 
approaches  to  planning  a  bedroom — one  based  on 
the  creation  of  the  qualities  which  induce  sound 
sleep,  the  other  based  on  the  other  activities  carried 
on  there. 


THE  BEDROOM 
AS  AN  ACTIVITIES  CENTER 

Some  years  ago  a  book  was  published  in  Paris  by 
a  Swiss  architect  named  LeCorbusier.  LeCorbusier 
was  interested  in  developing  entirely  new  standards 
for  house  design,  and  in  the  course  of  his  provoca- 
tive discussion  he  came  to  the  subject  of  the  bed- 
room. 

No  one  could  have  been  more  emphatic:  there 
should  be  only  one  thing  in  the  bedroom,  said  he, 
and  that  was  the  bed.  The  idea  of  dressing  in  the 
same  space  was  completely  revolting  aesthetically 
and  undesirable  hygienically.  LeCorbusier's  fellow 
citizens  were  shocked  by  his  attack  on  what  was 
universally  considered  a  good  arrangement. 

Quite  recently  a  woman  active  in  public  life  de- 
scribed to  some  of  her  friends  the  kind  of  bedroom 
she  would  like  to  have.  Nothing  could  have  been 
more  remote  from  LeCorbusier's  ideal  of  the  mon- 
astic sleeping  chamber,  but  it  made  perfectly  good 
sense  none  the  less.  The  main  feature  of  this  bed- 
room was  to  be  a  remarkable  motorized  bed.  At- 
tached to  the  bed  was  a  kind  of  dashboard  with 
about  a  dozen  buttons  on  it :  one  operated  a  writing 
desk,  built  into  the  wall,  which  would  swing  into 
position  when  wanted;  another  button  worked  a 
carefully  designed  reading  light;  a  third  took  care 
of  opening  and  closing  the  windows;  a  fourth  oper- 
ated the  blinds;  a  fifth  brought  a  small  refrigerated 
compartment  within  reach;  and  others  took  care  of 
a  radio,  record-player,  maid,  telephone,  and  so  on. 

There  are  few  of  us  who  spend  this  much  time 
in  our  beds,  and  there  are  even  fewer  who  could 
afford  the  elaborate  sets  of  motors  and  controls 


required.  Nevertheless,  the  example  does  serve  to 
define  clearly  the  range  of  design  possibilities, 
which  in  turn  represent  varying  tastes  and  living 
habits. 

From  the  foregoing  we  see  that  a  bedroom  can  be 
a  great  many  things.  It  can  be  a  second  living- 
room,  giving  members  of  the  family  needed  pri- 
vacy for  conversation,  reading,  or  study.  Or  it  can 
be  a  sleeping  chamber  which  also  includes  dressing 
facilities.  And,  finally,  it  can  be  nothing  more  than 
a  sleeping  compartment  containing  only  the  beds 
and  the  necessary  controls  for  ventilation,  light, 
sound,  and  the  rest. 

Fortunately,  there  is  nobody  who  can  tell  you 
which  of  these  kinds  of  rooms  is  the  best  kind. 
When  a  house  is  planned,  a  choice  will  be  made 
only  on  the  basis  of  how  one  prefers  to  live.  Even 
this  preference,  however,  will  not  be  completely 
free,  because  the  budget  at  some  point  will  enter 
the  picture.  Space  in  a  house  is  comparatively 
cheap  to  build — that  is,  empty  space  costs  less  than 
subdivided  space.  This  means  that  if  a  given  area  is 
to  be  divided  into  a  dressing-room  and  a  sleeping 
chamber,  it  will  cost  more  than  a  single  room  in 
which  both  activities  are  taken  care  of.  Neverthe- 
less, space  does  cost  something,  and  the  bed-living 
room,  which  has  to  be  large,  will  be  more  expensive 
than  the  old-style  bed-dressing  room. 

The  sleeping-compartment  with  separate  dress- 
ing-room scheme,  for  example,  has  one  tremen- 
dous advantage:  the  dressing  space  can  be  kept 
warm  even  if  the  windows  in  the  sleeping  unit  are 
left  open  all  night.  There  is  also  the  matter  of 
quiet,  since  a  space  containing  only  one  or  two 
beds  can  be  very  satisfactorily  soundproofed  at  no 
great  expense.  The  bed-living  room  scheme,  on  the 
other  hand,  offers  the  pleasant  prospect  of  sleeping 
in  a  room  of  really  generous  size  with  the  possibil- 
ity of  a  very  agreeable,  casual  kind  of  existence 
where  one  can  work  or  talk  without  the  inconven- 
ience of  getting  up  and  going  downstairs.  Once  the 

115 


I  17 


20 


121 


An  ancient  and  honorable  way  to  provide  for  beds 
is  to  place  them  in  an  alcove  (Thomas  Jefferson,  one 
of  the  first  modern  architects,  kept  his  in  one  which 
served  as  a  passage  between  two  rooms,  and  pulled 
it  up  to  the  ceiling  during  the  day).  Views  I  1 7  and 
I  18  show  two  up-to-the-minute  versions  of  the 
alcove  scheme,  which  is  applicable  either  to  the  bed- 
sitting  room  or— when  space  limitations  are  espe- 
cially stringent— to  other  rooms  as  well,  to  provide 
accommodation  for  guests.  The  pictures  above  show 
what  architect-designed  built-in  equipment  can  do 
to  solve  the  problem  of  clothes  storage,  save  floor 
space,  and  improve  appearance.  In  view  120,  note 
particularly  the  handy  wall  recess  for  shoes  just  in- 
side the  sliding  doors.  Such  a  recess,  placed  be- 
tween the  partition  studs,  takes  no  space  at  all,  and 
can  be  built  by  any  carpenter. 


123 


124 


The  bedroom  above  is  the  handsomest  we 'have 
come  across  in  a  good  many  years  of  looking  at 
modern  houses  all  over  the  country.  It  is  interest- 
ing how  "at  home"  in  this  thoroughly  modern 
room  is  the  bow-back  Windsor  chair,  the  best 
piece  of  furniture  America  has  produced.  For 
certain  functional  needs  like  the  dressing  table 
in  view  122,  the  desk  in  view  123  and  the 
bedback  in  view  125,  modern  furniture  is  man- 
datory. But  do  not  hesitate  to  mix  in  traditional 
pieces  if  you  happen  to  feel  like  it,  or  insist  that 
the  furniture  be  modern  because  the  architec- 
ture is. 


125 


In  the  sleeping  as  well  as  the  living  portions  of 
the  house  modern  planning  ideas  can  be  employed 
to  save  space,  increase  comfort  or  add  entirely 
new  functions  to  commonplace  rooms.  View  I  26, 
for  example,  shows  how  a  sliding  partition  can  be 
used  to  create  a  combination  bedroom-playroom 
for  the  children,  sunny  and  spacious  by  day,  cozy 
and  intimate  by  night.  In  the  room  shown  in  1 27, 
the  same  device  is  employed  to  divide  sleeping 
and  dressing  areas,  so  that  the  latter  can  be  kept 
warm  all  night  long.  The  pictures  on  this  page 
show  several  versions  of  the  popular  double  bunk, 
including  one  (129)  in  which  the  upper  bunk  is 
offset  to  take  advantage  of  the  space  above  the 
sloping  ceiling  of  a  stairway. 


Nowhere  in  the  house  are  the  fittings  so  important 
as  in  the  bedroom,  where  space  is  usually  at  a  pre- 
mium and  the  storage  question  is  critical.  In  the  solu- 
tion of  this  problem  there  is  almost  no  limit  to  what 
ingenious  design  can  accomplish.  A  few  examples  of 
such  ingenuity  are  shown  here:  a  variety  of  built-in, 
space  saving  chests  of  drawers;  closet  doors  which 
also  function  as  a  fitting-mirror  (134);  a  minimal 
guest  room  (135  and  136)  scarcely  larger  than  a 
good  sized  bath,  but  providing  a  writing  desk  and 
fireplace  as  well  as  a  generous  closet.  All  are  carried 
out  in  an  attractive,  economical  fashion;  the  main 
investment  is  in  design,  not  in  space  or  materials. 


136 


140 


One  criticism  frequently  leveled  at  the  large  win- 
dows employed  in  modern  architecture  is  that  they 
do  not  leave  enough  wall  space  for  furniture.  The 
rooms  shown  here  provide  a  striking  refutation  of 
this  argument.  As  view  140  shows,  window  and 
furniture  design  can  be  integrated  in  a  way  that 
provides  a  maximum  of  both  glass  and  storage  space, 
and  a  simpler,  better  looking  wall  to  boot.  The  same 
principle  has  been  applied  to  the  windows  in  139 
and  141,  while  view  138  shows  how  it  can  be  ex- 
tended to  the  bedroom  corridor.  View  137  shows 
a  storage  space  for  fireplace  logs  tucked  into  the 
bottom  of  an  inside  "storagewall"  flanking  a  some- 
what similar  passage. 


144 


146 


147 


Built-in  storage  equipment  can  make  as  great  a  con- 
tribution to  the  living  rooms  as  it  does  to  the  bed- 
rooms of  the  modern  house,  and  it  also  has  the 
important  job  of  creating  functional  divisions  in  the 
"open  plan."  Thus  the  three  storage  units  on  the 
facing  page  serve  as  semi-partitions  between  a  dining 
room  and  stairway  (142),  and  living  and  dining 
rooms  (143  and  14-4 — in  the  latter,  note  the  con- 
venient slots  at  the  end  of  the  unit  for  card  tables 
and  trays).  The  views  on  this  page  show  wall-high 
cabinets  for  books,  and  two  of  the  units,  145  and 
146,  include  built-in  radio-phonographs.  The  shelv- 
ing in  147  is  covered  by  a  horizontally-sliding  ver- 
sion of  the  roller  desktop. 


From  storage  cabinets  and  furniture  attached  to  the 
walls,  as  in  1 48  and  1 49,  it  is  only  a  step  to  the  use 
of  such  equipment  to  form  the  walls  themselves— a 
device  which  we  have  named  the  "storagewall." 
This  arrangement  takes  only  a  little  more  space  than 
the  ordinary  partition,  and  is  extremely  flexible, 
since  the  various  units  used  to  make  up  a  particular 
wall  can  be  arranged  in  any  desirable  pattern  and 
faced  in  either  direction,  serving  two  rooms  with 
the  same  wall.  The  wall  shown  in  ISO  (which  we 
designed  for  LIFE)  is  intended  for  use  between  a 
living  room  and  entrance  hall,  and  is  I  2  inches  thick. 


dead, 


air. 


148 


oJ-L  qarmL  cJlasuit 
cm.  9\a££  Si 


15 


at 


us-  coJk/v\ef 


*? 


*  m*  m 
if  »  m^-im 


nuat 


*  * 

!£*r,. 


151 


CHAPTER  TWELVE 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 


ONCE  UPON  A  TIME  all  houses  had  attics  and  base- 
ments. The  basements  were  full  of  furnaces,  vege- 
tables, garden  tools,  rubber  boots,  canned  goods, 
trunks — the  familiar  combination  of  junk  and  use- 
ful things  a  family  accumulates.  The  same  was  true 
of  attics,  except  that  their  contents  were  mostly 
junk.  World  War  I  had  the  highly  desirable  effect 
of  removing  a  lot  of  scrap  iron  from  these  attics, 
thus  bringing  a  semblance  of  order  to  the  storage 
spaces  of  millions  of  American  homes.  By  the  time 
World  War  II  came  around,  the  attics  and  base- 
ments were  just  as  full  as  they  had  ever  been. 

One  of  the  minor  miracles  in  everyone's  experi- 
ence is  the  annual  cleaning  bee,  during  which 
mother  or  the  entire  family,  on  an  appointed  day 
in  the  spring,  swoop  up  into  the  attic  for  the  yearly 
cleaning.  The  amazing  part  of  this  operation  is  not 
the  elimination  of  things,  but  the  fact  that  once  the 
junk  is  stacked  in  orderly  piles  there  suddenly 
seems  to  be  a  tremendous  amount  of  space  left 
over,  although  at  the  beginning  the  entire  room 
was  so  cluttered  that  you  could  hardly  walk  around 
in  it.  It  is  the  moral  behind  this  recurring  experi- 
ence that  forms  the  basis  for  the  theme  of  this 
chapter;  that  is,  if  you  have  an  adequate  number 
of  storage  spaces,  properly  shaped  and  properly 
located,  you  can  take  care  of  everything  that  has 
to  be  kept  out  of  sight  and  still  have  a  good  deal 
of  space  left  over. 


THE  SHRINKING  HOUSE 
It  is  common  knowledge  that  the  house  today  is 
smaller  than  it  used  to  be.  Part  of  this  shrinkage 
has  taken  place  in  the  rooms  themselves.  However, 
not  only  are  individual  rooms  smaller,  but  there 
are  fewer  of  them.  Part  and  parcel  of  this  process 
of  shrinkage  is  the  gradual  disappearance  of  both 
attics  and  basements.  Attics  have  disappeared  for 
a  number  of  reasons.  One  is  the  popular  practice 
of  tucking  bedrooms  under  the  eaves  and  using 
dormers  to  let  in  the  light.  Another  is  the  increas- 
ing popularity  of  low-pitched  roofs,  which  do  not 
have  a  space  under  them  big  enough  to  be  used 
as  an  attic. 

Basements  are  disappearing  for  a  number  of 
equally  good  reasons.  One  is  the  fact  that  modern 
heating  plants  are  compact.  The  hot  air  furnaces 
of  thirty  years  ago,  looking  for  all  the  world  like 
giant  metallic  spiders  of  some  antediluvian  period, 
needed  plenty  of  space  in  the  cellar.  Since  then 
there  has  been  a  shift  from  coal  to  oil  or  gas,  nei- 
ther of  which  requires  cellar  space.  It  is  possible 
that  our  oil  supply  may  dwindle  to  the  point  where 
it  will  become  less  available  for  heating  than  it  has 
been;  but  electricity,  which  is  the  most  convenient 
of  all,  is  coming  along  to  take  its  place.  The  change 
in  heating  equipment,  however,  is  by  no  means  the 
only  reason  that  basements  have  shrunk.  We  don't 
keep  vegetables  in  them  the  way  we  used  to,  and 

135 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 


home  canning,  at  least  until  World  War  II  broke 
out,  was  rapidly  becoming  a  lost  art.  Finally,  the 
appearance  of  radiant  floor  heating  may  very  well 
eliminate  basements,  or  at  least  reduce  them  in  the 
future  to  tiny  storage  chambers. 

"EQUIVALENT   SPACE" 

One  of  the  most  disagreeable  things  about  small 
houses  built  in  recent  years  is  that,  while  basements 
and  attics  have  shrunk  almost  to  the  vanishing 
point,  the  builders  have  included  no  more  space  in 
the  general  living  area.  The  result  for  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  families  has  been  sheer  frustration, 
because  in  these  houses  there  is  no  space  for  trunks, 
old  furniture,  or  any  of  the  innumerable  bulky 
objects  which  must  be  kept  around  the  house. 
Obviously  this  is  an  intolerable  situation.  The  ac- 
commodations once  provided  by  cellar  and  attic 
must  be  replaced  by  equivalent  storage  space  else- 
where. For  years  the  major  complaint  of  the 
American  housewife  has  been  that  never  has  she 
lived  in  a  house  with  enough  closets.  When  she 
says  she  does  not  have  enough  closets,  she  thinks 
she  means  closets;  actually  she  means  something 
quite"  different.  A  closet  is  a  place  where  clothes 
and  blankets  and  very  few  other  items  should  be 
stored.  For  everything  else  in  or  around  the  house, 
the  closet  is  no  solution  at  all. 

ATIP  FROM  THE  STOREKEEPER 

Next  time  you  go  down  to  the  corner  drugstore, 
grocery,  or  delicatessen,  look  to  see  how  your  local 
merchant  stores  his  wares.  There  are  bins,  cup- 
boards, and  show  cases,  but  most  of  the  storage  is 
wall  storage.  A  shop-keeper  may  stock  hundreds 
of  individual  items,  yet  he  can  find  any  of  them  in 
an  instant.  If  he  had  to  sell  his  stock  out  of  closets, 
he  would  go  crazy.  So  would  the  housewife.  In  a 
minor  way  this  is  what  the  housewife  is  trying  to 
do  in  the  average  house. 
136 


Just  a  few  days  ago,  one  of  us  went  down  to  the 
local  hardware  store  and  talked  to  the  owner.  How 
many  items  did  he  have  in  his  store?  "Well,"  he 
said,  rubbing  his  chin,  "I  don't  know.  I  have  never 
looked  at  my  inventory  that  way,  but  I  would 
guess  that  if  you  counted  everything  it  would  be 
between  six  and  eight  thousand  items."  Checking 
over  this  impressive  array  of  stock  we  made  an- 
other discovery :  aside  from  a  few  very  bulky  pieces, 
like  wheelbarrows  and  baskets,  garden  tools  and 
rope,  everything  fitted  very  comfortably  on  shelves 
not  more  than  ten  inches  wide.  Let  us  keep  this 
fact  in  mind,  because  it  is  of  the  greatest  impor- 
tance in  working  out  a  really  efficient  storage 
scheme. 


BULKY  THINGS 

Closets  are  no  good  for  little  things  because  to- 
much  space  is  wasted.  They  are  equally  unsuitable 
for  the  larger  objects  which  have  to  be  put  away 
in  every  household.  A  list  of  such  things  would 
include  the  baby  carriage  and,  when  the  children 
grow  older,  their  bicycles.  It  would  include  the 
lawn  mower  and  the  roller,  the  rakes  and  luggage, 
the  summer  rugs  and  out-door  furniture.  Where  do 
they  go?  In  many  houses,  if  there  is  a  basement, 
they  go  in  the  basement.  But  the  chances  are  that 
your  new  house  may  not  have  a  basement.  Cer- 
tainly no  one  is  going  to  build  a  cellar,  which  is 
an  expensive  construction,  just  for  the  baby  car- 
riage, because  it  should  never  get  off  the  ground 
level,  anyway.  The  same  is  true  of  garden  tools 
and  bicycles. 

One  excellent  solution  for  this  storage  problem 
is  the  garage,  where  there  is  room  to  store  skis, 
luggage,  summer  furniture,  and  other  awkward-to- 
handle  items  which  are  moved  only  once  or  twice 
a  year.  Some  garages  are  equipped  with  a  kind  of 
storage  mezzanine  under  which  the  hood  of  the  car 
will  fit,  so  that  still  more  space  is  provided.  What 
we  are  considering  here,  though,  is  the  question  of 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 


possibly  making  the  garage  three  or  four  feet  wider 
than  it  would  have  to  be  if  only  the  car  were  to  be 
considered.  This  extra  footage  could  be  fitted  with 
compartments  for  the  carriage,  lawn  mower  and 
roller,  bicycles,  etc.,  all  of  which  could  be  taken 
out  and  put  back  easily. 

The  problem  of  bulky  objects  can  also  be  solved 
independently  of  the  garage.  A  room  for  this  pur- 
pose can  be  attached  to  the  house,  or  it  can  be  a 
kind  of  super  garden  shed  somewhere  but  in  the 
yard.  If  this  sounds  a  little  like  a  return  to  grand- 
father's woodshed,  what  of  it?  Grandfather  had 
some  pretty  good  ideas. 

THE   HEATER 

If  elimination  of  the  basement  as  a  storage  space 
can  be  compensated  for  in  one  of  the  ways  men- 
tioned, or  perhaps  in  some  other,  we  still  have  to 
remove  the  furnace.  Can  a  furnace  be  placed  above 
ground?  In  the  older  types  of  heating  systems 
which  used  gravity  to  get  cold  air  or  cold  water 
back  to  the  furnace  for  reheating,  the  basement 
was  the  only  suitable  place  because  it  had  to  be 
below  the  level  of  the  lowest  living  floor.  But  mod- 
ern heating  systems  don't  work  on  gravity,  that  is, 
none  but  the  least  expensive.  The  warm  air  instal- 
lations, which  are  generally  described  as  air-con- 
ditioning systems,  work  on  a  forced  draft,  using  a 


blower  somewhere  in  the  ducts  which  pushes  the 
warm  air  into  the  rooms  and  sucks  the  cold  air 
back  in.  Reliance  on  gravity,  therefore,  is  no  longer 
a  consideration,  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  hot- 
water  plants,  almost  all  of  which  have  circulating 
pumps  on  the  return  line  from  the  radiators. 

Thus  we  have  the  very  attractive  possibility  of 
putting  the  furnace  or  boiler  on  the  first  floor, 
where  it  can  be  gotten  at  easily  without  any  loss  of 
efficiency  in  heating. 

FEW  THINGS  BELONG  IN  CLOSETS 

Having  disposed  of  the  bulky  objects,  we  come  to 
the  question  of  "active  storage."  Active  storage 
covers  everything  that  is  used  frequently  in  the 
house.  It  may  include  a  broom,  which  from  this 
point  of  view  is  very  active  indeed,  or  a  can  of 
stewed  tomatoes,  which  may  sit  on  a  shelf  for 
months.  They  are  alike,  nevertheless,  in  that  when 
you  want  them  you  want  them  right  away,  and 
without  traveling  to  the  other  end  of  the  house  to 
get  them. 

The  trouble  with  ordinary  closets  when  the  ques- 
tion of  active  storage  is  considered  is  that  they  are 
unorganized  space.  You  can  set  things  in  a  closet 
or  you  can  hang  them,  but  there  are  few  things 
which  are  satisfactorily  taken  care  of  by  hanging 
or  leaning. 

137 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 


Are  you  one  of  those  unfortunates  who  has  to 
take  a  card  table  out  of  the  front  hall  coat  closet 
once  every  week  or  two?  If  so,  you  are  familiar 
with  the  agonizing  process  of  trying  to  lift  all  the 
coats  out  of  the  way  and  somehow  wangling  the 
table  out  of  its  hiding  place  in  the  back  without 
sweeping  all  the  rubbers  and  overshoes  into  the 
hall.  You  are  lucky  if  this  is  all  that  happens,  be- 
cause in  the  same  closet  there  may  very  well  be 
golf  clubs,  a  pair  of  skis,  undoubtedly  a  set  of  roller 
skates,  and  maybe  a  couple  of  umbrellas  and  a 
movie  projector.  Perhaps  you  keep  just  a  few  of 
these  things  in  your  hall  closet,  but  the  chances  are 
pretty  good  that  by  the  time  the  card  table  is  out 
you  are  more  in  the  mood  for  a  stiff  drink  than  a 
quiet  game  of  bridge. 

Here  are  some  of  the  items  that  most  people,  for 
want  of  better  space,  keep  in  closets:  toys,  um- 
brellas, tricycles,  hat  boxes,  luggage,  electric  light 
bulbs,  overshoes,  batteries,  -wires,  tools,  tennis 
rackets,  rubbers,  movie  screens,  and  sewing  ma- 
chines. Every  one  of  these  items,  and  the  dozens 
you  could  probably  add  after  going  through  your 
own  closets,  deserves  proper  storage  space,  but 
that  storage  space  should  be  somewhere  else. 
Moreover,  if  you  get  out  the  tape  measure  and 
check  the  dimensions  of  these  objects,  you  will 
find  that  few  of  them  need  a  space  deeper  than  ten 
inches  and  most  would  fit  in  less. 


PLACES  FOR  LITTLE  THINGS 

We  have  already  seen  what  shopkeepers,  who 
have  to  be  efficient  people,  do  about  storing  goods 
— they  use  narrow  shelves  and  a  lot  of  them.  How 
does  this  approach  work  for  the  house?  We  might 
start  with  the  broom  closet  in  your  kitchen,  which, 
if  it  is  one  of  the  standard  manufactured  units,  is 
a  really  wonderful  thing.  Into  this  cabinet  or 
closet,  which  is  not  much  more  than  twelve  inches 
deep  or  wide,  you  can  put  one  or  two  brooms, 
138 


TVJ. 


whisk  broom,  dust  rags,  floor  wax,  a  mop,  dustpan, 
and  perhaps  a  vacuum  cleaner.  They  go  in  easily 
and  they  come  out  easily.  Forgetting  the  appear- 
ance of  this  unit,  let  us  suppose  that  the  wall  in 
your  front  hall  is  ten  or  twelve  inches  thick  instead 
of  six,  so  that  you  have  about  eight  of  these  broom 
closets,  side  by  side.  A  setup  like  this  would  give 
you  organized  storage  space.  You  could  keep  your 
golf  clubs,  skis,  or  walking  sticks  in  one;  in  an- 
other, the  umbrellas  and  rain  coats.  In  a  third  there 
might  be  racks  for  rubbers  and  overshoes,  and  so 
on.  The  appearance,  to  be  sure,  might  suggest  a 
typical  row  of  gymnasium  lockers,  but  you  would 
find,  if  you  had  an  architect  worthy  of  the  name, 
that  he  could  use  a  very  handsome  series  of  wood 
doors,  which  would  look  much  better  than  wall- 
paper or  painted  plaster.  The  joys  of  a  hall  so 
equipped  are  not  yet  ended,  however,  for  in  the 
space  above  the  broom  closets — or  whatever  they 
will  be  called — there  is  room  for  hats,  possibly  an 
overnight  bag  or  two — but  there  is  no  need  to  ex- 
tend this  list  since  you  probably  have  the  space 
filled  already.  "But  what  about  the  card  table?" 
you  may  ask  at  this  point.  "How  does  one  get  a 
card  table  into  a  broom  closet?"  The  answer  is 
that  you  don't,  because  it  is  just  a  matter  of  making 
an  opening  hi  the  end  of  a  wall  wide  enough  for 
the  insertion  of  card  tables,  trays,  or  other  objects 
that  have  the  same  general  size  and  shape. 


A  THEORY   OF   STORAGE 

It  should  be  clear  by  now  what  we  are  driving  at. 
Storage  space,  if  sufficiently  specialized,  can  hold 
practically  anything  in  the  house  that  has  to  be  put 
away.  As  we  have  already  seen,  most  of  these  ob- 
jects are  small  ones.  Now  let  us  look  at  the  house 
plan.  If  you  take  the  plan  of  an  average  three- 
bedroom  house  and  put  all  of  the  non-bearing 
partitions  (that  is,  walls  which  do  not  serve  to  hold 
up  ceiling  beams)  in  a  straight  line,  you  would 
probably  find  that  you  had  about  150  feet  of  wall 
in  a  straight  line.  This  is  point  one.  Now  let  us 
assume  that  this  length  of  wall  has  been  fattened 
out  from  6  inches  to  1 1  or  12  inches  so  that  there 
is  about  10  inches  of  clear  space  on  the  inside. 
This  is  point  two.  Now  for  point  three,  which  is 
the  payoff:  if  in  these  thick  walls  we  installed  an 
average  of  six  shelves,  our  three-bedroom  house 
would  have  in  its  non-bearing  partitions  a  total  of 
900  running  feet  of  shelf  space.  Could  you  use  it? 
We  think  you  could. 

This,  then,  is  the  theory  of  essential  storage 
space  in  the  home — the  replacement  of  certain  par- 
titions by  units  which  are  really  cupboards.  These 
partition-cupboards  would  be  scattered  through 
the  house  according  to  which  rooms  make  the 
greatest  demands  for  storage,  and  they  would  be 
made  up  of  open  shelves,  as  in  the  living-room  or 
library,  where  we  want  the  books  to  show;  draw- 
ers, as  in  the  dining-room  or  kitchen,  where  we 
have  to  store  linens,  silver,  etc.;  or  solid  doors 
which  look  like  nothing  more  than  wood  paneling, 
where  we  want  to  keep  things  out  of  sight. 


OBJECTIONS 

Realizing  that  this  scheme  for  storing  things 
might  strike  practical  housekeepers  unfavorably, 
we  took  the  trouble  of  checking  it  with  a  number 
of  people  before  presenting  it  here.  These  were 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 

their  objections,  and  perhaps  they  coincide  with 
some  of  yours: 

1)  Appearance. — Few  like  the  idea  of  a  wall 
covered  with  knobs  and  handles.  As  it  happens, 
you  can  find  in  some  fine  old  Colonial  houses 
built-in  bureaus  and  cupboards  which  take  up  a 
large  part  of  a  wall,  and  where  the  knobs  and 
handles  on  doors  and  drawers  make  a  very  pleas- 
ing pattern.  Nevertheless,  you  don't  have  to  have 
them  if  you  don't  want  them.  There  is  a  kind  of 
spring  catch  available,  to  cite  one  example,  where 
a  door  is  opened  by  pushing  lightly  on  it.  With 
this  kind  of  hardware,  no  knobs  or  pulls  are  visible. 
Then,  too,  drawers  can  be  designed  so  that  they 
can  be  pulled  out  without  the  use  of  knobs.  Sliding 
doors  can  be  operated  with  nothing  more  than  a 
recessed  finger  pull.  In  other  words,  despite  the 
existence  of  a  great  deal  of  concealed  storage  space, 
the  walls  can  be  designed  so  that  they  give  little  or 
no  hint  of  what  is  going  on  behind  the  surface. 

2)  Loss  of  wall  space  for  furnishing. — When  this 
arrangement  was  described  to  one  person,  she 
replied  that  it  sounded  very  well,  but  what  if  you 
wanted  to  put  a  table  against  such  a  wall?  Then 
the  table  would  have  to  be  moved  before  you 
could  get  to  the  cupboard.  Here  the  essential  flex- 
ibility of  the  storage  wall  has  to  be  put  into  play. 
These  storage  spaces  are  accessible,  as  you  choose, 
from  either  side  of  the  wall.  If  the  storage  wall, 
were  located,  let  us  say,  between  the  living-room 
and  a  corridor,  the  space  above  table  height  could 
open  on  the  living-room  side,  and  the  space  below 
could  open  o'n  the  corridor  side,  and  there  is  a 
great  deal  in  the  way  of  games  and  equipment  that 
could  be  stored  in  the  corridor  very  appropriately. 

3)  Cost. — Here  we  have  a  very  real  basis  for 
objection.  It  is  not  necessary  to  make  elaborate 
cost  estimates  to  know  that  this  type  of  wall  is 
going  to  be  much  more  expensive  than  a  plain 
partition,  but  it  should  be.  After  all,  consider  what 
it  can  do  that  a  partition  cannot.  There  are  very 

139 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 


few  places  where  one  can  get  something  for  noth- 
ing, and  a  house  is  definitely  not  among  them.  In 
considering  the  question  of  cost,  however,  there  is 
one  mitigating  factor  that  should  be  considered 
at  this  point. 

ELIMINATION  OF  FURNITURE 

Let  us  assume  that  our  first  wall-storage  unit  is 
going  to  be  installed  in  the  bedroom.  In  it  we  will 
keep  the  bed  linens,  possibly  extra  blankets,  cer- 
tainly all  our  shoes  and  hats,  perhaps  a  few  books, 
and,  of  course,  all  the  clothing  now  stored  in  the 
bureau.  With  such  a  wall,  we  have  no  need  for  a 
bureau  or  a  chiffonier,  both  of  which  are  normally 
found  in  a  typical  bedroom.  And  if  you  felt  like 
getting  rid  of  the  dressing  table,  a  pull-down  dress- 
ing table  installed  in  the  wall  would  work  just  as 
well  and  take  up  much  less  space  than  the  kind 
that  stands  on  legs.  By  eliminating  the  bureau,  the 
chiffonier,  and  possibly  the  dressing  table,  a  saving 
can  be  made  in  actual  dollars  and  cents.  To  esti- 
mate accurately,  however,  other  factors  must  also 
be  considered.  A  great  deal  of  the  time  spent  in 
cleaning  a  bedroom  is  wasted  by  the  necessity  of 
getting  underneath  various  pieces  of  furniture, 
dusting  and  polishing  the  pieces,  and  pushing 
them  around.  If  you  hire  people  to  do  your  clean- 
ing, this  saving  of  labor  can  be  figured  in  a  very 
precise  manner.  Should  you  be  one  of  the  majority 
of  people  who  do  their  own  cleaning,  think  what 
the  saving  of  personal  wear  and  tear  over  a  period 
of  twenty  years  might  be  worth,  again,  if  you  like, 
in  dollars  and  cents. 

Now  let  us  try  the  dining-room.  Here  a  logical 
place  for  the  storage  wall  would  be  on  the  kitchen 
side,  because  silver,  linens,  and  dishes  will  be  kept 
in  it.  With  cupboard  doors  opening  front  and  back, 
and  two-way  drawers,  we  find  that  the  side  board 
and  the  china  cabinet  are  no  longer  necessary.  If 
you  have  really  fine  dishes,  china  cabinets  are  no 
good  for  display  purposes,  anyway.  Some  section 
140 


of  the  storage  wall,  fitted  with  glass  sliding  doors 
and  illuminated  from  inside,  would  turn  these 
formerly  hidden  heirlooms  into  a  really  beautiful 
wall  decoration.  Another  saving,  if  you  want  to 
try  to  make  it,  could  be  produced  by  reducing  the 
size  of  the  dining-room  somewhat,  since  at  least 
two  bulky  pieces  of  furniture  have  been  eliminated 

In  the  living-room  the  same  possibilities  are  evi 
dent.  The  desk  could  be  a  hinged  unit  which  would 
swing  out  of  the  wall.  If  you  use  a  typewriter  all 
the  time,  a  stand  for  it  could  be  built  in.  The  draw- 
ers that  make  up  each  side  of  the  conventional 
kneehole  desk  are  practically  useless  because 
things  stored  in  a  desk  should  be  kept  in  very  shal- 
low drawers.  You  will  do  far  better  with  two  dozen 
one-inch  drawers  than  with  the  present  four-  or 
six-inch  drawers;  you  will  be  able  to  store  much 
more  and  things  will  be  easier  to  find.  The  drawe 
of  tables  in  living-rooms,  at  least  most  of  the  tabl 
whose  owners  have  allowed  us  to  look  inside  of 
them,  are  stuffed  with  playing  cards,  photograph 
albums,  ash  trays,  poker  chips,  extra  cigarettes,  old 
theater  programs,  etc.  If  you  cannot  bear  to  throw 
out  any  of  these  rarely  looked  at  mementos,  you 
would  still  be  better  off  if  they  were  stored  behind 
a  wall  and  out  of  sight. 

A  short  while  ago  we  asked  a  famous  industrial 
designer  what  he  thought  the  best  radio  cabinet 
was.  In  a  burst  of  unbusinesslike  honesty,  he  re- 
plied, "No  cabinet.  The  best  place  for  a  radio  and 
speaker  and  record-player  is  in  the  wall  some  place 
so  that  you  don't  have  to  dust  it  and  you  don't 
have  to  look  at  it  except  when  you  are  using  it." 
Following  this  suggestion,  we  would  therefore  be 
inclined  to  take  our  radio  out  of  its  fancy  imitation 
Chippendale  cabinet  and  tuck  the  works  into  the 
storage  wall.  Placing  the  speakers  in  one  of  the 
upper  units  would  give  far  better  acoustical  quali- 
ties. To  hold  the  record-player  and  records,  the 
wall  would  have  to  be  more  than  ten  inches  thick, 
which  suggests  that  the  wall  as  a  whole  be  made 


I 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 


deeper,  or  certain  cabinets  in  its  lower  portion  be 
made  as  wide  projecting  units.  Records  and  al- 
bums and  sheet  music  could  all  be  stored  in  such 
cabinets.  So  could  the  movie  projector  and  the 
bulkier  kinds  of  amusement  apparatus. 

If  it  is  your  family's  habit  to  serve  cocktails  or 
highballs  in  the  living-room,  it  is  convenient  to 
keep  bottles,  glasses,  and  ice  bucket  in  the  storage 
wall.  It  would  be  a  very  simple  matter  to  build 
the  front  of  this  bar  unit  as  a  shallow  metal-lined 
tray  which,  when  let  down,  would  provide  a  safe 
water-proof  surface  on  which  to  mix  the  drinks. 

These  suggestions,  of  course,  barely  touch  the 
possibilities  of  the  storage  wall,  and  uses  of  the 
wall  would  vary  widely  from  one  family  to  another. 
If  family  A  collects  ivory  elephants,  and  family  B 
likes  pictures,  and  family  C  is  proud  of  its  collec- 
tion of  fine  books,  and  family  D  subscribes  to 
thirty  weekly  and  monthly  magazines,  these  units 
would  be  used  in  totally  diiferent  ways.  Everyone 
would  be  completely  satisfied,  too.  The  books  and 
the  elephants  could  be  displayed  most  effectively, 
while  the  magazines,  if  installed  in  slanting  racks, 
would  be  interesting  to  look  at  and  easy  to  find. 
In  other  words,  what  we  have  here  is  another  in- 
stance of  standardization  functioning  not  as  a 
straight-jacket  but  as  a  means  for  freeing  the  ex- 


pression of  family  tastes.  The  storage  wall  is  just 
a  framework.  It  becomes  what  one  makes  of  it. 

WHY   HAVE   CLOSETS? 

It  would  seem  from  the  foregoing  that  the  good 
old  closet  has  been  practically  eliminated.  Such  is 
almost  the  case,  but  not  quite.  What  has  been  done 
eliminates  closet  storage  for  almost  everything  ex- 
cept clothes,  and  now,  relieved  of  the  necessity  of 
doing  things  for  which  it  is  totally  unfit,  the  closet 
can  become  an  extremely  efficient  special  unit.  As 
a  shallow  box  a  little  less  than  two  and  a  half  feet 
deep,  it  becomes  a  perfect  unit  for  suits  and  dresses. 
Actually,  a  hanger  with  clothes  on  it  can  be  ac- 
commodated in  a  still  narrower  space,  but  we 
must  provide  clearance  for  the  moth  bags  in  which 
summer  and  winter  clothes  will  be  put. 

The  design  of  the  efficient  clothes  closet  is  simple. 
The  hanging  rod  should  be  high  enough  to  accom- 
modate long  evening  dresses.  Everyday  clothes 
hun£  from  this  height  will  be  quite  convenient  to 
get  at,  so  there  is  no  need  to  install  two  sets  of  bars. 
This  shallow  type  of  closet  should  have  an  opening 
across  its  entire  front.  Whether  you  use  sliding 
panels  or  swinging  doors  does  not  matter,  although 
it  has  been  our  experience  that  the  latter  are  far 
more  convenient.  But  a  full  opening  must  be  pro- 


ORGANIZED  STORAGE 


vided  in  one  way  or  another,  because  nothing  is 
more  annoying  than  trying  to  reach  in  through  a 
narrow  door  to  find  clothes  at  the  end  of  a  shallow 
closet.  In  this  closet  there  will  also  be  a  light  over 
the  door.  Tube  lights  extending  the  full  length  of 
the  opening  inside  would  be  ideal.  If  the  upper 
part  of  the  space  is  to  be  used  for  blankets  and 
odds  and  ends,  it  should  have  its  own  door  above 
the  door  to  the  closet  proper  so  that  they  will  be 
easy  to  get  at.  The  floor  should  be  raised  somewhat 
to  keep  out  dust  from  the  bedroom,  and  all  the 
corners  should  be  curved  for  easy  cleaning.  Clean- 
ing, by  the  way,  will  be  pretty  easy,  because  shoes 
and  other  things  that  used  to  clutter  up  the  closet 
floor  will  now  be  installed  in  one  or  another  of  the 
special  wall  cabinets.  The  approach  to  the  storage 
problem,  as  we  now  see,  is  by  no  means  a  matter 
of  installing  a  lot  of  closets.  It  involves  a  very 
thoughtful  estimate  of  what  you  want  to  keep 
where,  how  big  it  is,  and  how  often  it  has  to  be 
taken  out  or  put  back.  The  solutions  will  range  all 
the  way  from  an  enlarged  garage  or  storage  shed 
out  in  the  back  yard  to  slots  in  the  walls  and  special 
cupboards,  shelves,  and  drawers  of  the  most  varied 
types.  Once  this  part  of  the  planning  process  has 
been  gone  through  and  the  right  spaces  have  been 
provided,  the  same  thing  that  we  discovered  when 
the  attic  was  cleaned  will  be  evident.  Instead  of 
having  wasted  space,  as  might  first  seem  to  be  the 
case  since  so  much  storage  space  is  contemplated 
for  all  parts  of  the  house,  we  will  have  saved  space. 


We  will  not  be  putting  handkerchiefs,  which  re- 
quire two-inch  drawers,  into  drawers  which  are  six 
inches  deep.  Dishes  ten  inches  in  diameter  will  not 
be  stacked  in  kitchen  cupboards  which  are  sixteen 
inches  deep.  The  house  planned  on  this  basis  will 
have  more  storage  than  anyone  ever  dreamed  was 
possible  in  a  dwelling  of  reasonable  size;  and  yet, 
because  there  will  be  a  place  for  everything  and 
much  useless  furniture"  will  be  eliminated,  there 
will  also  be  more  space  for  unencumbered  living. 
Don't  think  that  planning  this  kind  of  a  house 
is  easy.  It  isn't.  But  a  lot  more  will  come  out  of 
the  work  than  went  into  it,  because  planning  a 
house  is  at  the  most  a  matter  of  months  and  using 
it  can  run  into  generations.  It  would  be  wonderful, 
indeed,  if  we  could  go  down  to  the  local  building- 
supply  house  tomorrow  and  order  the  storage  wall 
units  and  the  closets  we  would  like  to  have;  but 
we  can't.  Nobody  makes  them  yet,  although  the 
time  is  not  far  off  when  they  will  be  made.  In  the 
meantime  it  will  be  necessary  to  rely  on  the  car- 
penter and  the  cabinetmaker,  who  will  have  to 
build  these  walls  from  special  designs,  and  the 
cost  will  inevitably  be  higher.  Some  of  this  added 
expense  can  be  made  up  from  savings  on  furniture 
and  savings  in  maintenance,  but  not  all  of  it.  As 
for  the  difference,  you  will  just  have  to  make  up 
your  mind  to  spend  some  extra  money,  because 
the  added  expenditure  will  really  pay  off.  So  plan 
your  storage  space  as  you  want  it  and  then  build 
it  as  you  can  best  afford  it. 


142 


CHAPTER  THIRTEEN 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


ABOUT  FOUR  years  ago  we  had  occasion  to  make 
a  general  survey  of  what  had  happened  to  the  de- 
sign of  broadcasting  studios.  These  rooms  pre- 
sented immensely  diffi^lt  acoustical  problems, 
partly  because  of  the  nature  of  radio  broadcasting 
itself,  partly  because  the  rooms  must  be  sufficiently 
flexible  in  their  engineering  design  to  permit  the 
perfect  reproduction  of  sounds  ranging  all  the  way 
from  the  voice  of  one  person  to  the  very  complex 
noises  made  by  an  entire  orchestra.  Our  assump- 
tion when  the  research  was  begun  was  that  acous- 
tics as  a  science  had  a  very  precise  basis,  and  that 
the  first  broadcasting  studios  had  been  calculated 
with  as  much  efficiency  as  the  most  recent.  Nothing 
could  have  been  farther  from  the  truth. 

One  of  the  earliest  studios  examined  had  been 
built  in  1928.  It  was  a  plain  rectangular  room  with 
sound-absorbing  material  on  the  ceiling.  It  must 
have  been  quite  unsatisfactory  from  the  acoustical 
point  of  view,  but  at  that  time  so  were  the  receiving 
sets,  and  the  demand  for  fidelity  was  not  nearly  so 
great  as  it  became  in  subsequent  years. 

Another  studio,  built  in  1932,  was  still  a  rec- 
tangular room  except  that  the  corners  had  been 
replaced  by  diagonal  walls,  and  acoustical  material 
was  used  not  only  on  the  ceiling  but  also  on  some 
of  the  walls.  Six  years  later  the  Columbia  Broad- 


casting System  installed  some  studios  the  like  of 
which  had  never  been  seen  in  this  country.  The 
walls,  instead  of  going  straight  up  and  down,  were 
tilted.  Strange  broken  surfaces  jutted  out  into  the 
room.  On  certain  walls  where  sound-absorbing 
material  had  been  used,  there  were  panels  of  ply- 
wood designed  to  reflect  sound  and  to  give  it  reso- 
nance. In  the  most  recent  of  the  studios  the  walls 
have  been  shifted  around  so  that  they  are  not  par- 
allel to  each  other,  and  the  ceilings  have  been 
broken  up  so  that  no  section  of  this  surface  is  par- 
allel to  the  floor.  What  this  adds  up  to  is  that  acous- 
tical science,  presented  with  very  specific  and  ad- 
mittedly difficult  problems,  has  completely  altered 
room  design  in  an  interval  of  barely  more  than  a 
decade.  Today  the  engineers  are  sufficiently  well 
equipped  in  knowledge  and  experience  to  help  the 
architect  produce  any  kind  of  acoustical  effect  in 
any  kind  of  interior. 

Possibly  you  have  never  thought  of  acoustical 
design  in  connection  with  your  home.  Neverthe- 
less, sound  control  can  be  a  vital  factor  in  improv- 
ing livability  and  establishing  a  greater  degree  of 
privacy.  Moreover,  the  smaller  the  house,  the 
greater  the  need  to  pay  attention  to  this  completely 
neglected  factor  in  house  design.  It  is  possible — 
and,  we  feel,  highly  probable — that  at  some  point 

143 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


in  the  future  the  rectangular  shapes  now  considered 
standard  for  rooms  will  be  abandoned  in  favor  of 
other  shapes  which  to  any  of  us  at  the  moment 
would  look  very  strange. 

Some  of  these  shapes  will  be  brought  into  exis- 
tence by  the  requirements  of  large-scale  factory 
production,  just  as  your  car  over  a  period  of  forty 
years  has  changed  from  an  assembly  of  flat  planes 
and  sharp  corners  to  the  present  complex  machine 
whose  every  surface  is  part  of  a  compound  curve. 
This  belongs  to  the  future,  however.  The  purpose 
of  this  chapter  is  to  examine  what  can  be  done 
with  the  house  as  it  is  being  designed  today  and 
will  continue  to  be  designed  in  the  forseeable 
tomorrow. 

ACOUSTICS  IS  A  NEW  SCIENCE 

The  broadcasting  studios,  as  we  have  seen,  were 
the  first  building  interiors  to  react  sharply  to  the 
demands  for  higher  fidelity  of  sound  reproduction. 
This  is  as  it  should  be,  for  while  a  very  few  people 
can  see  what  is  going  on  in  a  broadcasting  studio, 
tens  of  millions  can  hear.  When  sound  came  to  the 
movies,  theater  design  changed.  The  good  movie 
houses  of  the  late  thirties  and  early  forties  showed 
the  effect  of  talking  pictures  very  clearly.  Again  we 
find  two  characteristics:  one  is  the  abandonment 
of  parallel  walls  or  surfaces;  the  other  is  the  use  of 
carefully  designed  surfaces,  some  of  which  reflect 
sound  very  brilliantly  while  others  absorb  it  almost 
completely. 

Next  to  feel  the  effect  were  the  offices,  particu- 
larly those  large  rooms  where  thirty  to  three  hun- 
dred typewriters  might  be  clacking  away  at  the 
same  time.  In  these  spaces  it  was  found  that  acous- 
tical plaster  on  the  ceiling  or  those  attractively 
textured  and  perforated  tiles  did  a  great  deal  to 
reduce  the  general  noise  level.  This  was  done  not 
merely  to  increase  the  well-being  of  the  employees 
— although  it  did  have  that  effect — but  because  the 
experts  who  carefully  studied  the  causes  of  fatigue 
and  its  relation  to  output  found  that  greater  effi- 
144 


ciency  paid  for  such  installations  in  a  very  short 
time. 

It  was  also  found  that  sound  could  be  controlled 
to  an  appreciable  extent  by  the  use  of  noiseless 
typewriters,  which  brings  up  a  third  procedure 
that  can  be  applied  to  the  design  of  the  house— 
the  elimination  of  noise  at  its  source. 

The  next  building  type  to  fall  in  line  was  the  fac- 
tory. When  the  war  broke  out  and  billions  of 
dollars  were  invested  in  the  construction  of  new 
industrial  plants,  it  was  found  that  what  held  for 
office  workers  and  their  morale  and  efficiency  was 
also  true  for  factory  workers.  We  have  already 
described  the  immense  bomber  plant  in  the  South- 
west whose  mile-long  walls  and  ceiling  are  packed 
full  of  sound-absorbing  material.  This  was  not  as 
expensive  as  it  may  sound,  because  the  acoustical 
material  is  also  used  for  insulation  against  heat  and 
cold.  This  is  another  expedient  that  the  home 
builder  may  consider:  multiple  use  of  materials  so 
that  the  expense  for  any  given  requirement  is  not 
too  great. 

ACOUSTICS   IN   THE   HOME 

We  now  have  four  techniques  with  which  to 
attack  the  problem  of  sound  control  in  the  home. 
The  question  is,  what  is  this  problem  we  are  trying 
to  attack?  For  the  average  family  it  breaks  down 
into  two  parts.  The  first  is  the  matter  of  maintain- 
ing complete  quiet  in  certain  areas — let  us  say,  in 
the  bedroom  where  a  small  child  is  sleeping.  A 
solution  of  this  would  be  letting  the  child  sleep 
without  forcing  the  rest  of  the  family  to  go  about 
on  tiptoe. 

The  second  general  situation  is  one  where  con- 
flicting activities — acoustically  speaking,  of  course 
— are  carried  on  in  the  same  room  or  in  the  same 
part  of  the  house.  For  example,  father  wants  to 
read  the  paper,  mother  wants  to  carry  on  a  long 
telephone  conversation  with  a  friend,  and  the  chil- 
dren want  to  listen  to  the  latest  installment  of  some 
radio  thriller.  The  resulting  acoustical  conflict  is 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


normally  left  unsolved,  except  in  the  houses  of  the 
very  rich  where  there  is  enough  space  for  the  vari- 
ous members  of  the  family  to  get  away  from  each 
other. 

In  addition  to  these  two  very  common  situations 
there  frequently  arises  a  third.  That  is,  when  the 
family  takes  great  pleasure  in  listening  to  the  radio, 
to  phonograph  records,  or  to  music  produced  by 
the  family  itself.  If  you  take  a  five  hundred  dollar 
radio  with  all  of  the  wonderful  quality  which  has 
been  built  into  it  and  put  it  into  the  average  small 
living-room,  the  chances  are  that  it  will  not  sound 
much  better  than  a  fifty  dollar  radio.  However,  we 
are  told  by  the  acoustical  engineers  that  a  living- 
room  can  be  designed  so  that  its  sound  character- 
istics are  not  very  different  from  those  of  a  full- 
scale  symphony  hall;  that  it  is  possible,  in  other 
words,  to  design  this  room  so  that  your  five  hun- 
dred dollar  radio  (or  even  the  fifty  dollar  one,  for 
that  matter)  gives  a  performance  comparable  in 
quality  to  that  of  an  orchestra. 

Those  who  are  interested  in  obtaining  this  spe- 
cial added  livability  for  their  home  must  use  an 
architect  who  is  willing  and  able  to  work  with  a 
first-rate  acoustical  engineer  as  a  consultant.  We 
say  "willing"  because  the  room  that  will  result 
from  a  successful  collaboration  on  the  part  of 
these  two  technicians  will  be  rather  unconventional 
though  far  from  unpleasing  in  shape,  and  it  cer- 
tainly will  not  fit  comfortably  into  any  known  kind 
of  "period"  house. 

One  of  us  had  occasion  recently  to  design  a 
house  in  New  York  where  a  major  factor  in  the 
design  of  the  living-room  was  precisely  this  acous- 
tical quality.  The  best  radio-phonograph  combina- 
tion obtainable  was  not  considered  good  enough, 
and  one  was  specially  built.  Also,  there  were  two 
pianos.  By  the  time  the  architects  and  engineers 
got  through,  one  wall  was  padded  to  a  depth  of 
several  inches  with  rock  wool  and  covered  with  a 
kind  of  grass  matting  which  allowed  the  sound  to 
go  through  the  surface;  the  other  wall  was  paneled 


with  sheets  of  oak  plywood  held  loosely  in  place 
so  that  the  proper  brilliance  of  sound  could  be 
obtained;  the  two  end  walls,  which  were  entirely 
of  glass,  were  set  so  that  they  were  not  parallel  to 
each  other.  The  ceiling  was  constructed  of  wood 
frames  covered  with  stretched  linen,  and  behind 
the  linen  were  some  areas  filled  with  broken  sheets 
of  wallboards  so  that  sounds  would  be  reflected  in 
an  irregular  manner;  other  parts  of  the  ceiling 
were  heavily  padded  with  rock  wool. 

This  was  admittedly  an  extreme  procedure,  and 
it  was  by  no  means  cheap.  The  results,  however, 
were  extraordinary  as  far  as  quality  of  sound  is 
concerned,  and  the  room's  appearance  generally 
produced  a  favorable  impression.  The  only  point 
of  this  example  is  that  while  such  a  procedure  does 
not  apply  to  the  house  of  minimum  cost,  it  most 
definitely  is  not  restricted  to  houses  for  the  very 
rich.  Just  as  in  the  bomber  plant,  the  rock  wool 
padding  on  wall  and  ceiling  can  be  used  for  heat 
insulation  as  well  as  sound  absorption.  And  finish- 
ing materials  such  as  linen  and  grass  matting  are 
by  no  means  beyond  the  reach  of  the  middle-class 
budget. 

However,  let  us  return  to  the  more  general 
questions  of  how  to  establish  quiet  zones  within 
the  house  and  how  to  reduce  the  discomfort  pro- 
duced by  conflicting  family  activities. 

145 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


OBJECTIVE   OF  SOUND  CONDITIONING 
Basically  this  objective  may  be  stated  in  a  simple 
and  precise  manner:  we  want  to  design  a  house  in 
which  anybody  can  carry  on  any  normal  activity 
without  disturbing  the  rest  of  the  family. 

In  some  of  the  preceding  chapters  it  has  been 
evident  that  a  one-story  house  has  many  advan- 
tages over  a  two-story  house.  Where  acoustics  are 
concerned,  the  advantage  is  very  marked  indeed. 
In  the  average  two-story  house  where  most  of  the 
bedrooms  are  on  the  second  floor  and  the  main 
noise-producing  rooms  are  on  the  first,  sound 
travels  far  too  easily.  It  goes  up  the  stair  well  and 
into  the  bedrooms  through  door  cracks  or  through 
the  doors  themselves.  It  also  goes  through  the  floor 
boards,  which  function  in  much  the  same  manner 
as  a  drum — that  is,  any  sounds  picked  up  by  one 
surface  are  given  off  by  the  other.  Two-story 
houses  have  their  advantages.  Their  compactness 
is  perhaps  the  greatest.  But,  acoustically  speaking, 
they  have  no  merit  whatsoever. 

It  is  possible — and,  for  that  matter,  it  has  been 
done — to  build  multi-storied  houses  whose  acous- 


struction,  and  many  of  those  who  can  feel  that  i : 
is  pretty  much  a  waste  of  money.  If  an  attempt  is 
made  to  achieve  the  soundproof  qualities  of  the 
concrete-and-masonry  house  while  using  wood 
something  could  possibly  be  worked  out  in  the 
way  of  separating  floor  and  ceiling  construction 
But  it  would  be  costly  and  not  very  effective. 

Turning  to  the  one-story  house  we  find  the  fol- 
lowing advantages :  A  one-story  house  of  necessitj 
places  its  bedrooms  at  some  distance  from  the 
main  living  areas,  and  distance  alone  is  a  factor  ir 
sound  control.  The  bedroom  corridor,  unlike  the: 
stair  well,  can  be  treated  very  easily  so  that  sounds, 
which  do  penetrate  into  it  are  absorbed  anc 
stopped.  It  is  also  possible  to  put  sound  barriers, 
between  the  noisy  rooms  and  the  quiet  rooms. 
Among  those  that  might  be  considered,  a  stone 
wall  with  a  fireplace  in  it  comes  close  to  being 
ideal,  because,  as  a  rule,  the  thicker  and  heavier 
the  barrier,  the  less  likelihood  there  is  of  penetra- 
tion by  sound.  If  there  is  no  fireplace,  a  thinner 
wall  of  cinder  block  or  some  such  material  is  very 
effective.  A  bank  of  closets  is  also  a  satisfactory 


tical  properties  are  admirable.  But  this  generally 
involves  the  elimination  of  wood  construction  in 
favor  of  some  heavy  type  of  fireproof  building 
where  the  second  floor  is  of  reinforced  concrete  or 
an  equally-  dense  and  weighty  material.  Few  people, 
however,  can  afford  to  pay  for  this  kind  of  con- 
146 


sound-stopper,  should  the  plan  permit  such  an 
arrangement. 

The  essential  advantage,  however,  is  the  factor 
of  separation,  with  the  possibility  of  stopping  the 
sound  before  it  gets  too  close  to  the  rooms  from 
which  it  should  be  excluded. 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


PREVENTION  OFNOISEATTHE  SOURCE 
Anything  done  to  stop  sound  where  it  originates 
works  exactly  like  the  traditional  ounce  of  pre- 
vention— it  eliminates  the  need  for  a  cure.  Let  us 
consider  some  of  the  rooms  that  are  the  worst 
offenders. 

These  rooms  include  the  living-room,  dining- 
room,  kitchen,  playroom,  and  bathroom;  of  these, 
the  bathroom  is  the  most  annoying  because  it  can 
be  the  most  embarrassing.  Everyone  is  familiar 
with  the  disagreeable  interruption  made  by  the 
noisy  flushing  of  a  toilet  adjoining  the  main  living 
space.  And  it  is  an  unfortunate  coincidence  that 
the  water  closet,  for  functional  reasons,  is  shaped 
almost  like  a  trumpet.  A  trumpet,  as  one  might 
well  imagine,  is  no  shape  for  suppressing  noise  at 
its  source.  Conceivably  something  could  be  done 
to  modify  the  design  of  the  present-day  water 
closet  to  produce  a  shape  more  satisfactory  acous- 
tically and  equally  efficient  in  other  respects.  How- 
ever, since  no  such  water  closet  exists,  we  may  as 
well  forget  it  for  the  time  being. 

Because  of  this  unfortunate  design  we  have  a 
clearly  unhappy  situation,  and  one  which  is  height- 
ened by  the  fact  that  the  ideal  bathroom,  as  seen 
by  most  prospective  homeowners,  is  an  interior  in 
which  all  the  surfaces  are  hard,  waterproof,  and 
therefore  highly  sound-reflective.  Here  is  where  we 
find  the  opening  wedge  for  our  attack  on  bath- 
room noises  at  their  source.  In  the  first  place,  soil 
lines — that  is,  the  pipes  which  carry  waste  matter 
from  the  bathroom  fixtures — can  be  packed  in  in- 
sulating material,  which  tends  to  deaden  noise 
somewhat.  Tile  and  hard  plaster  can  be  replaced 
by  such  materials  as  sheet  rubber,  linoleum,  and 
other  materials  which  are  water-repellent  and  also 
resilient.  This  helps  to  reduce  reflected  noise.  On 
the  ceiling  a  standard  acoustical  material  can  be 
used — either  one  of  the  plasters  manufactured 
specifically  for  this  purpose,  or  the  perforated 
metal  panels,  or  perforated  or  textured  fiber  boards 


which  have  been  on  the  market  for  some  years. 

The  floor  can  be  covered  with  a  soft  rather  than 
a  hard  material.  The  upper  parts  of  the  walls,  that 
are  not  exposed  to  moisture  can  have  the  perfo- 
rated acoustical  materials  already  mentioned.  In 
addition,  a  heavy  flush  door,  weather-stripped  in 
the  bargain,  would  do  a  great  deal  to  reduce  the 
direct  transmission  of  sound.  This  weather-strip- 
ping, incidentally,  need  not  consist  of  anything 
more  than  a  strip  of  felt,  rubber,  or  some  other 
material  permitting  a  tight  seal  to  be  made,  and  it 
would  be  attached  to  the  door  stop. 

Location  of  the  bath  can  be  as  important  as  any 
of  these  suggested  control  measures.  For  example, 
if  we  are  considering  a  downstairs  lavatory,  it  could 
be 'arranged  to  reduce  transmission  of  sound.  In 
one  such  arrangement  there  is  a  fireplace  wall  be- 
tween it  and  the  living-room,  and  the  coat  closet 
off  the  front  hall  serves  as  an  entry.  Remember,  by 
the  way,  that  a  closet  is  a  wonderful  sound  barrier, 
because  the  clothes  will  absorb  any  sound  that 
passes  through. 

This  combination  closet-sound  barrier  also 
suggests  an  excellent  solution  for  the  telephone 
problem,  because  if  a  little  telephone  desk  is  in- 
corporated with  the  closet-corridor,  conversations 
can  be  carried  on  without  annoying  anyone  who 
might  be  trying  to  read  or  study  in  the  adjoining 
living-room. 

Acoustical  control,  it  must  be  emphasized  again 
and  again,  is  as  much  a  matter  of  thoughtful  plan- 
ning as  of  installation  of  special  materials.  It  is 
true  that  under  certain  conditions  planning  won't 
do  the  job,  and  special  materials  have  to  be  used. 
A  good  example  of  this  is  the  open-front  telephone 
booth  used  in  New  York  City's  newest  subway. 
There,  even  with  the  terrific  clatter  of  passing 
trains,  it  is  possible  to  carry  on  an  intelligible  con- 
versation. This  seeming  miracle  is  the  result  of 
using  three  walls  of  sound-absorbing  materials  for 
the  booth. 

147 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


In  the  house  where  the  corridor-closet-phone 
room  combination  isn't  possible,  some  variation 
of  this  scheme  would  work  very  well,  for  it  takes 
up  very  little  space  and  costs  very  little  money. 

THE   KITCHEN 

The  annoyances  produced  by  the  hired  girl  in  the 
kitchen,  who  tosses  your  best  china  around  with 
the  utmost  abandon  while  you  are  trying  to  be 
polite  to  your  husband's  boss  after  dinner,  are  too 
well  known  to  require  extended  description.  Even 
if  there  is  no  hired  girl  and  no  ceremonial  dinner, 
the  noise  problem  remains. 

There  are  some  expedients  for  cutting  off  the 
sound  at  its  source,  but  they  are  by  no  means  100 
per  cent  effective.  Among  them  are  the  replace- 
ment of  enameled  metal  surfaces,  such  as  drain- 
boards,  with  work  counters  of  wood,  perhaps  cov- 
ered with  linoleum  or  rubber.  A  dish  or  pot 
dropped  on  such  a  surface  will  land  with  a  dull 
thud  instead  of  a  noisy  crash.  Rubber-covered  wire 
dish  baskets  which  fit  into  one's  sink  if  there  is  a 
double  sink,  or  into  the  laundry  tray  if  there  is  a 
combination  unit,  are,  again,  exceedingly  effective 
in  muffling  noise.  The  type  of  sink  which  appeared 
before  the  war,  usable  as  a  dishpan  as  well  as  a 
sink,  also  can  help  control  sound,  because  once 
filled  with  water  the  noise  of  dish  and  pot  washing 
is  materially  subdued.  Over  and  above  this,  there 
is  the  possibility  of  sound  barriers  or  sound  traps 
•  of  one  kind  or  another. 

It  is  a  very  convenient  characteristic  of  sound 
that,  like  light,  it  does  not  readily  travel  around 


corners.  Thus,  if  you  plan  a  small  pantry  or  utility 
space  between  the  kitchen  and  the  dining-room  or 
the  living-dining  room,  the  wall  facing  the  kitchen 
door  could  be  covered  with  sound-absorbing  ma- 
terial, and  what  noise  did  get  beyond  this  second- 
ary space  would  be  greatly  reduced. 

In  addition  to  this,  however,  the  home  builder 
should  consider  an  acoustically  treated  ceiling  and 
a  resilient  floor  for  the  kitchen.  These  should  be 
installed  not  only  to  keep  the  noise  out  of  the  other 
rooms  but  also  to  make  work  in  the  kitchen  itself 
more  agreeable.  An  empty  room — and  the  kitchen 
is,  acoustically  speaking,  empty — is  far  less  pleas- 
ant than  a  room  containing  sound-absorbing  ma- 
terials. You  can  check  this  for  yourself  very  easily 
by  recalling  the  difference  in  sound  between  a  fur- 
nished living-room  and  the  same  space  before  the 
furniture  and  carpets  were  moved  in.  The  hollow 
echoing  sounds  we  associate  with  uninhabited 
houses  or  apartments  are  the  kind  we  usually  get 
in  the  inhabited  kitchen.  It  just  happens  that  in  the 
kitchen  we  are  used  to  them  and  in  living-rooms 
we  are  not.  Acoustically  treated  surfaces  in  the 
kitchen  would  perform  the  same  function  as  up- 
holstered furniture  and  carpeting  in  the  other 
rooms.  And  who  is  to  say  that  a  kitchen,  where 
most  of  the  housewife's  time  is  spent,  should  be 
less  agreeable  in  its  atmosphere  than  the  living- 
room? 

CONTROL  WITHIN   ROOMS 

The  things  discussed  so  far  are  concerned  chiefly 
with  keeping  noise  in  one  space  from  getting  into 
another.  What  about  the  family  living-room  where 
three  separate  kinds  of  noises  may  be  produced 
within  the  same  space  at  the  same  time?  Obviously, 
there  is  not  going  to  be  a  perfect  solution,  because 
even  if  it  were  technically  obtainable  it  would  cost 
too  much.  Nevertheless,  there  are  some  highly  de- 
sirable expedients.  Take  the  case  of  the  radio,  for 
example. 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


If  the  radio  faces  a  sound-absorbent  wall,  there 
will  be  two  immediate  results :  the  room  will  seem 
much  larger  as  far  as  the  sound  is  concerned;  and 
noise  hitting  the  opposite  wall  will  not  be  reflected, 
thus  reducing  the  over-all  disturbance. 

Now  what  about  the  person  who  wants  to  sit 
and  read  or  study  while  the  radio  is  going?  As  we 
have  seen,  the  noise  cannot  be  eliminated,  but  it 
can  definitely  be  reduced.  And  the  solution  is 
partly  planning,  partly  use  of  materials.  If  the 
living-room  is  made  an  L  rather  than  a  rectangle, 
and  the  smaller  part  of  the  L  is  used  as  a  library 
alcove,  and  if,  moreover,  the  long  side  of  the  living- 
room  is  covered  with  sound-absorbing  material, 
noise  would  not  be  reflected  around  the  corner.  It 
is  pretty  likely  that  this  alcove,  though  completely 
open  to  the  living-room,  would  be  a  remarkably 
quiet  and  pleasant  place  even  if  a  considerable 
amount  of  noise  were  being  manufactured  in  the 
rest  of  the  room. 

If  this  doesn't  prove  to  be  enough,  the  list  of 
expedients  is  by  no  means  exhausted.  A  double- 
faced  row  of  bookcases  projecting  out  into  the 
room  automatically  creates  a  kind  of  alcove.  Books 
themselves  ranged  on  shelves  are  an  exceedingly 
effective  sound  trap.  Thus  if  the  noise  problem  is 
sufficiently  acute,  our  sound-controlled  living- 
room  might  consist  of  a  large  space  subdivided  by 
a  baffle  and  an  alcove.  In  such  a  room  the  average 
family  could  carry  on  its  separate  activities  with  a 
privacy  undreamed  of  in  the  average  American 
home. 

This  chapter  has  been  anything  but  a  technical 
treatise  on  acoustics,  yet  we  have  managed  to  ex- 
amine the  many  problems  of  sound  control  in  the 
house  and  some  of  the  techniques  developed  in 
other  types  of  buildings.  We  have  learned  that 
sound  does  not  travel  easily  around  corners.  We 
know  that  getting  around  them  can  be  made  even 
harder  by  putting  sound-absorbing  materials  on 
the  reflecting  surfaces.  We  know  that  baffles  acous- 


tically treated  as  in  the  open-front  telephone  booth 
can  produce  privacy  within  a  space  without  break- 
ing up  that  space.  From  the  office  designer  we  have 
learned  that  treatment  of  the  ceiling  with  sound- 
absorbing  materials  and  treatment  of  the  floor 
with  resilient  materials  or  even  with  carpeting  can 
work  wonders  in  reducing  the  general  noise  level. 

It  is  evident  that  planning,  if  carried  out  with 
the  question  of  sound  control  in  mind,  can  be  ex- 
tremely effective,  and  that  a  little  ingenuity  in  such 
places  as  the  kitchen  can  turn  it  into  a  quiet  and 
agreeable  work  space. 

If  you  are  hesitating  for  any  reason  whatever 
between  a  one-story  plan  and  a  two-story  plan,  the 
question  of  acoustics  may  help  in  arriving  at  a 
decision,  in  spite  of  the  obvious  fact  that  nobody 
who  wants  a  two-story  house  is  going  to  shift  to 
a  plan  for  a  single  floor  just  because  some  of  the 
rooms  might  become  quieter. 


ACOUSTICS  AS  DECORATION 

One  reason  people  have  been  slow  to  adopt  tech- 
niques developed  in  offices  and  other  types  of  non- 
residential  interiors  is  that  they  have  felt  that  their 
own  home  interiors  would  somehow  lose  charm  in 
the  process.  As  far  as  sound  control  is  concerned, 
there  is  nothing  whatever  to  worry  about.  Every- 
body likes  exposed  masonry  walls  whether  of  stone 
or  brick,  and  when  these  are  used  inside  the  house 
— and  there  are  many  such  examples  in  the  photo- 
graphs scattered  through  this  book — not  only  is  the 
wall  texture  greatly  enhanced  but  sound  barriers 
are  automatically  set  up.  In  the  most  modern  of 
modern  houses  and  the  most  conservative  of  con- 
ventional houses,  masonry  walls  are  used  with  the 
greatest  willingness  by  architects  and  their  clients 
alike.  Therefore,  consider  such  surfaces  not  only 
as  acoustical  factors  but  also  as  a  decided  advan- 
tage when  the  question  of  decorating  comes  up. 
Everyone  likes  wood,  too.  There  has  seldom 

149 


SOUND  CONDITIONING 


been  a  house  where  the  owner  has  not  been  more 
than  willing  to  install  wood  paneling.  Ten  or  fif- 
teen years  ago  this  was  rather  expensive,  because 
good  wood  such  as  mahogany  or  walnut  or  oak 
could  only  be  purchased  in  solid  pieces,  and  the 
panels  had  to  be  installed  by  expert  craftsmen. 
Wood  paneling,  therefore,  has  always  been  asso- 
ciated in  the  popular  mind  with  luxury. 

Today  this  limitation  no  longer  exists.  Any  of 
the  big  plywood  companies  can  furnish  laminated 
sheets  four  feet  by  eight  feet  in  size,  or  larger,  ve- 
neered with  woods  so  rare  and  exotic  that  their 
use  hitherto  has  been  confined  to  the  most  expen- 
sive furniture.  There  is  little  question  about  the 
desirability  of  using  such  woods  in  the  average 
living-room  or  even  in  the  master  bedroom.  Some 
people  are  so  fond  of  flush  plywood  paneling  that 
they  have  installed  it  in  their  bathrooms.  With  the 
new  finishes  available  on  the  market,  these  panel- 
ings  can  be  made  highly  water-resistant. 

Here  we  have  the  chance  to  combine  improved 
home  decoration  with  ideal  sound  conditioning. 


And  remember  that  the  few  dollars  an  acoustical 
engineer  might  charge  for  his  consulting  services 
is  not  going  to  affect  your  total  budget  much  one 
way  or  another.  Get  his  advice. 

Sound  control  techniques  embrace  many  mod- 
ern materials  in  addition  to  wood  and  stone.  For- 
tunately, they  are  all  agreeable  in  appearance  and 
rich  in  texture.  The  acoustical  plasters  are  much 
softer  and  much  better  textured  than  the  white 
plaster  that  goes  on  the  average  ceiling.  The  same 
is  true  of  the  perforated  panels,  which  can  be 
painted  any  color  and  any  number  of  times  with- 
out impairing  in  any  way  their  high  efficiency  as 
sound  absorbers.  These,  too,  work  in  particularly 
well  with  the  contemporary  decorating  scheme, 
where  the  attempt  is  to  get  textural  richness  through 
the  use  of  machine-produced  forms  rather  than  the 
fakery  of  bygone  handicraft  techniques. 

Thus  we  can  end  with  the  assurance  that  the 
sound-conditioned  house  will  not  only  be  pleas- 
anter  to  live  in  because  it  will  be  quieter,  but  that 
it  will  be  much  better  to  look  at. 


ISO 


WINDOWS 

Big,  well  designed  windows  are  the  trademark 
of  modern  architecture.  They  are  the  means  of 
bringing  together  the  outdoors  and  indoors  in  an 
integrated  visual  and  functional  pattern  that 
makes  living  in  modern  houses  an  exciting  new 
experience.  Made  possible  by  modern  develop- 
ments in  building  technology,  they  can  be  used 
to  reduce  fuel  bills  and  increase  comfort.  In  one 
form  or  another,  they  are  applicable  to  every 
building  problem,  and  modern  architects  seem 
able  to  go  on  discovering  such  new  forms  and 
new  applications  indefinitely.  The  examples  on 
this  page  suggest  the  range  of  this  experimenta- 
tion: a  two-story  dormer  for  a  studio-workshop 
in  Delaware  (152),  a  foldaway  window-wall  in 
a  living  room  overlooking  a  California  hillside 
(I  53)  and  an  unusual  combination  of  sash,  fixed 
glass  and  glass  block  from  a  suburban  house  near 
Philadelphia  (I  54). 


4*"     ^'- 


57 


Not  every  house  can  enjoy  the  perfect  setting  of  the 
one  above,  but  when  such  an  opportunity  does  come 
along  it  is  one  of  the  virtues  of  modern  design  that 
it  is  capable  of  exploiting  it  to  the  maximum.  And 
on  the  ordinary  suburban  lot,  where  nature  does 
not  provide  the  view,  it  is  possible  to  manufacture 
it,  as  the  other  examples  shown  here  demonstrate. 
Such  effects  depend  on  the  most  intimate  sort  of 
collaboration  between  the  designer  of  the  house  and 
the  landscape  architect,  and  require  more  than  a 
nominal  investment  in  spiky  evergreens."  They  pay 
off,  however,  in  a  feeling  of  spaciousness  that  can 
make  a  compact  house  seem  twice  its  true  size. 


1 


The  big  glass  areas  and  movable  walls  used  in 
modern  houses  are  not  only  capable  of  bright- 
ening old  types  of  rooms;  they  are  creating 
entirely  new  types.  Thus  the  space  above  ( I  59) 
is  neither  a  porch  nor  an  inside  room,  but  a 
combination  of  both.  View  160  shows  a 
glazed  passage  that  dojjbles  as  a  porch,  view 

161  an  outdoor  living  space  connected  to  a 
bedroom  by  a  sliding  door.  On  the  facing  page, 

162  and    163  show  a  sunporch  that  can  be 
completely  open  or  completely  enclosed,  view 
164  a  modern  version  of  the  old-fashioned 
"conservatory,"  with  a  glazed  roof.  Connected 
by  sljding  doors  to  a  glass-walled  living  room, 
this  room  won  the  grand  prize  in  a  contest  for 
new  uses  of  glass  in  building  construction. 


162 


163 


164 


165 


167 


168 


*fc 


f*'v 


69 


The  logical  final  development  of  the  glazed,  sliding 
wall  is  the  living  room  that  becomes  a  porch  simply 
by  pushing  away  the  wall,  and  becomes  a  room 
again  by  closing  it.  This  arrangement  makes  lots  of 
sense,  since  one  set  of  furniture  serves  for  both  out- 
door and  indoor  living,  and  there  is  no  need  to  put 
away  chairs  and  tables  in  bad  weather.  The  three 
rooms  shown  here  are  all  true  part-time-porches  in 
which  at  least  one  full  wall  can  be  removed  com- 
pletely. With  present  day  equipment  and  weather- 
stripping,  such  walls  slide  easily  and  can  be  made 
virtually  draftproof.  In  winter,  they  can  be  opened 
slightly  for  ventilation. 


mi 


171 


172 
r~ 


An  obvious  objection  to  the  use  of  glazed  walls  in 
built-up  areas  is  lack  of  privacy.  These  designs  show 
how  it  can  be  avoided.  Two  of  the  houses  (I  7  1-173 
and  172)  employ  almost  Identically  the  same 
scheme:  a  continuous  glass  wall  facing  a  garden  en- 
closed by  a  high  fence;  in  one  case,  to  permit  free 
passage  of  air,  the  fence  is  built  like  a  Venetian  blind 
Standing  on  end.  Another  solution  is  the  "patio" 
plan  in  which  the  rooms  themselves  enclose  the 
garden,  as  in  174.  Views  1 75  and  176  show  two 
more  versions  of  the  walled-garden  idea,  one  for  a 
small  lot,  the  other  for  a  large  one. 


175 


177 


«all     ic 


When  an  entire  wall,  or  a  large  part  of  a  wall  is 
made  of  glass,  there  is  no  necessity  to  use  ventilator 
sash  over  the  whole  area.  Big  pieces  of  fixed  glass 
are  better  looking,  easier  to  clean  (when  on  the 
ground  floor),  easier  to  make  weathertight,  and  cost 
less  than  a  complex  assembly  of  movable  windows. 
One  of  the  simplest  and  most  dramatic  schemes  is 
to  use  floor-to-ceiling  panes  of  plate  glass  (set  in  the 
type  of  frame  used  for  store  windows)  over  most 
of  the  area,  supplemented  by  metal  sash,  as  in  177 
and  178.  And,  where  fixed  glass  is  used,  there  ar 
convincing  arguments  for  using  louvres  rather  tha 
glass  in  the  part  of  the  window  given  to  ventilation, 
as  in  181  and  182. 


ISO 


82 


II 


186 


,n  lighting  a  large  roc.,  a  given  amount  of  glass  se 
high  in  the  walls  is  twice  as  effective  as  the  same 
Lnt  at  or  be,ow  eye  .eve,,  .none  story  houses 

it  is  often  possible  to  place  such  windows  over  the 
1L  of  the  room,  as  in  .83  and  ,86   and  thus 

flood  the  entire  interior  with  daylight  of  equam- 

tensity.  Skylights  can  a,so  perform  a  valuable ^ fun, 
tion  in  bringing  the  lighting  in  the  intenor  pars  of 

the  house  up  to  the  standard  of  the  outs,de  room. 
View  187,  for  example,  shows  an  inside  cornd 

in  this  way.  Had  this  skylight  been  omitted,  t 
corridor  might  have  seemed  excessively  gloomy  ,n 
relation  to  other  parts  of  the  house. 


189 


190 


In  hot  weather,  the  big  windows  used  in  modern 
architecture  would  admit  entirely  too  much  sun- 
shine if  they  were  not  protected  in  some  way.  Com- 
monest solution  for  this  problem  is  the  use  of 
"hoods,"  or  permanent  sunshades  proportioned  so 
as  to  cut  out  most  of  the  summer  sun  while  letting 
in  as  much  as  possible  in  winter— a  device  which 
works  to  perfection  on  windows  facing  south.  Two 
such  hoods,  one  used  to  form  a  porch,  are  shown 
in.  pictures  188  and  189.  An  idea  of  the  accuracy 
with  which  they  operate  can  be  obtained  from  I  90 
and  191,  which  show  the  outside  of  one  "solar" 
house  in  midsummer  and  the  inside  of  another  in 
midwinter.  In  the  second  view,  notice  how  far  into 
the  room  the  low  winter  sunshine  penetrates,  bring- 
ing heat  that  cuts  fuel  bills  substantially. 


; 


k 

S**     t*. 


192 


WINDOWS 


CHAPTER   FOURTEEN 


WINDOWS  HAVE  been  in  houses  almost  as  long  as 
there  have  been  houses.  There  have  been  windows 
of  ice  and  rock  crystal  and  mica  and  nothing  at  all. 
The  most  commonplace,  the  most  completely  fa- 
miliar part  of  a  house  that  there  is,  the  window 
seemed  to  most  people  so  simple  a  thing  that  gen- 
erations went  by  before  it  occurred  to  anyone  to 
do  any  thinking  about  it.  And  when  they  finally 
began  to  think,  they  discovered  some  very  strange 
and  wonderful  things. 

Did  you  know  that  the  window  out  of  which 
you  look  to  see  if  Johnny  is  coming  home  from 
school,  or  if  the  milkman  is  coming  by  with  that 
extra  quart — that  window  so  clear  and  perfectly 
transparent — is  really  as  opaque  as  a  solid  slab  of 
armor  plate?  Did  it  ever  occur  to  you  that  this 
fragile  sheet  is  daily  throwing  back  a  bombardment 
of  rays  of  all  sizes  and  shapes? 

It  was  only  when  some  scientifically  minded 
people  began  to  look  at  the  common  pieces  of 
glass  we  have  taken  for  granted  for  so  long  that 
they  found  they  were  dealing  with  an  amazingly 
complex  apparatus,  built  like  a  dam  with  countless 
billions  of  tiny  sluice  gates  which  unerringly 
opened  and  closed  to  let  some  things  through  and 
to  keep  others  out. 

When  the  scientists  got  through,  a  few  architects 
in  various  countries  began  piecing  together  the  bits 
of  data,  wading  through  formulas  and  graphs  and 
other  scientific  jargon,  to  find  out  what  this  meant 
in  terms  of  buildings.  None  of  these  architects 


was  particularly  important  or  financially  success- 
ful, and  this  was  probably  because  their  curiosity 
far  outweighed  their  business  acumen.  While  their 
fellow  professionals  were  saying  in  an  unconscious 
parody  of  Gertrude  Stein,  "A  window  is  a  window 
is  a  window,"  these  people  were  saying  "Is  it?"  and 
"What  is  it?"  and  "Why  is  it?" 

One  of  the  little  tidbits  they  picked  up,  a  typical 
and  apparently  unrelated  scientific  fact,  is  that 
glass  is  opaque  to  low  temperature  radiation;  that 
is,  while  wide  open  to  most  of  the  heat  of  the  sun, 
it  is  closed  to  the  infra-red  waves  sent  off  by  any 
object  cooler  than  a  steam  radiator.  This  is  one 
reason  why  the  greenhouse  makes  such  a  good  heat 
trap.  It  is  also  the  reason  why  the  solar  house  is 
possible.  But  glass,  as  everyone  knows,  is  also 
opaque  to  the  bulk  of  the  ultra-violet  rays.  In  other 
words,  the  average  window  is  a  very  narrow  gate 
through  which  only  a  little  more  than  visible  light 
can  pass.  Attempts  to  widen  it  have  been  pretty 
expensive  or  not  very  successful,  but  location  of 
the  gate  in  the  spectrum  can  be  shifted.  In  terms  of 
the  home,  what  does  this  mean? 

Some  years  ago  a  product  called  Vita  Glass  was 
put  on  the  market.  It  was  intended  to  do  every- 
thing window  glass  did  and  let  in  ultra-violet  as 
well.  This  was  an  attempt  to  "widen  the  gate" — 
to  let  in  a  broader  slice  of  the  spectrum.  It  was  a 
good  idea.  People  in  homes  glazed  with  Vita  Glass 
would  have  had  fewer  germs  to  contend  with  and 
might  have  gotten  a  coat  of  tan  in  the  bargain.  But 

167 


WINDOWS 


it  never  got  down  to  a  price  home  builders  could 
afford. 

The  windows  in  your  car  are  not  made  of  single 
sheets  of  glass,  but  are  a  sandwich  with  a  trans- 
parent plastic  sheet  as  the  filler.  The  virtue  of  these 
windows  is  that  they  are  shatterproof.  It  is  rarely 
that  a  home  builder  feels  the  need  to  go  to  extra 
expense  for  this  reason,  but  we  ran  across  a  large 
house  in  Pittsburgh  a  while  ago  whose  playroom 
windows  were  equipped  in  this  manner.  A  far  more 
useful  filler  is  air,  whose  insulating  properties  are 
well  known  to  anyone  who  has  put  up  a  storm 
sash.  The  advantage  of  the  "air-glass  sandwich"  is 
that  it  removes  the  need  for  the  extra  sash.  Double 
glass  is  widely  used  in  modern  trains.  One  such 
product  available  for  homes  is  "Thermopane,"  a 
sealed  package  consisting  of  two  thicknesses  of 
glass  with  a  quarter-inch  air  space.  It  costs  a  little 
more  than  twice  as  much  as  a  single  sheet  of  glass, 
but  less  than  a  window  plus  storm  sash.  The  small 
air  space,  by  the  way,  provides  quite  as  good  insu- 
lation as  a  much  bigger  gap  would. 

WINDOW  MECHANICS 

Even  more  important  than  glass  is  the  kind  of 
window  in  which  it  is  installed.  There  are  many 
types,  some  comparatively  new  and  unfamiliar, 
others  which  have  been  in  use  for  centuries.  The 
type  of  window  selected  for  a  house  has  to  do  with 
much  more  than  operating  characteristics  and 
price,  for  windows,  more  than  any  other  element 
in  the  house,  set  its  "style."  Not  many  of  us  realize 
this,  but  the  way  we  identify  houses  as  Colonial, 
English,  French  Provincial,  and  so  on,  is  pretty 
much  by  the  window  pattern,  which  is  different  in 
each  case.  Similarly,  an  outstanding  characteristic 
of  the  modern  house  is  not  a  flat  roof  or  some  new 
material,  but  the  radically  different  manner  in 
which  the  windows  are  set. 

The  double-hung  window  is  common  in  our 
country  because  it  is  cheap,  simple  to  install,  and 
168 


practically  foolproof  mechanically,  since  all  it  has 
are  pulleys  and  sash  weights  (or  balances)  and  a 
handle.  It  is  also  a  pretty  good  ventilator,  because 
it  can  be  opened  from  the  top  or  bottom  or  both. 

The  second  important  type  of  window  is  the 
casement.  Casements  trace  their  ancestry  back  to 
the  great  houses  of  medieval  England.  This  doesn't 
mean  that  the  casement  was  invented  in  England, 
but  it  does  relate  to  a  certain  type  of  medieval 
building,  just  as  the  double-hung  window  is  a 
fundamental  design  element  in  the  architecture  of 
our  own  Colonial  period. 

The  casement,  too,  has  its  difficulties.  The  in- 
swinging  type  gets  in  the  way  of  curtains  and  pro- 
jects awkwardly  into  the  room.  When  the  window 
swings  out,  it  tends  to  disintegrate  if  it  is  wood  or 
rust  if  it  is  steel.  The  out-swinging  type  is  most 
common,  because  it  is  easiest  to  make  weather- 
tight.  Obviously,  a  window  that  closes  against  a 
frame  from  the  outside  is  less  likely  to  let  rain  in 
than  one  that  closes  from  inside.  However,  if  you 
want  to  use  screens— which  is  something  they 
never  worried  about  in  medieval  England — you 
have  to  take  the  screen  down  to  get  at  the  window 
or  use  a  mechanical  operator. 

The  casement  has  two  big  advantages.  One  is 
that  it  can  be  opened  for  100  per  cent  ventilation. 
In  fact,  with  the  offset  hinges  that  enable  the  win- 
dow to  swing  out  in  front  of  the  face  of  the  build- 
ing, casements  can  give  better  than  100  per  cent 
ventilation,  as  the  projecting  wings  act  like  sails 
that  scoop  up  passing  breezes. 

The  next  two  types,  which  are  becoming  some- 
what more  common,  are  nothing  more  than 
double-hung  and  casement  windows  laid  on  their 
sides.  The  horizontally  sliding  window  has  the 
advantage  of  fitting  into  the  long,  low  lines  char- 
acteristic of  the  modern  house.  It  needs  no  pulleys 
or  weights,  and  one  type  on  the  market  can  be 
removed  for  easy  cleaning. 

The  awning-type  window  has  a  casement  hinge 
at  the  top  instead  of  the  side.  Awning-type  win- 


WINDOWS 


dows  look  very  pretty,  indeed,  when  banked  up  in 
a  big  wall  of  glass;  they  cast  pleasant  shadows  on 
the  exterior  surfaces,  and  they  help  keep  out  the 
rain.  With  these  windows,  as  with  casements,  there 
is  a  screening  problem,  because  screens  can  only 
work  with  some  type  of  mechanical  operator. 

So  much  for  the  standard  types  of  windows. 
They  all  have  one  feature  in  common :  in  addition 
to  providing  a  view  and  letting  in  light,  they  all 
serve  as  ventilators.  This  dual  function — ventila- 
tion plus  light — has  been  taken  for  granted  for  so 
long  that  few  people  think  about  it.  But  among  the 
architects  who  have  been  re-examining  every  part 
of  the  house  an  interesting  question  has  arisen: 
why  do  windows  have  to  fill  this  dual  function? 
The  question  is  worth  asking,  because  if  the  answer 
is  that  they  don't  have  to,  you  have  a  freedom  in 
handling  the  outside  walls  of  your  house  you 
would  never  have  believed  possible. 

Let  us  say,  for  example,  that  you  would  like  to 
have  the  outside  wall  of  one  room  entirely  glass, 
and  by  entirely,  we  mean  from  wall  to  wall  and 
from  floor  to  ceiling.  Now,  if  this  glass  screen  had 
to  be  made  out  of  windows — windows,  that  is, 
which  could  be  opened  and  closed — it  would  be 
expensive,  complicated  to  build,  and  also  clumsy- 
looking,  because  the  frames  required  by  sash 
weights  or  hinges  are  thick.  If,  on  the  other  hand, 
you  accept  the  idea  that  ventilation  and  lighting 
do  not  necessarily  have  to  be  taken  care  of  by  the 
same  unit,  you  can  build  a  handsome,  inexpensive 
glass  wall  composed  of  one  or  two  big  sheets  of 
plate  glass,  like  a  shop  window,  or  a  larger  number 
of  panes  of  sheet  glass,  which  costs  less. 

Ventilation  then  becomes  a  problem  to  be  solved 
by  itself.  It  could  be  done  mechanically  by  turning 
on  a  blower  which  would  push  fresh  air  through 
registers  into  the  room  and  take  it  out  through 
other  registers.  During  the  winter  when  heat  is  re- 
quired, this  is  what  happens  anyway. 

There  is  another  solution,  however,  which  a  few 
architects  have  found  even  more  intriguing:  the 


arrangement  of  fixed  glass  to  let  in  the  light  and 
view,  and  smaller  windows  or  louvers  to  let  in  the 
air.  Combinations  of  movable  and  fixed  windows 
are  not  new.  The  louver  idea  is  still  unfamiliar, 
however.  Louvers  can  be  arranged  so  that  they 
look  like  shutters  on  each  side  of  the  window,  or 
they  can  be  installed  as  long,  narrow  slots  directly 
underneath  the  sill.  It  doesn't  matter  too  much 
how  they  are  placed  as  long  as  they  let  in  a  suffi- 
cient volume  of  air  to  ventilate  the  room  properly. 

MORE  LIGHT  EQUALS  LESS  GLARE 

The  great  virtue  of  the  divided  system  of  lighting 
and  ventilation  is  that  it  makes  possible  very  large 
windows — glass  walls,  in  fact— without  undue  ex- 
pense for  construction  or  weatherproofing.  It  is, 
therefore,  a  device  which  contributes  toward 
greater  freedom  in  design  than  we  have  had  hith- 
erto. Whether  the  ventilating  element  is  a  louver, 
window,  or  door  is  not  important:  the  freedom  is 
there.  But  what  about  big  windows?  Have  you 
ever  heard  anyone  say,  "It  must  be  dreadful  to 
live  in  one  of  those  modernistic  houses !  Think  how 
all  that  light  must  hurt  your  eyes!" 

Maybe  you  have  felt  this  way,  too.  But  did  you 
ever  hear  anyone  say,  "It  must  be  perfectly  dread- 
ful out  of  doors  where  all  that  light  hurts  your 
eyes"? 

The  answer,  of  course,  is  not  to  be  found  in  the 
quantity  of  light,  but  in  the  way  in  which  light  is 
used.  A  room  with  just  one  small  window  in  a  solid 
wall  can  be  very  hard  on  the  eyes,  not  because 
there  is  too  much  light,  but  because  the  contrast 
between  the  brilliant  patch  of  glass  and  the  dim 
surroundings  is  almost  unbearable.  In  such  interi- 
ors, to  which  all  of  us  have  been  exposed  at  one 
time  or  another,  the  light  shoots  in  through  the 
window  as  if  from  the  mouth  of  a  cannon,  and  its 
impact  can  be  comparably  unpleasant.  So,  strange 
as  it  may  seem  on  first  thought,  the  more  windows 
a  room  has — always  assuming  that  these  windows 

169 


WINDOWS 


have  been  properly  distributed  by  a  designer  who 
knows  what  he  is  about — the  softer  and  more 
pleasant  the  lighting  will  be. 

It  is  the  modern  architects,  and  their  eternal 
curiosity  about  things  everyone  else  has  taken  for 
granted,  that  has  brought  up  the  whole  subject  of 
daylighting  in  connection  with  the  home.  As  in  so 
many  other  instances,  they  have  learned  what  the 
problems  and  solutions  are  from  other  types  of 
buildings,  notably  factories  and  schools.  In  fac- 
tories daylighting  is  a  major  design  factor,  as  it 
has  an  appreciable  effect  on  worker  efficiency, 
profit  and  loss.  In  schools  there  have  been  other 
considerations:  the  well-being  of  the  pupils  de- 
pends to  so  great  an  extent  on  adequate  day- 
light that  there  are  state  laws  which  control  the 
minimum  size  of  windows.  These  laws  also  fix  the 
height  of  the  top  of  a  window,  since  it  has  been 
found  that  light  which  comes  in  through  the  top 
of  a  window  is  far  more  useful  than  that  which 
enters  at  the  bottom.  Light  from  the  bottom  is 
mostly  glare  while  top  light  is  soft,  usable  illumi- 
nation. In  house  design  this  fact  is  important. 

At  the  beginning  of  this  book  there  were  two 
chapters  devoted  almost  exclusively  to  the  prob- 
lems involved  in  designing  a  living-room.  Not  all 
of  the  problems  were  dealt  with,  however,  for  we 
might  approach  the  design  of  this  room  on  the 
basis  of  daylighting,  too. 

Let  us  assume,  therefore,  that  we  are  continuing 
the  design  of  the  living-room,  and  that  the  instruc- 
tions given  the  architect  demand  that  the  lighting 
be  so  worked  out  that  on  an  average  day  one  could 
read  or  write  comfortably  anywhere  in  it.  The  first 
thing  he  would  do  would  involve  the  creation  of 
a  window  starting  from  a  sill  four  or  five  feet  from 
the  floor,  going  up  as  close  to  the  ceiling  as  possi- 
ble, and  extending  from  wall  to  wall.  In  other 
words,  the  upper  half  of  the  wall  would  be  a  win- 
dow. You  wouldn't  like  this  window,  and  neither 
would  the  architect  for  that  matter,  because  the 
connection  between  interior  and  garden  would  be 
170 


lost,  and  the  view  would  be  spoiled,  since  it  could 
only  be  seen  when  one  was  standing  up.  In  prac- 
tice, therefore,  the  big  window  extends  much  far- 
ther down  towards  the  floor.  But  this  is  done  for 
considerations  other  than  daylighting. 

If  the  room  were  built  at  this  stage  of  the  design 
with  a  continuous  high  window  on  one  side,  the 
result  would  not  be  pleasant,  because  all  the  light 
would  be  coming  in  from  the  same  direction. 
Shadows  would  be  cast,  and  the  illumination 
would  fall  off  sharply  as  one  moved  away  from  the 
window  wall.  At  the  opposite  wall  it  would  drop 
to  one-tenth  its  initial  value,  which  means  that  the 
instructions  given  the  architect  would  not  be  car- 
ried out.  The  next  step,  therefore,  is  to  open  this 
opposite  wall,  too.  Now  the  situation  is  vastly  im- 
proved: illumination  is  far  more  even,  and  the 
room  is  infinitely  pleasanter.  But  this  procedure 
has  an  important  effect  on  the  plan.  Few  houses 
have  living-rooms  with  both  long  walls  exposed  on 
the  outside.  Usually  one  side  has  other  rooms  up 
against  it.  Here  modern  architecture  can  come  to 
the  rescue.  The  characteristic  long,  narrow  plan 
with  the  living-room  at  one  end  can  solve  the  prob- 
lem, or,  if  this  doesn't  work  out  conveniently,  the 
living-room  ceiling  can  be  raised  and  a  band  of 
clerestory  windows  installed. 

A  clerestory  window  is  nothing  more  than  a  high 
window  which  occurs  where  roofs  of  differing 
levels  come  together.  The  old  Gothic  cathedrals 
are  full  of  such  windows  in  the  walls  between  nave 
and  aisles,  and  much  of  their  atmosphere  is  due  to 
this  lighting  device.  It  can  be  used  in  homes  in  con- 
junction with  either  pitched  or  flat  roofs.  The 
clerestory  has  many  advantages:  for  one  thing,  it 
means  that  the  living-room  must  be  higher  than 
other  rooms,  something  most  people  like  anyway; 
for  another,  it  provides  the  balanced  lighting  we 
are  looking  for  without  the  need  to  plan  the  room 
with  both  long  walls  exposed.  In  Taliesen,  the 
home  of  Frank  Lloyd  Wright,  there  are  many 
rooms  with  windows  high  up  under  the  roof,  and 


WINDOWS 


they  are  extraordinarily  effective  decoration.  When 
the  sun  gets  around  to  them,  shafts  of  light  stream 
through,  giving  the  interiors  a  wonderfully  "alive" 
quality  owing  to  the  changes  of  lighting  as  the  sun 

moves  across  the  sky. 

• 

DAYLIGHTING    IS   A   SCIENCE 

The  living-room  we  have  tentatively  arrived  at, 
with  large,  continuous  glass  areas  on  one  side  and 
a  clerestory  band  on  the  other,  is  unusual  in  ap- 
pearance compared  to  ordinary  rooms,  but  it  has 
one  advantage  never  possessed  by  a  conventional 
interior:  since  the  light  is  good  everywhere,  furni- 
ture can  be  placed  wherever  you  please.  A  desk  or 
favorite  easy  chair  does  not  have  to  be  jammed  up 
against  a  small  window  to  be  usable,  and  mother's 
sewing  table  can  be  next  to  the  fireplace  if  she 
wants  it  there.  If  our  living-room  has  little  resem- 
blance to  conventional  interiors,  it  shows  an  as- 
tonishing similarity  to  the  wonderful  classrooms 
architects  have  been  installing  in  schools  on  the 
West  Coast. 

The  problem  given  our  hypothetical  architect — 
provision  of  good  reading  light  everywhere  in  the 
room — presents  an  absolute  necessity  in  the  case 
of  schools,  for  desks  are  all  over  the  classroom 
area  and  each  child  must  be  able  to  see  properly. 
School  architects  began  to  approach  the  problem 
in  much  the  same  manner  as  we  have  discussed  the 
living-room,  and  tests  with  light  meters  soon 
showed  that  the  theory  of  balanced  daylighting 
could  be  a  practical  reality.  This  is  what  happened 
in  California.  To  the  standard  windows  on  one 
wall,  a  new  set  on  the  opposite  wall  was  added. 
This  new  set  was  a  high  clerestory  band,  since 
there  was  always  a  corridor  along  one  side  of  the 
room.  Variations  were  tried.  In  one  case,  the  clere- 
story, instead  of  being  over  an  outside  wall,  was 
over  the  center  of  the  classroom ;  this  was  an  im- 
provement, for  it  brought  the  light  in  closer  to 
where  it  was  needed.  In  another  instance,  the  clere- 


story was  wrapped  around  two  walls;  this  helped 
even  more.  The  result  in  these  modern  schools 
was  that  the  standards  attained  by  the  new  window 
arrangements  w.ere  higher  than  those  established 
for  the  best  artificial  lighting.  Let  us  note  here  one 
very  important  point:  all  these  architects  were 
doing  the  same  thing.  They  were  scrapping  the 
conventional  window  pattern  in  favor  of  a  new 
approach  based  on  getting  the  right  amount  of 
daylight  exactly  where  it  was  needed.  Does  this 
sound  coldly  functional  and  completely  unlivable? 
Parents  who  have  seen  the  new  California  schools, 
and  visitors  to  homes  such  as  Taliesen,  do  not 
think  so.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  they  are  invariably 
captivated  by  the  warmth  and  beauty  of  these  new 
interiors. 

This  kind  of  "daylight  engineering" — for  that  is 
what  it  really  amounts  to — has  much  to  offer  build- 
ings of  all  types,  but  its  benefit  to  houses  is  par- 
ticularly great.  Think  of  what  it  would  mean,  for 
example,  to  have  a  kitchen  in  which  all  of  the  work 
surfaces,  even  those  in  the  most  remote  corners  of 
the  room,  were  bright,  easy  to  work  at,  and  clean. 
Imagine  what  it  would  be  like  always  to  be  able 
to  find  things  in  the  closets  without  putting  on  a 
light,  to  step  out  of  the  house  on  a  bright  summer 
day  without  having  to  squint  and  shield  your  eyes 
for  several  minutes  while  you  become  accustomed 
to  the  light,  to  be  able  to  see  with  equal  ease  in 
any  part  of  the  interior. 

If  houses  could  be  built  without  roofs,  and  rooms 
without  ceilings,  these  qualities  would  be  very  easy 
to  achieve.  For  our  homes  would  then  be  lighted 
by  the  most  nearly  perfect  lighting  surface  we  know 
anything  about — the  vault  of  the  sky.  This  surface, 
which  would  cost  hundreds  of  thousands  o£  dollars 
to  duplicate  over  the  extent  of  a  small  factory,  is 
capable  of  lighting  the  top  of  a  desk  or  work  table, 
shielded  from  direct  sunlight,  to  a  brightness  of  500 
to  1500  foot-candles  throughout  most  of  the  day 
most  of  the  year — five  to  fifty  times  the  intensity 
produced  by  the  best  artificial  lighting  installa- 

171 


WINDOWS 


tions.  The  sky  provides  even,  shadowless  illumina- 
tion from  all  directions,  and  particularly  from 
above,  where  it  is  of  the  most  value  for  seeing  pur- 
poses and  least  objectionable  from  the  standpoint 
of  glare.  It  costs  nothing  to  build  and  nothing  to 
operate,  and  is  available  to  all  but  the  most  be- 
nighted city  dwellers  in  practically  unlimited 
quantity. 

The  trouble  is  that  whenever  we  build  we  invari- 
ably construct  a  lid  that  cuts  out  80  to  90  per  cent 
of  the  sky  vault.  We  do  this  not  only  because  we 
have  to  have  something  to  keep  out  the  snow  and 
rain,  but  also  because  this  is  the  only  practicable 
shield  against  direct  sunlight,  which  is  far  from 
ideal  for  illuminating  purposes. 

Fortunately,  however,  it  is  not  necessary  to  use 
more  than  a  small  portion  of  the  sky  for  thoroughly 
satisfactory  lighting;  as  a  matter  of  fact,  a  good 
deal  less  than  20  per  cent  will  do  a  perfectly  good 
job.  In  England,  where  daylight  is  more  appreci- 
ated because  there  is  less  of  it,  engineers  have 
figured  out  that  as  little  as  2  per  cent  of  the  sky 
vault  is  capable  of  producing  acceptable  illumina- 
tion within  a  room.  This  quantity  is  based  on  a 
standard  of  illumination  described  quite  graph- 
ically as  the  "grumble  point."  This  point  is  nothing 
more  nor  less  than  the  one  at  which  most  people 
will  get  up  and  turn  on  the  lights  because  of  insuffi- 
cient daylight.  Obviously,  when  this  happens  about 
noon  on  a  clear  day,  when  there  is  every  reason  to 
expect  plenty  of  light  from  the  windows,  you  have 
a  condition  of  less-than-adequate  daylighting. 

This  is  a  very  low  standard  indeed.  For  really 
good  light,  suitable  for  close  work,  such  as  sewing, 
it  is  necessary  that  at  least  5  per  cent  of  the  whole 
area  of  the  sky  be  visible  from  the  point  where  the 
work  is  being  done.  This  is  enough  to  produce 
about  twenty  foot-candles  of  illumination  at  four 
in  the  afternoon  on  a  dull  December  day,  and 
about  ninety  foot-candles  at  noon  in  midsummer. 
In  the  average  room  it  is  the  kind  of  light  you  get 
within  a  few  feet  of  a  good-sized  window — pro- 
172 


vided  the  upper  part  of  the  window  is  not  ob- 
structed by  a  shade  or  curtain. 

How,  then,  do  we  get  this  kind  of  lighting 
throughout  the  house,  or  at  least  wherever  it  is 
really  needed?  First,  by  raising  the  tops  of  the  win- 
dows until  they  are  flush  with  the  ceiling,  which 
makes  a  better  looking  window  and  is  not  hard  to 
do  with  modern  structural  methods.  Second,  in 
large  rooms,  by  raising  the  height  of  the  ceiling 
itself.  A  good  rule  is  that  no  part  of  the  room 
should  be  more  than  one  and  a  half  times  the 
height  of  the  ceiling  away  from  a  window  wall.  To 
illustrate:  if  the  ceiling  is  eight  feet  high,  no  part  of 
the  room  should  be  more  than  twelve  feet  away 
from  a  window  wall.  Third,  and  most  important, 
by  spotting  clerestory  windows,  skylights  and  other 
small,  high  openings  where  they  are  needed  to  light 
the  interior  portions  of  the  house. 

Naturally,  good  lighting  cannot  be  the  only  con- 
sideration in  the  design  of  a  house,  and  such  de- 
vices must  be  used  with  skill  and  discretion  to 
avoid  an  awkward  hodgepodge  of  dormers  and 
skylights.  In  the  hands  of  a  skilled  modern  archi- 
tect, however,  openings  of  this  type  can  become 
real  design  features,  inside  as  well  as  out,  and  fre- 
quently offer  other  advantages  as  well.  A  prime 
example  of  this  is  the  type  of  inside  kitchen  which 
Frank  Lloyd  Wright  has  used  in  many  of  his 
houses,  where  the  ceiling  is  raised  well  above  the 
general  roof  line  and  ringed  on  four  sides  with 
small  windows  which  serve  as  excellent  exhaust 
ventilators  in  addition  to  letting  in  large  quantities 
of  diffuse  overhead  light.  Small,  high-up  dormers 
can  be  used  with  equally  good  effect  in  living- 
rooms  and  over  interior  hallways;  and  in  flat- 
roofed  houses,  perforations  in  the  ceiling,  capped 
by  inconspicuous  stock  skylights  for  weather  pro- 
tection, offer  similar  advantages. 

A  few  years  before  World  War  II  this  last  device 
was  used  to  produce  one  of  the  handsomest  and 
best  lighted  rooms  in  the  world:  the  reading-room 
of  a  library  designed  by  Alvar  Aalto,  Finland's 


WINDOWS 


greatest  architect.  The  ceiling  of  this  room  which 
is  very  large  and  very  high,  is  perforated  with 
scores  of  regularly  spaced  cylindrical  openings 
deep  enough  to  exclude  the  angular  rays  of  the  sun 
while  admitting  quantities  of  light  from  directly 
overhead.  This  is  the  only  light  the  room  receives, 
and  it  is  almost  ideal  illumination — perfectly  even 
throughout  the  whole  area,  completely  diffuse  and 
almost  directionless,  and  absolutely  without  glare. 
A  person  lying  on  his  back  on  one  of  the  work 
tables  would  see  at  once  that  this  arrangement  ob- 
serves the  first  and  only  rule  of  good  daylighting: 
that  a  large  percentage  of  the  sky  be  visible  from 
the  point  where  light  is  needed.  The  ordinary  vis- 
itor, however,  is  conscious  only  of  the  soft,  all- 
pervading  quality  of  the  light,  and  the  almost  per- 
fect working  conditions  provided. 

LIGHT  CONTROL 

Alvar  Aalto's  library  brings  up  another  impor- 
tant daylighting  problem — the  need  for  means  to 
control  light  at  the  openings  which  admit  it.  In  the 
Aalto  skylights  control  was  provided  by  the  design 
of  the  units  themselves,  which  were  ingeniously 
shaped  to  exclude  direct  sunlight.  The  same  effect 
can  also  be  achieved  in  properly  oriented  skylights 
of  the  familiar  "north  light"  variety,  and  in  clere- 
story and  dormer  windows  facing  in  the  same  di- 
rection. Most  windows,  however,  must  also  be  used 
to  provide  outlook  and  let  in  the  winter  sun,  and 
therefore  require  control  devices  of  the  flexible 
type.  Even  where  shades  or  blinds  are  not  needed 
to  filter  direct  sunlight,  some  means  must  be  pro- 
vided for  covering  big  areas  of  glass  at  night,  both 
for  privacy  and  for  the  sake  of  appearance. 

The  shades,  curtains,  and  draperies  which  ob- 
scure the  meager  windows  of  the  conventional 
house  were  originally  put  up  in  an  unsuccessful  and 
never-ending  effort  to  overcome  the  effects  of  poor 
daylighting.  The  ordinary  roller-type  shade,  for 
example,  is  usually  pulled  down  to  cover  the  up- 
per part  of  the  window  in  order  to  conceal  the  sky, 


which  is  too  bright  to  look  at  with  comfort  from  a 
badly  lighted  room.  Since  this  makes  the  room 
even  darker,  curtains  are  added  to  screen  at  least 
partially  that  portion  of  the  glass  which  remains 
exposed.  After  the  curtains  come  draperies,  and 
after  the  draperies,  over-drapes,  and  so  on,  ad 
infinitum.  These  items  not  only  effectively  shut  out 
most  of  the  light,  but  also  reduce  the  view  to  a 
bull's  eye  about  twelve  inches  square  in  the  center 
of  the  lower  part  of  the  "window." 

Modern  architecture  not  only  has  no  sympathy 
for  clutter  of  this  kind — it  has  no  need  for  it.  From 
a  really  well-lighted  room  a  generous  patch  of  sky 
is  as  comfortable  and  interesting  a  part  of  the  view 
as  it  is  from  under  your  favorite  shade  tree.  This, 
in  fact,  is  one  of  the  things  which  make  such  rooms 
so  much  a  part  of  the  out-of-doors:  the  sensation 
of  sitting  in  them  is  so  much  like  that  of  being  out- 
side. But  modern  windows  do  have  a  real  need  for 
flexible,  easily  manipulated  coverings  of  various 
kinds,  both  outside  and  inside  the  glass.  This  need 
is  best  approached  on  a  functional  basis. 

One  of  the  prime  functions  of  most  such  con- 
trols is  to  filter  or  exclude  direct  sunlight.  In  the 
chapter  on  solar  heating  we  describe  how  perma- 
nent, external  "hoods"  or  other  projections  may  be 
used  to  keep  the  summer  sun  from  entering  large 
windows,  but  this  device  is  at  its  best  only  on  south 
walls  and  may  not  provide  all  of  the  control  de- 
sired in  late  summer  when  the  sun  is  low  but  still 
hot.  Moreover,  such  projections  do  nothing  at  all 
to  temper  the  glare  of  the  winter  sun,  which  enters 
at  a  low  angle  and,  pleasant  as  it  is  at  certain 
times,  may  be  definitely  objectionable  at  others. 

In  discussing  the  best  means  for  controlling  sun- 
light, it  is  necessary  to  sort  out  a  number  of 
threads,  all  of  which  begin  at  a  common  point  but 
which  lead  in  opposite  directions.  Controls  for  a 
south  window,  protected  from  the  summer  sun  by 
an  outside  hood  or  roof  overhang,  are  very  differ- 
ent from  those  needed  by  a  west  window  facing  the 
full  glare  of  the  afternoon  sun  in  hot  weather.  In 

173 


WINDOWS 


the  first  instance,  the  problem  is  merely  to  diffuse 
and  soften  the  light;  in  the  second,  what  is  needed 
is  something  that  will  completely  exclude  sun  heat 
and  at  the  same  time  permit  the  window  to  func- 
tion as  a  ventilator. 

In  the  case  of  the  protected  south  window,  inside 
controls  such  as  curtains  and  shades  (whose  true 
function  is  to  diffuse  and  filter  sunlight)  will  do  a 
good  job,  as  will  inside  Venetian  blinds,  which  have 
the  advantage  of  blocking  the  direct  rays  while  re- 
flecting a  great  deal  of  light  up  against  the  ceiling 
and  deep  into  the  room.  In  the  case  of  the  west 
window,  outside  controls  such  as  awnings  or  ex- 
terior Venetian  blinds  are  needed. 

In  the  more  recently-built  commercial  buildings, 
where  air-conditioning  includes  cooling  as  well  as 
heating,  engineers  have  discovered  a  very  discon- 
certing series  of  facts,  which  hinge  once  again  on 
the  terrific  potency  of  solar  heat.  For  example,  if 
the  west  side  of  an  office  building  is  mostly  win- 
dows (and  it  has  to  be;  otherwise  you  couldn't  rent 
space  on  that  side  of  the  building),  the  "load"  on 
the  cooling  system  increases  tremendously.  The 
same  is  true  of  the  south  side  unless  projecting 
hoods  are  used,  and  to  a  smaller  degree,  of  the  east 
side.  In  other  words,  the  nicest  window  found  it- 
self in  the  position  of  being  the  air-conditioning 
engineer's  worst  enemy,  and  the  owner's,  too,  be- 
cause it  meant  having  to  get  rid  of  unwanted  heat. 
Immediately  people  began  wondering  what  could 
be  done. 

The  engineers  solved  the  whole  thing  very 
quickly  and  easily.  "Leave  out  the  windows,"  they 
said.  And  pretty  soon  the  magazines  and  Sunday 
supplements  were  full  of  all  sorts  of  idiotic  predic- 
tions about  the  building  of  the  future  which  would 
have  no  windows  and  in  fact  might  even  be  built 
underground  so  that  it  wouldn't  get  in  people's 
way  while  they  were  walking  around. 

In  factories,  to  be  sure,  the  windowless  building 
became  a  reality.  Many  of  our  biggest  war  plants 
have  no  windows  or  skylights  in  them  at  all.  But 
174 


here  the  problem  is  somewhat  different,  because  in 
a  big  factory  which  covers  dozens  of  acres,  the 
workers  can't  look  out  because  they  are  too  far 
from  the  outside  walls.  Therefore  the  question  of 
view  becomes  pretty  academic. 

The  more  rational  solutions  proposed  trapping 
the  sun  before  it  could  get  through  the  window. 
This  is  why  we  mentioned  exterior  Venetian  blinds. 
You  see,  if  the  sun's  radiant  heat  gets  through  the 
window,  the  damage  is  done.  It  doesn't  matter 
whether  there  are  blinds  inside  the  window  or  not. 
The  heat  is  already  in  the  room  and  must  then  be 
disposed  of  by  the  cooling  system.  If  the  sun  is 
trapped  before  it  passes  through  the  windows,  then 
it  never  does  get  inside  the  room  and  therefore 
never  becomes  a  problem. 

Trapping  the  sun  has  made  further  changes  in 
what  we  normally  consider  to  be  just  a  plain,  ordi- 
nary window.  In  Brazil,  for  example,  they  have 
built  strange  and  wonderful  skyscrapers  which  on 
the  sunny  side  resemble  nothing  so  much  as  a  huge 
egg  crate.  The  north  face  of  the  building  (south  to 
us)  is  built  not  like  a  flat  wall  with  windows  in  it, 
but  like  a  waffle-shaped  series  of  horizontal  and 
vertical  baffles.  In  New  York  City  there  is  a  town 
house  where  the  windows  are  covered  with  mov- 
able horizontal  fins,  which  do  a  very  good  job  of 
giving  light  and  privacy  to  the  interiors  without 
letting  the  sun  in  to  disrupt  the  air-cooling  system. 

If  the  exterior  blinds  are  made  of  aluminum  or 
some  other  highly  reflective  metal,  they  will  work 
particularly  well,  for  then  they  will  reflect  the  sun's 
heat  the  way  a  mirror  reflects  light,  and  no  heat  at 
all  will  be  absorbed.  In  other  words,  the  blinds 
themselves  won't  become  warm  and  thus  warm  the 
air  coming  through  them  into  the  building. 


THE    GOLDFISH    BOWL 

So  much  for  controlling  sunlight.  What  about 
some  of  the  other  control  problems?  What,  for  in- 
stance, about  controlling  the  neighbors?  How  can 


WINDOWS 


you  have  big  windows  and  still  retain  a  little 
privacy? 

The  answer  to  this  question  is  partly  a  matter  of 
planning  and  partly  a  matter  of  the  sensible  use  of 
curtains  and  drapes.  In  the  picture  section  which 
accompanies  this  chapter  you  will  find  a  number 
of  examples  of  houses  in  built-up  areas  which  have 
used  enormous  glass  surfaces  with,  if  anything,  even 
more  privacy  than  the  conventional  house  usually 
gets.  There  is  nothing  remarkable  about  the  vari- 
ous ways  this  has  been  done.  In  one  instance  the 
architect  solved  the  problem  by  building  a  high 
fence  around  the  garden — in  other  words,  by  mov- 
ing the  "curtain"  out  to  the  lot  line.  If  this  seems 
extreme,  remember  that  it  is  rarely  necessary  to 
build  a  wall  all  around  the  garden  to  accomplish 
the  purpose.  A  single  wall  jutting  out  from  the 
house  at  right  angles  to  the  window  will  usually  do 
the  trick,  and  at  the  same  time  provide  a  back- 
ground for  planting.  Often  planting  alone  will  be 
enough.  In  some  cases  putting  the  windows  in  the 
right  places  (vertically  as  well  as  horizontally)  will 
be  all  that  is  needed  to  avoid  a  "goldfish  bowl" 
effect. 

Whether  or  not  these  things  are  done,  you  will 
still  want  curtains  and  probably  drapes  to  cover 
the  window  glass  at  night,  and  to  take  care  of  those 
times  when  you  would  like  to  feel  a  little  shut  in. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  there  is  nothing  better  looking 
than  a  really  big  window  with  a  handsome,  barely 
translucent  drapery  half  drawn.  Far  from  proving 
the  big  window  a  "failure"  (as  has  sometimes  been 
argued),  such  a  use  of  draperies  to  fit  the  time  of 
year  and  the  mood  of  the  occupants  of  the  house 
serves  to  demonstrate  one  of  the  biggest  advan- 
tages of  the  true  window- wall:  big  windows  are  the 
only  kind  that  can  be  made  large  and  small  as  you 
see  fit;  small  ones  have  to  stay  that  way  unless  you 
want  to  call  in  a  carpenter  or  chop  away  the  wall 
yourself  with  an  ax. 

Earlier  in  this  chapter  we  mentioned  the  use  of 
double  glass  to  reduce  the  tendency  of  heat  to  leak 


through  ordinary  windows,  at  a  prodigious  rate  in 
comparison  with  modern  insulated  walls.  Double 
glass  reduces  this  heat  loss  by  about  one-half,  but 
still  leaves  a  lot  to  be  desired.  Here  again  is  an  op- 
portunity for  window  controls  to  be  functional  as 
well  as  decorative.  A  good  drapery,  lined  and  in- 
terlined with  heavy  material,  is  an  investment 
which  any  householder  who  wants  large  windows 
can  well  afford,  since  it  will  pay  for  itself  in  reduced 
fuel  bills  long  before  it  wears  out.  Provision  for 
draperies  of  this  kind  in  the  original  plans  of  the 
house  will  permit  them  to  be  pulled  entirely  free  of 
the  window  in  the  daytime  and  to  cover  all  or  most 
of  the  window  at  night,  thus  admitting  quantities 
of  solar  heat  in  the  daytime,  and  reducing  heat 
losses  substantially  when  the  traffic  is  all  in  the 
other  direction. 

Pre-planned  draperies  are  no  novelty  in  modern 
house  design  and  are  typical  of  the  extra  care  and 
thought  which  go  into  this  type  of  house.  Provision 
of  "pockets"  where  draperies  and  Venetian  blinds 
can  be  furled  so  that  they  do  not  obstruct  the 
glazed  area  adds  little  to  the  cost  of  a  big  window 
and  much  to  the  satisfaction  of  using  it.  In  some 
cases,  particularly  in  the  case  of  Venetian  blinds 
which  are  not  very  handsome  when  pulled  up  over- 
head, such  pockets  are  enclosed  in  the  construction 
and  out  of  sight.  In  others — and  especially  where 
the  drapery  material  is  a  decorative  element  in  the 
room — there  are  recesses  in  the  wall  alongside  the 
window  opening  big  enough  to  accommodate  the 
folded  material. 

This  sums  up  what  we  have  to  say  about  win- 
dows. They  are  infinitely  more  than  a  "style"  fea- 
ture: they  can  take  care  of  some  heating  in  winter, 
they  can  give  furniture  placing  infinitely  more  free- 
dom, they  alone  can  provide  a  truly  intimate  rela- 
tionship between  garden  and  house,  and  they  can 
combine  the  enjoyment  of  view  with  the  enjoyment 
of  privacy.  One  of  the  really  great  contributions  of 
the  modern  house  is  its  bold  and  generous  use  of 
glass  areas. 

175 


CHAPTER   FIFTEEN 


SOLAR  HEATING 


THE  STORY  OF  solar  heating  offers  what  is  probably 
the  best  of  these  peculiar  chains  of  influence  which 
are  to  be  seen  so  often  in  the  development  of  the 
modern  house.  When  architects  in  this  country  and 
Europe  began  to  experiment  with  new  shapes  and 
plans  and  structures  for  buildings,  one  of  the  fea- 
tures which  became  practically  universal  was  the 
big  window,  expanded  in  many  instances  to  the 
point  where  it  became  a  glass  wall.  A  great  many 
reasons  were  advanced  for  the  introduction  of  these 
large  glass  areas.  There  was  the  fact,  hard  to  dis- 
pute, that  the  view  when  seen  through  a  big  win- 
dow is  nicer  than  if  seen  through  a  small  one.  But 
not  many  houses  had  good  views.  Then  there  was 
the  argument,  supported  by  the  findings  of  the 
physiologists,  that  less  eye  strain  was  produced  in 
a  room  with  glass  walls  than  in  one  with  just  slots 
for  windows.  It  was  also  the  contention,  based  not 
on  scientific  fact  but  on  an  emotion  shared  by 
practically  everyone,  that  a  room  flooded  with  sun- 
light was  far  more  agreeable  than  a  dark,  dingy 
interior. 

The  architects  who  began  building  "glass 
houses"  thirty  or  forty  years  ago  had  other  reasons 
for  their  seemingly  extravagant  procedure,  reasons 
which  stemmed  from  purely  esthetic  developments 
all  through  the  field  of  art,  notably  in  painting. 
They  didn't  talk  about  these  esthetic  reasons  to 
their  clients  because  they  felt — quite  rightly — that 
if  the  typical  homeowner  were  going  to  be  sold  on 
the  idea  of  installing  acres  of  plate  glass  in  his 
176 


house,  he  would  have  to  be  given  a  good  practical 
reason  for  doing  so. 

It  was  in  the  Germany  of  the  Weimar  Republic 
that  modern  buildings  were  put  up  in  the  greatest 
quantities  and  frequently  in  the  most  interesting 
forms.  The  architects  of  this  period,  which  included 
most  of  the  1920's,  had  a  theory  about  their  glass 
buildings  which  they  proceeded  to  put  into  effect. 
The  theory  sounded  very  good.  It  was  that  a  long 
building,  running  north  and  south,  would  have  its 
longest  sides  exposed  to  the  east  and  west.  This 
meant,  according  to  the  theory,  that  the  east  rooms 
would  get  sun  all  morning  and  the  west  rooms 
would  get  sun  all  afternoon. 

Once  built,  the  structures  themselves  punched 
the  theory  full  of  holes.  In  the  first  place,  the  cost 
of  heating  these  buildings  was  excessive.  In  the 
second  place,  the  cheerful  morning  sun  varied  with 
the  seasons.  In  midsummer  there  was  plenty  of 
sunlight  coming  in  from  the  east,  while  in  mid- 
winter, when  the  sun  rose  far  to  the  south,  there 
was  only  a  short  time  in  which  these  rooms  re- 
ceived the  dubious  benefits  of  their  western  expo- 
sure. In  the  third  place,  people  living  in  the  west 
rooms  found  that  for  most  of  the  year  this  exposure 
was  practically  intolerable.  The  interiors  were  blis- 
tered in  summer  by  the  late  afternoon  sun,  and  the 
strong  light  coming  in  at  a  very  low  angle  was  un- 
pleasant and  hard  to  screen  out  with  shades. 

The  important  thing  about  these  early  experi- 
mental buildings  was  not  that  they  failed  but  that 


SOLAR  HEATING 


they  were  trying  something  new.  They  were  trying 
to  bring  the  house  into  more  intimate  contact  with 
its  natural  environment  through  the  use  of  sun- 
light. One  result  was  that  scientists,  not  architects, 
began  to  ask  questions  about  what  sunlight  did  do 
and  how  one  should  go  about  getting  the  maximum 
benefits  from  it. 

THE   SUN  AS  A  HEATER 

That  the  sun  throws  off  a  great  deal  of  energy  has 
been  clearly  understood  for  a  long  time.  A  phys- 
icist can  tell  you  that  the  amount  of  solar  energy 
which  heats  the  earth's  atmosphere  adds  up  to 
about  430  horsepower  per  acre.  This  is  a  lot  of 
energy.  The  first  presentation  of  these  facts  that 
made  sense  in  terms  of  house  design  came  from  a 
report  published  by  a  committee  of  the  Royal  In- 
stitute of  British  Architects  in  1932.  The  British  re- 
port figured  out  the  number  of  hours  of  sunlight 
received  each  day  on  walls  facing  the  different 
points  of  the  compass. 

Somewhat  later  the  American  Society  of  Heating 
and  Ventilating  Engineers  carried  this  investiga- 
tion one  step  further  by  measuring  the  amount  of 
heat  landing  on  these  different  walls.  True,  the 
Society  was  concerned  with  the  problems  of  sum- 
mer cooling  rather  than  winter  heating,  but  its 
work  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  sunlight  on 
outside  walls  produces  substantial  quantities  of 
heat  inside  the  room.  At  this  point  designers  began 
to  realize  that  they  had  a  yardstick  ready  at  hand 
by  which  they  could  compare  solar  heat  quite  ac- 
curately with  the  amount  produced  by  the  furnace. 

Thus,  barely  ten  years  ago,  a  possible  justifica- 
tion for  the  glass  wall  came  into  being :  if  somehow 
this  solar  energy  could  be  converted  into  heat  in- 
side the  house,  there  would  be  a  way  of  reducing 
fuel  bills. 

The  main  thing  revealed  by  the  British  architects' 
study  was  the  reason  that  the  east  and  west  orien- 
tation had  not  worked.  It  was  because  the  walls 


which  got  the  most  sun  in  winter  faced  neither  east 
nor  west  but  south.  So  architects  began  to  think  in 
terms  of  glass  walls  on  the  south  side,  and  here 
they  made  a  discovery  so  simple  and  so  obvious 
that  today  we  wonder  why  people  didn't  do  some- 
thing about  it  long  before. 

The  problem  of  the  house  in  relation  to  solar 
heating  is  a  double  one.  In  winter  we  want  to  let 
the  sun's  heat  in  and  in  summer  we  want  to  keep  it 
out.  Fortunately,  the  mechanics  of  the  solar  system 
make  this  very  easy.  In  winter  the  midday  sun  is 
very  low  and  in  summer  it  is  very  high.  Thus  it  was 
possible  to  install  a  permanent  sun  shade  which 
projected  out  over  a  south  window  so  that  in  the 
summertime  no  direct  sunlight  got  inside  the 
rooms.  In  winter  the  same  window,  with  the  same 
sun  shade,  was  flooded  with  light.  This  solved  the 
problem  of  how  to  admit  the  heat  in  the  winter 
when  you  wanted  it  and  how  to  keep  it  out  in  the 
summer  when  it  only  made  trouble.  Let  us  note  at 
this  point  that  it  also  changed  the  appearance  of 
the  house  because  previously  it  had  not  been  nor- 
mal practice  to  build  sun  shades  over  windows. 

But  new  questions  popped  up  as  fast  as  the  old 
ones  were  settled.  To  get  the  full  benefit  of  sun  on 
the  south,  this  wall  had  to  be  made  almost  entirely 
of  glass.  In  the  typical  Colonial  house,  one-sixth  of 
the  wall  area,  or  less,  contained  windows.  The  rest 
was  solid,  and,  if  it  was  insulated  to  boot,  this  solid 
wall  was  very  effective  in  keeping  the  heat  in.  Once 
the  glass  wall  was  accepted,  however,  it  was  clear 
enough  that  the  system  would  function  admirably 
so  long  as  the  sun  was  shining,  for  the  amount  of 
heat  that  got  in  through  the  glass  would  be  much 
greater  than  that  which  leaked  out.  But  what  about 
night  time  and  cloudy  days?  Here  it  was  perfectly 
clear  that  there  would  be  no  gain  and  all  loss,  and 
the  question  to  be  answered  was:  would  the  bal- 
ance sheet  at  the  end  of  an  average  winter  show  a 
bigger  fuel  bill  or  a  saving? 

A  few  years  ago  a  student  at  Columbia  Univer- 

177 


SOLAR  HEATING 


sity,  Henry  Fagin,  took  precisely  this  theme  for 
his  graduate  thesis.  He  considered  a  solid  brick 
wall  with  plaster  and  a  wall  made  of  a  single  thick- 
ness of  glass.  He  compared  these  walls,  not  to  see 
which  was  the  better  looking  or  more  durable  or 
anything  like  that;  but  to  find  out  which  kind  of 
wall  would  make  a  building  cheaper  to  heat.  Some 
people,  when  learning  of  this  study,  must  have 
thought  that  he  was  absolutely  crazy,  for  anyone 
knows  that  you  lose  less  heat  through  a  brick  wall 
than  through  a  single  sheet  of  glass,  which  has 
practically  no  insulation  value  whatever. 

Fagin  knew  this,  too.  But  he  also  knew  that  the 
transmission  of  heat  in  a  building  is  a  kind  of  two- 
way  street.  When  the  sun  beats  on  the  outside 
walls,  heat  goes  into  the  building.  And  when  it 
isn't  heating  an  outside  wall,  then  heat  leaks  out. 
The  problem  Fagin  set  himself  was  to  find  out  in 
which  direction  the  traffic,  so  to  speak,  was  the 
heaviest.  Because*  if  a  glass  wall  let  in  more  heat 
during  the  day  than  it  could  possibly  let  out  during 
the  night,  there  would  be  a  net  gain  of  heat  which 
would  be  reflected  in  the  fuel  bills.  Then  the  argu- 
ment of  brick  versus  glass  would  be  settled. 

Fagin  found  out  that  if  any  zone  having  a 
winter  climate  similar  to  that  of  New  York  one 
built  a  house  whose  south  wall  was  entirely  of 
glass,  that  house  would  be  cheaper  to  heat  (on  a 
ten-year  average,  let  us  say,  since  some  winters 
have  more  sun  than  others)  than  if  there  were  no 
windows  at  all  on  the  south  wall,  with  solid  brick 
and  plaster  used  to  keep  the  heat  in.  There  are 
parts  of  the  United  States  where  this  would  not 
be  true  because  of  climatic  conditions,  but  these 
parts  are  few  and  cover  a  surprisingly  small  area. 
One  is  the  section  which  runs  from  the  shore 
of  Lake  Erie  200  to  300  miles  to  the  southeast.  The 
other  is  the  seaboard  of  Oregon  and  Washington, 
notorious  for  its  persistent  winter  fogs.  In  virtually 
every  other  part  of  the  country  windows  on  south 
walls  are  likely  to  pay  off. 
178 


The  modern  architects  tried  a  new  tack.  "Why," 
they  asked,  "should  we  calculate  only  the  heat  lost 
through  this  wall  of  glass  on  the  south  side?  Why 
not  figure  out  what  would  happen  if  the  plan  of  the 
whole  house  were  modified  to  take  full  advantage 
of  solar  heating?"  Here  the  facts  of  life — or  rather 
of  nature — came  to  the  rescue.  Few  home  builders 
wished  to  put  rooms  on  the  north  side  of  the  house 
if  they  could  help  it,  for  they  knew  from  experience 
that  such  rooms  were  the  least  comfortable.  So  a 
shift  was  made  in  the  plan :  the  house  was  stretched 
out  so  that  most  of  the  rooms  would  face  south, 
and  for  the  north  side  the  architect  reserved  clos- 
ets, bathrooms,  stairs,  and  hallways — spaces  which 
require  no  windows  at  all  or  fairly  small  ones. 
Thus  the  first  step  was  achieved.  Window  sizes  on 
the  most  exposed  of  the  four  walls  were  cut  down, 
but  without  detriment  to  the  livability  of  the  house. 
On  the  east  side  windows  were  left  at  about  aver- 
age size,  since  the  morning  sun  is  pleasant  all  year 
round,  but  on  the  west  side,  where  summer  sun 
heat  is  the  source  of  extreme  discomfort,  there 
grew  up  a  tendency  to  eliminate  most  of  the  win- 
dows, or  at  least  to  shade  them  from  the  sun.  The 
sum  total  of  this  procedure  was  that  the  house  be- 
gan to  look  like  a  glass  house  only  if  it  were  seen 
from  one  or  two  sides  at  the  most,  and  this  is  why 
in  so  many  of  the  more  recent  modern  houses  some 
of  the  views  show  great  expanses  of  wall  undis- 
turbed by  any  windows  whatever.  As  a  final  refine- 
ment in  the  evolution  of  what  people  have  begun 
to  call  the  solar  house,  its  axis  was  shifted  slightly 
to  the  west.  By  this  shift  the  east  wall  gets  a  little 
more  sun  than  it  used  to  and  so  does  the  north  wall 
in  the  summertime.  When  World  War  II  broke 
out,  there  were  only  a  few  solar  houses  in  existence 
that  demonstrated  all  of  these  refinements.  Never- 
theless, a  workable  procedure  had  been  established. 
The  solar  house  began  to  receive  national  public- 
ity. But  it  still  posed  many  an  unanswered  ques- 
tion. 


SOLAR  HEATING 


PROBLEMS  AND  POSSIBILITIES 
Any  housewife  knows  what  the  sun  does  to  fab- 
rics. She  knows  that  it  will  make  almost  any  color 
fade,  that  it  raises  the  very  devil  with  curtains, 
lampshades,  rugs,  upholstery  fabrics,  pictures,  and 
even  the  paint  on  the  walls.  For  this  problem  a 
solution  has  yet  to  be  found.  Part  of  it  involves  the 
utmost  care  in  selecting  materials  whose  colors  are 
closest  to  being  sunproof.  Some  of  it  is  still  waiting 
for  the  chemists,  who  will  have  to  develop  colors 
more  permanent  than  any  found  hitherto.  The 
glass  companies  also  have  a  part  to  play  in  the  de- 
velopment of  special  materials  which  will  let  in  the 
sun's  heat  but  screen  out  those  light  waves  which 
do  the  most  damage  to  synthetic  and  natural  dyes. 
Some  such  glasses  are  already  on  the  market.  They 
have  a  disadvantage  in  that  they  are  slightly  tinted. 
They  are  usable,  however,  if  they  are  placed  care- 
fully. The  simplest  solution,  however,  is  probably 
to  be  found  in  the  dyes  themselves,  and  injudicious 
use  of  such  items  as  Venetian  blinds,  which  will  let 
the  sun's  heat  get  through  the  window  while  keep- 
ing the  direct  rays  off  paint  and  fabric. 

The  most  interesting,  perhaps,  of  all  the  possi- 
bilities of  solar  heating  involves  what  we  might  call 
the  reservoir  principle.  This  can  be  illustrated  by 
an  example.  People  who  live  in  all-wood  houses  of 
the  solar  type  have  found  that  they  tend  to  become 
overheated  while  the  sun  is  shining  and  to  cool  off 
almost  instantly  when  the  sun  goes  behind  a  cloud. 
In  houses  with  concrete  floors  the  reverse  happens. 
The  floors  absorb  much  of  the  solar  energy  while 
the  sun  is  shining,  and  it  may  be  hours,  or  even  all 
night,  before  the  floor  cools  down  to  the  point 
where  it  is  no  longer  giving  off  a  certain  amount  of 


heat.  This  happens  because  the  massive  concrete 
has  a  greater  capacity  than  wood  for  absorbing  and 
storing  heat.  The  old  tireless  cooker  was  nothing 
more  than  a  practical  utilization  of  this  simple 
principle. 

Here,  as  in  the  case  of  the  sun  shade,  we  find 
that  the  sun  is  again  influencing  the  design  of  the 
house  in  quite  an  unexpected  way.  A  floor  which 
can  store  the  sun's  heat  during  the  day  and  give  it 
off  during  the  evening  will  have  an  effect,  and  a 
pretty  important  one,  on  the  total  fuel  bill.  But  use 
of  a  concrete  slab  modifies  the  whole  house  plan, 
for  it  tends  to  force  the  design  to  one  story  rather 
than  two  and,  incidentally,  to  bring  the  house  into 
much  closer  contact  with  the  surrounding  land- 
scape than  it  was  before. 

This,  in  the  sketchiest  possible  form,  is  the  story 
of  solar  heating.  It  is  typical  of  the  very  best  devel- 
opments in  modern  house  design  because  it  works 
with  nature  instead  of  fighting  it  with  gadgets.  In 
the  process  the  whole  design  of  the  house  is  modi- 
fied. With  the  sun  shades  or  overhanging  eaves  the 
house  grows  eyebrows,  so  to  speak.  Through  the 
heavy  concrete  slab,  laid  directly  on  the  ground, 
the  outdoors  and  indoors  are  brought  into  closer 
contact  with  each  other.  Highlighting  the  impor- 
tance of  varying  the  amount  of  window  area  on  each 
side  of  the  house,  gives  each  wall  its  own  individual 
character  and  modifies  the  plan  of  the  rooms  inside 
for  the  better.  From  here  on  in,  anyone  who  plans 
a  house  without  giving  serious  consideration  to  the 
operation  of  the  solar  house  principle  is  missing 
a  wonderful  chance  to  get  a  better  house,  a  more 
interesting  house,  and  a  house  that  is  cheaper  to 
run. 


179 


CHAPTER  SIXTEEN 


PUTTING  THE  PIECES 

TOGETHER 


So  FAR  WE  have  approached  the  problems  of  house 
design  through  specific  problems,  such  as  planning 
for  storage,  meals,  relaxation,  and  so  on.  In  actual- 
ity, when  a  house  is  being  designed,  study  of  the 
details  and  the  plan  as  a  whole  proceed  almost 
simultaneously.  Whatever  is  done  to  an  individual 
space,  such  as  a  bedroom,  has  an  effect  on  the 
spaces  related  to  it.  Until  all  the  small  ideas  have 
been  merged  in  a  smoothly  working  over-all  plan, 
there  can  be  no  house. 

The  plan  of  a  house  as  opposed  to  the  separate 
plans  of  its  individual  parts  is  the  result  of  a  com- 
plex process  of  give  and  take.  It  is  rare  indeed  to 
find  a  house  where  no  compromise  has  been  made 
at  any  point  along  the  line.  Involved  as  this  process 
of  fitting  and  patching  may  be,  however,  essentially 
it  is  not  particularly  mysterious.  Just  as  the  design 
of  a  closet  depends  on  how  much  clothing  you  have 
to  put  in  it,  so  the  working  out  of  the  house  plan  is 
also  the  result  of  the  operation  of  equally  compre- 
hensible factors. 

First  of  these  is  the  lot  itself,  which  may  be  flat 
or  steep,  regular  or  irregular.  The  successful  plan 
will  treat  the  house  and  the  lot  as  a  single  unit.  The 
lot  provides  the  immediate  view  and  space  for  out- 
door living.  Both  must  be  related  intimately  to  the 
house  itself.  Sunlight,  as  we  have  already  seen,  is 
180 


rapidly  becoming  an  almost  equally  potent  factor. 
An  understanding  of  the  benefits  of  solar  radiation 
has  had  a  tremendous  influence  on  planning  con- 
cepts, and  it  has  begun  to  turn  the  house  from  a 
squarish  box  into  a  long  and  narrow  one  so  that  a 
maximum  number  of  rooms  can  get  the  benefits  of 
midday  sunlight.  Almost  as  important  a  factor  is 
the  direction  from  which  the  prevailing  breezes 
come  in  summer  and  in  winter. 

Zoning  has  become  a  common  word  in  our 
cities.  To  date,  however,  few  people  have  tried  to 
apply  it  to  the  house.  In  connection  with  the  house, 
all  it  means  is  that  certain  major  types  of  activities 
are  grouped  for  maximum  convenience  and  for 
privacy.  A  "zoned"  house  will  have  one  or  two 
sleeping  areas,  isolated  as  much  as  possible  from 
the  noisier  rooms.  It  will  have  a  work  center,  which 
may  also  be  a  part-time  living  area.  It  will  have  a 
service  group,  including  heater,  laundry,  and  pos- 
sibly a  portion  of  the  kitchen;  and  finally  it  will 
have  the  general  living  section,  which  may  include 
outside  as  well  as  inside  space. 

Still  another  factor  which  often  forces  further 
compromises  is  the  point  of  access.  At  some  loca- 
tion on  the  perimeter  of  the  lot  there  has  to  be  a 
sidewalk  to  the  front  door  and  a  drive  to  the  ga- 
rage. Too  many  home  builders  persist  in  consider- 


PUTTING  THE  PIECES  TOGETHER 


ing  these  separately.  In  today's  house — and  this 
will  be  even  more  true  in  tomorrow's — the  entrance 
most  frequently  used  is  the  automobile  drive  and 
not  the  pedestrian  path.  If  the  two  can  be  merged 
and  a  service  entrance  included,  planning  will  be 
immensely  simplified,  landscape  costs  will  be 
somewhat  reduced,  and  convenience  will  be  en- 
hanced. 

A  few  decades  ago  the  main  rooms  of  a  house 
were  invariably  placed  on  the  street  side.  For  this 
there  were  good  reasons.  Streets  were  relatively 
safe  and  quiet.  Today  the  street  can  offer  nothing 
more  than  noise,  gasoline  fumes,  and  danger,  and 
there  has  been  a  steadily  growing  tendency,  there- 
fore, to  reverse  the  old  approach  and  put  the 
living-rooms  at  the  back  where  they  could  be  tied 
in  with  the  family's  private  garden. 

PERIMETER  VERSUS  BUDGET 

The  most  inexpensive  type  of  medium-sized  house 
that  can  be  built  is  a  cube  with  living-rooms  down- 
stairs and  sleeping-rooms  upstairs.  Whenever  the 
perimeter  of  this  familiar  plan  is  made  larger,  costs 
go  up.  It  happens  to  be  an  unfortunate  fact  that  all 
of  the  modern  tendencies  in  house  planning,  such 
as  those  listed  immediately  above,  operate  to  pro- 
duce a  house  with  maximum  perimeter.  Zoning, 
for  example,  operates  more  conveniently  with  a 
one-story  house.  So  does  the  intimate  relationship 
between  rooms  and  garden,  which  people  are  com- 
ing to  prefer.  The  long,  narrow  plan  designed  to 
get  the  most  out  of  solar  radiation  also  increases 
the  perimeter  of  the  house. 

At  this  point  there  is  only  one  thing  for  the  home 
builder  and  his  architect  to  do.  Maximum  economy 
must  be  balanced  with  maximum  livability.  You 
can't  have  both.  Where  cost  is  no  consideration, 
there  is  no  problem.  Most  of  us,  however,  have  to 
consider  cost,  and  carefully.  Here  again  you  will 
find  that  compromise  is  probably  the  solution. 
Maybe  some  of  the  desirable  features  of  zoning 


will  have  to  go  by  the  boards.  Maybe  only  two  bed- 
rooms can  face  south  instead  of  all  four.  But  every 
item  making  for  greater  livability  should  be  fought 
for  until  it  is  obvious  that  the  budget  is  nearing  the 
breaking  point. 

The  minimum  dogma  with  which  so  many  plan- 
ners were  infected  had  a  short  life  but  a  hectic  one. 
The  results,  however,  were  by  no  means  all  bad. 
For  one  thing,  the  open  plan,  with  its  many  vir- 
tues, received  a  great  impetus.  For  another,  archi- 
tects and  builders  who  had  been  notoriously 
wasteful  in  the  way  they  spent  their  customers' 
money  began  to  be  somewhat  more  practical  and 
considerate.  Nevertheless,  the  tendency  to  squeeze 
down  the  size  of  the  house  should  be  resisted  as 
much  as  the  budget  will  permit. 

A  bedroom  the  size  of  a  third-class  steamer 
cabin  can  be  a  satisfactory  sleeping  compartment, 
but  a  bedroom  big  enough  to  be  used  as  a  sitting- 
room  is  nice,  too.  A  large  living-room  has  greater 
flexibility  and  use  potentialities  than  a  small  one. 
A  separate  dining-room,  if  you  can  swing  it,  has 
advantages.  Small  kitchens  can  be  efficient,  but  we 
will  take  a  large  one  any  time  we  are  given  the 
choice.  Small  bathrooms,  on  the  other  hand,  are 
good  for  very  little  unless  they  are  used  by  one  per- 
son, and  there  are  few  families  which  can  afford 
the  extreme  luxury  of  one  bath  for  each  member. 
An  adequate  family  bath  takes  a  space  of  more 
than  a  hundred  square  feet,  the  size  of  a  small 
bedroom.  This  is  good  space  and  it  costs  good 
money.  Once  again,  convenience  will  have  to  be 
balanced  against  the  budget. 

The  "space  versus  money"  problem  does  not 
solve  itself  with  a  series  of  simple  rules.  The  inge- 
nuity of  the  designer  can  work  wonders  here.  Take 
one  example,  a  living-room.  Let  us  say  that  the 
living-room  is  going  to  be  eleven  by  sixteen  feet. 
This  is  a  small  room,  but  perhaps  no  more  space 
can  be  afforded.  If  there  just  happened  to  be  a 
screened  porch  alongside  the  living-room  and  some 

181 


PUTTING  THE   PIECES  TOGETHER 


sliding  doors  in  the  walls  between,  the  living-room 
would  still  be  eleven  by  sixteen  but  for  five  or  more 
months  of  the  year  it  might  expand  easily  and 
cheaply  to  become  an  enclosed  area  of  twenty  by 
sixteen.  Where  space  is  at  a  premium  big  windows 
can  work  wonders,  for  these,  used  in  conjunction 
with  low  garden  walls,  trellises,  and  other  cheap 
exterior  features,  can  create  the  impression  that  the 
space  available  is  much  larger  than  is  actually  the 
fact.  Right  here  is  where  the  topnotch  architect  is 
more  than  worth  his  fee,  because  he  can  create  the 
illusion  of  additional  space  without  making  you 
spend  the  money  to  build  it. 

HOW  WILL   IT   LOOK? 

At  some  point  in  the  planning  process,  this  ques- 
tion arises.  Rooms  have  been  efficiently  planned 
and  carefully  related  to  one  another.  The  entrance 
is  in  the  right  place,  the  quiet  rooms  are  off  by 
themselves,  the  view  and  sunlight  have  been  taken 
care  of— but  what  is  it  going  to  look  like?  The  con- 
ventional design  approach  can  completely  wreck  a 
good  house  plan  at  this  stage,  if  you  let  it.  And  pre- 
conceived notions  of  the  proper  appearance  of  the 
house  seen  from  the  outside  have  very  little  to  do 
with  a  plan  worked  out  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
modern  living.  Up  to  this  point  we  have  advocated 
compromise  as  a  desirable,  even  necessary  expedi- 
ent. Now  our  advice  is  the  reverse.  Do  anything 
but  compromise.  Let  the  house  look  the  way  it 
really  is.  If  your  lot  is  a  hillside  and  common  sense 
demands  that  you  put  the  garage  in  the  attic  and 
the  bedrooms  two  floors  below,  don't  fret  because 
this  is  a  violent  departure  from  grandmother's  Co- 
lonial farmhouse.  Of  course  it  is,  but  you  aren't 
grandmother.  If  everyone  who  comes  to  visit  you 
arrives  by  car,  don't  make  the  architect  shove  in  a 
front  door  in  the  center  of  the  house  just  because 
that  is  the  way  all  the  other  houses  in  the  neighbor- 
hood are  equipped. 


Preconceived  ideas  are  poison.  It  is  a  pretty  safe 
rule  that  if  a  planning  solution  is  thoroughly  work- 
able it  is  not  going  to  be  difficult  to  design  an  ex- 
terior which  will  be  agreeable  in  appearance.  It 
may  be  unconventional.  Maybe  the  bathrooms 
will  have  big  windows  instead  of  little  ones.  Maybe 
the  kitchen  will  be  next  to  the  front  door  instead 
of  the  back  door.  Maybe  it  won't  even  look  like  a 
house  at  all  to  those  who  are  accustomed  to  sym- 
metrical fronts  with  two  shutters  on  every  window. 
Nevertheless,  in  its  personal,  modern  way,  it  will 
be  a  good-looking  house. 

For  the  modern  architect  who  knows  his  trade, 
planning  and  design,  building  and  site,  house  and 
family,  all  form  a  single  package.  The  product  he 
creates  is  a  live  thing.  It  fits  the  people  for  whom 
it  was  designed,  it  expresses  the  time  they  live  in 
and,  above  all,  it  works,  psychologically  as  well  as 
physically.  It  does  all  of  these  things  because  it  was 
conceived  in  a  creative  manner  and  not  taken  out 
of  a  copybook.  Behind  the  finished  product  is  a 
flexible,  inquiring  attitude.  Everything  in  such  a 
house  makes  sense.  It  may  have  walls  of  stainless 
steel  or  plywood,  or  they  may  be  of  the  rough- 
hewn  masonry  used  in  the  neighborhood  for  hun- 
dreds of  years.  For  the  modern  architect  these 
choices  are  incidental  and  not  basic.  For  him  there 
are  rules  but  they  are  fundamental  rules:  the  fam- 
ily and  its  ways  of  living  dictate  the  plan,  the  plan 
determines  the  exterior,  and  the  exterior  responds 
at  the  same  time  to  the  latest  developments  of  in- 
dustrial technology  and  the  most  ancient  of  local 
traditions.  The  modern  house  is  a  good  house  be- 
cause it  is  a  "natural"  house.  Its  outstanding  virtue 
is  that  it  is  a  genuine  response  to  real  needs,  and 
its  appearance  has  the  authentic  quality  common 
to  all  genuine  articles.  If  it  still  looks  strange  to 
you,  it  is  only  because  it  is  still  unfamiliar.  But  fa- 
miliarity, in  this  case,  you  will  find,  breeds  anything 
but  contempt. 


182 


193 


EXTERIORS 

The  outside  of  any  house  inevitably  expresses  the 
interior — even  when  strenuous  efforts  are  made  to 
avoid  it.  Thus  conventional  exteriors  are  expressive 
not  only  of  the  tight  little  plans  that  go  with  con- 
ventional design;  they  also  reveal  the  tortured  com- 
promises this  approach  necessitates.  And,  since 
modern  plans  are  freer  and  more  imaginative,  mod- 
ern exteriors  are  freer  and  more  imaginative  in 
consequence.  A  bold  conception— like  the  cantilev- 
ered  living  room  projecting  over  the  water  in 
pictures  193  and  194 — may  be  a  determining  fac- 
tor; if  your  tastes  run  to  less  dramatic  things  you 
can  expect  a  quieter  looking  result.  But  whatever 
your  tastes  don't  expect  a  truly  modern  house  to 
look  like  anything  but  what  it  is. 


194 


197 


Back  in  the  early  Thirties,  when  modern  archi- 
tecture first  began  to  be  used  in  this  country,  the 
belief  was  general  that  a  building  couldn't  really 
be  modern  unless  it  had  white  stucco  walls  and 
at  least  one  corner  window.  This  fashion— known 
to  architects  as  the  International  Style— is  what 
most  people  think  of  when  they  hear  the  word 
Modern,  or  "modernistic."  But  the  modern  ap- 
proach has  become  considerably  more  catholic 
since  the  days  of  its  importationfrom  Europe — and 
incidentally,  more  to  the  liking  of  most  people. 
International  Style  houses  are  still  being  built, 
however.  Those  shown  here  range  in  time  from 
one  of  the  first  modern  houses  built  in  the  U.  S. 
(195)  to  two  of  the  latest  (199  and  200).  And 
for  those  who  ask,  "What  would  that  sort  of 
house  look  like  in  the  New  England  landscape?" 
we  have  included  one:  198. 


198 


200 


199 


202 


203 


204 


One  factor  which  has  relieved  the  severity  of  mod- 
ern architecture  has  been  the  desire  to  achieve  a 
more  intimate  relationship  with  the  landscape- 
functionally  as  well  as  aesthetically.  The  International 
Style  house  was  frequently  too  detached  from  its 
surroundings:  chaste  and  a  little  disdainful.  In  con- 
trast, some  of  the  more  recent  work  is  almost 
bawdy  in  the  way  it  snuggles  among  the  trees  and 
against  the  ground.  Views  201,  205  and  206  are 
expressive  of  this  trend.  People  who  hate  picnics 
because  ants  get  in  the  food  may  prefer  a  canti- 
levered  balcony,  but  most  of  us  will  probably  like 
modern  better  in  its  homier  mood.  And,  since  even 
the  best  modern  house  is  something  you  will  want 
to  get  out  of  on  occasion,  doing  so  ought  to  be  made 
as  easy  as  possible. 


2  OS 


206 


207 


rr 


^- 


209 


210 


21  I 


Architect  Frank  Lloyd  Wright,  whose  masterpiece. 
Falling  Water,  is  shown  on  the  preceding  two 
pages,  went  on  designing  contemporary  houses  in 
the  years  when  most  architects  were  jumping  about 
between  Cotswold,  Tudor  and  Colonial.  One  of  his 
most  recent  small  houses  is  shown  in  209,  and  a 
Wright-influenced  design  by  another  architect  in 
2 1  0.  The  houses  on  this  page  are  examples  of  a  dis- 
tinctly different  trend:  a  blend  of  American  wood 
frame  construction  with  the  ribbon  windows  and 
structural-expressionism  of  European  modern.  The 
studied  unconcern  for  outside  appearance  which 
houses  21  I  and  212  evidence— useful  as  it  was  in 
establishing  an  honest,  experimental  approach  to 
house  design— has  never  found  acceptance  outside 
of  a  limited  circle  of  modern  architects  and  their 
disciples,  and  is  on  the  wane. 


212 


Outside  appearance  depends  as  much  on  the  funda- 
mental character  of  the  house  as  on  architectural 
treatment.  A  closely-knit,  two-story  house  will 
have  a  solid,  substantial  look  regardless  of  whether 
the  walls  are  light  or  dark,  the  roof  flat  or  pitched 
(2  I  6  and  2 1  7).  Broad  porches  and  spreading  wings 
have  hospitable  connotations  in  any  design  idiom 
(214  and  215).  And  if  you  decide  that  a  modest, 
story-and-a-half  rectangle  meets  your  needs  you  will 
get  something  that  looks  pretty  much  like  an  early 
American  farmhouse.  The  one  in  218  and  2  I  9  is 
actually  an  old  farmhouse  brought  up  to  date  by  an 
architect  who  understood  that  the  excellence  of 
this  building  type  lies  not  in  the  moldings  and  win- 
dow muntins,  but  in  its  unpretentious  approach  to 
the  problem  of  enclosing  space. 


219 


III 


220 


221 


Eli 


•a*' 


223 


224 


Even  a  poor  architect  has  a  hard  time  making  a 
spreading,  one-story  house  unattractive.  The 
best  designers,  working  in  the  free  style  which 
the  overthrow  of  traditionalism  has  engendered, 
are  producing  houses  of  well-nigh  universal  ap- 
peal. Depending  on  choice  of  materials  and  type 
of  roof,  the  effect  can  be  varied  from  the  trim, 
tailored  look  of  house  220-221  to  the  pleasant 
romanticism  of  222,  but  both  types  represent  a 
fuller  exploitation  of  present  day  building  tech- 
niques. Views  223  and  224,  which  show  stand- 
ardized houses  from  a  Federal  housing  project, 
demonstrate  the  applicability  of  this  approach 
to  even  the  most  modest  sort  of  dwelling,  pro- 
vided that  the  details  are  handled  with  sufficient 
sensitivity,  and  view  225  shows  the  same  ver- 
nacular carried  over  to  a  larger,  two-story  design. 


225 


K- 


230 


The  earliest  modern  houses  all  had  flat  roofs;  any- 
thing else  was  considered  an  unpardonable  conces- 
sion to  traditionalism.  There  was  no  compelling 
reason  for  this,  however,  and  in  later  designs  the 
gable  roof  reappeared,  and  with  it  a  new  type  (new, 
at  least,  in  its  application  to  houses)  known  as  the 
"shed"  or  "monopitch"  roof.  The  shed  roof,  use  of 
which  has  reached  the  proportions  of  a  fad  among 
modern  designers,  has  much  to  recommend  it.  It  is 
simple,  easy  to  build,  readily  ventilated  to  keep  out 
summer  sun-heat,  and  good  looking;  moreover,  it 
makes  possible  a  high,  open  wall  to  the  south,  ad- 
mitting a  maximum  of  winter  sunshine  while  present- 
ing minimum  wall  surface  to  the  cold  winds  from 
the  north.  Three  of  the  houses  shown  here  illustrate 
this  design  principle,  226-227,  228-229  and  23  I. 
The  latter  is  an  example  of  an  old  house  remodeled 
along  "solar"  lines.  View  230  shows  the  application 
of  the  shed  roof  to  a  small,  one-room-deep  design. 


231 


2fc« 


r  v;$I 

:>  "^JS. 


,*>**, 


'*->•.- 
;  T 
'    -     I    • 


232 


CHAPTER  SEVENTEEN 


HOW  TO 

GET  YOUR  HOUSE 


(OR  REMODEL  THE  ONE  YOU   HAVE) 


FOR  YEARS  THE  presses  have  been  grinding  out 
books  and  articles  on  how  to  get  yourself  the  house 
you  want.  There  are  acres  of  printed  admonitions 
on  sound  construction,  how  to  save,  where  to  go 
for  a  building  loan,  what  grade  of  lumber  to  buy, 
and  so  on.  We  propose  to  deal  rather  lightly  with 
these  matters,  partly  because  they  have  been  cov- 
ered so  many  times  elsewhere,  but  mainly  because 
there  is  a  lot  of  hocus-pocus  involved  which 
merely  serves  to  confuse  the  buyer. 

Today  FHA-insured  mortgages  and  their  vari- 
ous equivalents  have  been  so  standardized  as  far  as 
technical  requirements  are  concerned  that  the 
chances  of  getting  a  jerry-built  house  are  fairly 
slim.  Also,  the  methods  of  obtaining  loans  have 
been  fairly  well  publicized,  and  if  by  any  chance 
you  have  not  run  into  this  kind  of  information,  you 
can  get  it  without  any  difficulty  from  any  com- 
petent architect,  builder,  local  bank,  savings  &  loan 
association,  or  from  the  local  FHA  office  itself. 

Our  problem  is  not  primarily  a  matter  of  build- 
ing or  financing  technique.  The  house  whose  vari- 


ous parts  and  characteristics  have  been  discussed 
at  length  is  a  pretty  unconventional  one.  The  ap- 
proach to  its  planning  also  is  not  typical.  Unfor- 
tunately, even  if  you  are  now  convinced  that  this 
way  of  designing  a  house  makes  sense,  there  is 
going  to  be  trouble. 

HEADACHES  FOR  THE  HOME  BUILDER 
The  building  industry  as  of  this  moment — or  ,  if 
you  like,  five  years  from  this  moment — is  not  an 
industry.  It  is  the  clumsiest  aggregation  of  build- 
ers, big  and  small,  manufacturers,  handicraftsmen, 
architects,  and  retail  merchandisers  one  could  pos- 
sibly imagine.  Even  the  conventional  Cape  Cod 
cottage,  with  its  inevitable  pair  of  evergreens  flank- 
ing the  front  door  and  its  turquoise-blue  shutters 
with  half  moons  cut  into  them,  is  hard  to  get  if  the 
house  is  to  be  a  custom-built  job.  With  the  kind  of 
house  described  in  this  book,  these  difficulties  mul- 
tiply. For  one  thing,  a  run-of-the-mill  architect  is 
not  going  to  produce  it  for  you.  He  is  too  en- 
meshed in  old-fashioned  drafting-room  methods 

199 


HOW  TO  GET  YOUR  HOUSE 


and  prejudices  to  be  capable  of  working  out  your 
problems  with  you  on  a  constructive,  forward- 
looking  basis.  The  architects  whose  work  appears 
in  this  book  have,  to  be  sure,  already  demonstrated 
their  ability  to  create  a  superior  background  for 
modern  living.  But  these  men  constitute  a  small 
group,  and  if  all  the  architects  in  the  country  like 
them  were  added  to  the  list  at  the  back  of  the  book, 
it  would  still  be  a  fairly  small  one. 

Possibly  there -is  some  young  architect  in  your 
community  who  has  ideas  and  can  carry  them  out. 
If  so,  fine.  Near  the  big  cities,  of  course,  this  prob- 
lem is  less  serious.  It  might  be  added  here  that 
there  is  no  reason  to  be  afraid  of  going  to  see  a 
firm  of  architects  simply  because  it  has  a  first-class 
reputation.  Architects  as  a  rule  have  fee  scales 
which  do  not  vary  tremendously,  and  many  people 
find  to  their  surprise  that  the  fee  charged  by  the 
best  available  firm  is  frequently  no  greater  than 
that  asked  by  its  less  talented  competitors. 

Among  the  better  offices  it  is  fairly  standard 
practice  to  charge  at  least  10  per  cent  of  the  cost 
of  a  house  for  architectural  design  services  and 
supervision.  A  few  offices  go  above  this  figure,  and 
some  will  go  below.  There  are  architects — many  of 
them — who  will  set  their  fees  at  6  per  cent  or  even 
lower.  These,  however,  do  not  fit  into  the  group 
whose  work  appears  here. 

Perhaps  you  would  like  to  know  why  architects 
have  to  charge  a  10  per  cent  fee  to  do  a  decent  job 
on  a  modern  house.  A  little  arithmetic  should  make 
this  fairly  clear.  Let  us  assume  that  a  house  is  going 
to  cost  around  $12,000.  This  puts  the  architect's 
fee  somewhere  in  the  neighborhood  of  $1,200.  Of 
this  amount  he  will  be  able  to  recapture  $300  to 
$400,  if  he  is  lucky,  as  payment  for  his  time,  which 
may  run  from  three  to  six  months  or  more.  The 
remainder — say  $850 — has  got  to  pay  his  over- 
head, salaries  to  draftsmen,  and  the  other  expenses 
of  his  business.  In  return  for  this  he  will  camp  on 
your  doorstep,  practically  psychoanalyze  the  fam- 
200 


ily,  try  to  distinguish  what  you  want  from  what  you 
say  you  want,  produce  a  series  of  drawings  from 
which  the  house  can  be  satisfactorily  constructed 
and  equipped,  negotiate  with  bidders  to  get  the 
house  within  the  budget,  and  arrange  for  changes 
in  the  plans  and  details.  And,  into  the  bargain,  he 
will  probably  give  advice  on  furniture,  color 
schemes,  fabrics,  and  landscaping,  in  the  event 
that  specialists  in  these  fields  are  not  engaged. 
That  is  why  a  conscientious  architect  cannot  un- 
dertake to  do  a  reasonably  good  job  on  a  custom- 
built  house  for  less  than  10  per  cent.  Probably,  if 
he  were  as  good  a  business-man  as  he  is  a  techni- 
cian and  artist,  he  would  charge  considerably 
more. 

Finding  a  really  topnotch  architect,  however,  is 
only  the  first  of  the  headaches,  and  they  multiply 
from  this  point  on.  Whenever  old-line  builders  are 
confronted  with  anything  that  deviates  a  hair's 
breadth  from  the  way  their  grandfathers  used  to  do 
things,  they  let  out  mighty  squawks  and  proceed 
to  jack  up  the  price.  They  also  have  a  disturbing 
habit  of  predicting  (1)  that  the  house  will  fall  down ; 
(2)  that  it  will  leak;  (3)  that  the  neighbors  will 
lynch  you;  and  (4)  that  the  house  could  never  be 
rented  or  sold. 

There  is  another  situation  that  has  to  be  met. 
Rather  early  in  the  game  your  architect  will  find 
that  existing  home  equipment,  whether  for  light- 
ing, storage,  or  some  other  purpose,  is  not  prop- 
erly designed,  and  he  will  suggest,  frequently  with 
good  reason,  that  a  certain  amount  of  special  work 
be  done.  This  involves  dealing  with  a  miscellane- 
ous assortment  of  electrical  supply  people,  metal 
workers,  hardware  firms,  and  others,  in  an  effort 
to  concoct  something  superior  to  the  stock  article. 
Some  people  find  that  this  part  of  the  process  of 
designing  a  modern  house  is  great  fun.  But  even 
so,  it  is  a  lot  of  work,  too. 

Up  to  this  point  we  have  been  talking  about 
some  of  the  problems  of  getting  the  house  designed 


HOW  TO  GET  YOUR  HOUSE 


and  built.  As  it  happens,  there  are  other  just  as  im- 
portant hurdles  to  be  surmounted.  The  first  of 
these  is  money. 

MONEY 

Let  us  have  it  understood  once  and  for  all  that  a 
custom-designed  and  custom-built  house  costs 
more  than  a  ready-made  dwelling.  There  is  the 
matter  of  the  architect's  fee,  which,  as  we  have 
seen,  may  be  reasonable  but  is  also  substantial. 
And  the  architect  is  a  "must,"  because  there  is 
nowhere  one  can  write  for  a  set  of  stock  plans,  en- 
closing a  check  for  two  or  ten  dollars.  Tomorrow's 
house  just  isn't  produced  that  way.  The  special 
equipment  and  fittings  just  mentioned  will  do  a 
better  job  than  their  ready-made  counterparts,  but 
they  also  cost  money.  If  you  agree  that  a  one-story 
house  has  great  advantages  in  many  instances  over 
a  two-story  house,  it  will  be  found  that  this,  too, 
increases  the  price,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  some 
savings  can  be  made.  Moreover,  since  the  modern 
architect  designs  so  that  house  and  lot  form  an 
integral  unit  for  indoor  and  outdoor  living,  the  lot 
has  to  be  reasonably  generous — more  so,  of  course, 
in  the  case  of  a  one-story  house  than  a  dwelling 
with  two  floors. 

If  your  budget  will  not  permit  the  expenditure  of 
extra  money  for  extra  amenities,  it  would  be  most 
unwise  to  embark  on  the  venture  of  having  a  house 
designed  to  meet  your  requirements.  It  would  be 
far  better  to  buy  a  house  ready-made  because  the 
value  for  a  limited  amount  of  money  is  greater. 

YOU 

The  pet  peeve  of  almost  every  house  architect  is 
that  his  client  walks  in  and  states  his  requirements 
as  follows:  "I  want  four  bedrooms,  two  baths,  a 
guest  lavatory,  maid's  room,  and  two-car  garage, 
and  the  living-room  should  be  at  least  thirty-two 
feet  long.  My  budget,  including  your  fee,  is  $8,500. 
This,  obviously,  is  absurd.  Yet  everyone  does  it. 


If  one  walked  into  an  automobile  showroom  and 
said,  "I  am  looking  for  a  car.  I  must  have  180 
horsepower,  five  headlights,  and  a  stainless  steel 
body.  My  budget  is  $850,"  he  would  be  laughed 
out  of  the  place.  Nobody  tries  this  procedure  with 
automobiles,  because  the  product  is  a  package  at 
a  fixed  price.  Today's  house — and  even  tomorrow's 
house,  for  that  matter — is  not  a  package:  it  is  a 
crazy  quilt,  and  nobody  will  really  know  the  price 
down  to  the  last  penny  until  the  last  bill  has  been 
paid. 

The  contradictory  requirements  of  budget  on 
the  one  hand  and  space  need  on  the  other  have 
wrecked  more  potentially  good  houses  than  any 
other  single  factor.  The  architect,  who  is  perennially 
an  optimist,  tries  to  please  his  client  by  producing 
a  minor  miracle.  But  this  miracle,  like  most  others, 
rarely  comes  off,  and  the  result  is  a  botched  job 
with  which  no  one  is  satisfied  and  for  which  every- 
one is  blamed. 

When  the  architect  is  selected  and  given  the  job, 
he  must  be  given  one  set  of  limitations  or  another 
—but  never  both.  If  your  budget  is  $8,500,  say  so, 
and  he  will  tell  you  pretty  quickly  what  you  can 
reasonably  expect  to  get  for  that  amount  of  money 
at  current  prices.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  you  can't 
live  without  six  bedrooms  and  seven  baths,  tell 
him  so,  but  don't  fall  into  the  trap  of  believing  that 
you  are  competent  to  attach  a  price  tag  at  the  same 
time,  because  it  takes  even  the  experts  a  little  while 
to  figure  out  what  the  bill  will  probably  be. 

This  is  not  an  attempt  to  shield  the  architect.  It 
is  the  home  builder  who  will  suffer  if  he  refuses  to 
take  a  reasonable  attitude  towards  this  all-impor- 
tant matter  of  budget  procedure. 

THE   NEIGHBORS 

Some  years  ago  one  of  us  designed  a  modern  house 
for  a  Westchester  suburb.  Before  the  ground  had 
been  broken,  the  neighbors  were  up  in  arms.  And 
very  soon  we  were  called  to  account.  "What  do 

201 


HOW  TO   GET  YOUR   HOUSE 


you  mean,"  they  demanded,  "by  putting  a  modern 
house  in  our  community?"  (They  called  it  modern- 
istic.) "Don't  you  realize  that  you  are  destroying 
the  homogeneity  of  the  entire  neighborhood?  All 
of  these  beautiful  homes  will  be  seriously  depre- 
ciated if  you  and  your  clients  persist  in  this  insane 
venture." 

The  reply  to  this  was  not  very  polite,  but  it  was 
true.  It  was  pointed  out  that  the  neighborhood  as 
far  as  the  houses  were  concerned  was  anything  but 
homogeneous;  there  was  an  imitation  French 
farmhouse  next  to  a  pseudo-Mediterranean  villa; 
there  were  houses  cribbed  from  work  of  the  Geor- 
gian period  in  England,  and  there  were  peculiar 
half-timber  jobs  that  were  probably  supposed  to  be 
Elizabethan. 

It  was  also  pointed  out  even  more  sharply  that 
there  was  nothing  that  we  as  architects  could  do 
to  the  neighborhood  from  the  architectural  point 
of  view  that  would  make  it  much  more  chaotic 
than  it  was  already.  This  argument  was  greeted 
with  shocked  silence,  and  by  the  time  the  irate 
householders  could  think  of  a  reply  the  house  was 
built.  They  thronged  in  for  the  housewarming  and 
left  a  little  envious,  because  they  could  see  that  the 
house  was  amazingly  easy  to  live  in  and  take  care 
of,  and  that  the  windows  were  big  enough  to  see 
out  of  and  to  let  the  sun  in. 

Most  people  who  have  built  modern  houses  in 
the  past  ten  years  have  had  similar  experiences,  and 
generally  the  stories  have  ended  equally  happily, 
because  whatever  one's  preconceived  notions  about 
the  external  appearance  of  a  house,  it  is  hard  to 
resist  the  insidious  charm  of  a  well-designed  mod- 
ern interior. 

Today  the  problem  is  not  as  great  as  it  used  to 
be.  The  shift  in  public  taste  in  just  the  past  few 
years  has  been  phenomenal,  and  it  is  probable  that 
in  almost  any  community  the  building  of  a  modern 
house  would  be  greeted  with  more  pleased  and  ex- 
cited interest  than  with  fearful  disapproval.  Never- 
202 


theless,  this  is  no  argument  for  flaunting  one's  ec- 
centricities or  an  architect's  screwball  notions  if  the 
same  result  can  be  achieved  in  a  reasonably  incon- 
spicuous way.  In  other  words,  why  go  out  of  one's 
way  to  offend  the  people  with  whom  one  has  to 
live?  If  a  house  is  built  in  a  middle-western  com- 
munity where  brick  is  one  of  the  favorite  materials, 
there  is  no  particular  reason  at  this  stage  of  our 
technical  development  for  not  using  brick.  If  wood 
is  in  the  local  tradition,  or  stucco  or  adobe  or 
whatnot,  the  same  holds  true,  because  the  modern 
house  is  not  a  rigid  package  to  be  produced  only 
in  one  way  and  no  other,  but  merely  a  reasonable 
and  attractive  framework  for  a  family's  activities. 
It  is  particularly  important  to  hang  on  to  this 
last  idea,  because  frequently  the  temptation  to  fol- 
low some  current  fad  is  well-nigh  irresistible.  It 
was  once  believed  that  a  house  was  not  really  mod- 
ern unless  it  was  a  white  cube  with  a  flat  roof.  Or 
perhaps  it  had  to  have  round  instead  of  square  cor- 
ners. Or  maybe  the  "thing  to  do"  was  chromium 
trim  smeared  all  over  the  main  entrance.  All  this  is 
foolishness.  Modern  design,  it  is  true,  does  have 
certain  characteristics  which  are  peculiar  to  it.  But 
the  ones  that  have  lasted  have  managed  to  justify 
themselves  on  a  very  practical  basis. 


THE   BANKER 

Your  banker  may  not  agree  to  this.  As  a  trustee 
of  other  people's  funds,  his  normally  conservative 
tendencies  have  been  intensified  a  hundredfold. 
Like  his  friend  the  builder,  he  is  frequently  shocked 
by  the  newfangled  ideas  people  are  getting  about 
their  houses.  Colonial  was  good  enough  for  his 
father,  and  it  is  going  to  be  good  enough  for  him 
and  his  son,  if  he  has  anything  to  say  about  it. 
This  attitude  is  a  real  obstacle  to  surmount.  It  has 
been  so  great  a  hindrance,  in  fact,  that  most  of  the 
outstanding  early  modern  houses  were  built  by 


HOW  TO  GET  YOUR  HOUSE 


wealthy  men  who  could  pay  for  their  houses  with- 
out applying  for  a  mortgage. 

If  your  banker  is  recalcitrant  and  refuses  to  make 
a  loan  on  the  house  designed  for  you;  or,  what  is 
more  likely,  if  he  arbitrarily  discounts  the  value  of 
the  finished  house  to  something  below  its  actual 
cost  so  that  the  mortgage  is  inadequate,  remember 
that  he,  too,  may  be  open  to  reason.  And  remember 
also  that  he  may  have  competitors  who  are  some- 
what more  open-minded.  When  World  War  II 
broke  out  there  were  already  a  number  of  lending 
institutions  that  had  convinced  themselves  that 
these  new  types  of  houses  were  here  to  stay,  and 
actually  constituted  a  sounder  investment  than  the 
conventional  types,  because  they  were  less  likely  to 
get  completely  out  of  date  before  the  mortgage  had 
been  paid  off. 

With  existing  financing  arrangements  for  home 
builders,  the  banker  is  no  longer  quite  the  free 
agent  he  used  to  be.  Most  mortgages  are  now 
FHA-insured,  which  means  that  not  only  must  the 
banker  be  convinced  that  the  proposed  house  is  a 
good  investment,  but  so  also  must  the  regional 
FHA  representative,  who  is  all  too  often,  alas,  a 
frightened,  petty-minded  little  bureaucrat  whose 
only  effective  method  for  handling  a  difficult  situa- 
tion is  to  say  "no." 

In  spite  of  these  manifold  difficulties,  however,  a 
lot  of  modern  houses  have  been  built. 


THE    HOUSE   YOU    OWN 

There  are  almost  35,000,000  dwellings  in  the 
United  States.  Maybe  you  own  one  of  them.  If  you 
are  not  entirely  happy  with  it,  ownership  can  be  as 
great  a  hurdle  between  you  and  a  new  house  as  an 
overconservative  banker. 

To  the  homeowner  who  is  intrigued  by  the  pros- 
pects of  better  living  offered  by  tomorrow's  house, 
several  possibilities  are  open  besides  the  obvious 
one  of  selling  the  roof  over  his  head.  He  can  mod- 


ernize its  services,  such  as  lighting,  plumbing,  and 
heating.  He  can  add  space,  such  as  a  garage  storage 
shed  or  a  family  room.  Or  he  can  do  a  complete 
remodeling  job. 

Which  of  these  alternatives  to  choose  is  one  of 
the  most  perplexing  problems  an  owner  and  archi- 
tect can  face.  Costs  are  difficult  to  figure  accurately, 
since  old  things  must  be  ripped  out  as  well  as  new 
ones  installed.  There  is  a  delicate  balance  to  be 
struck  between  the  value  of  the  house  after  remod- 
eling and  that  of  a  new  house  which  uses  the  pro- 
ceeds of  the  sale  of  the  old  one.  Unfortunately, 
there  is  no  way  in  which  a  book  can  give  advice  to 
an  owner  confronted  with  a  choice  of  this  kind, 
because  each  case  is  specfiic  and  must  be  solved  on 
its  own.  This  much,  however,  we  can  say.  You 
should  not  go  ahead  without  the  help  of  the  kind 
of  architect  you  would  choose  for  a  new  house,  and 
it  would  be  wise  to  include  a  builder  in  the  planning 
team.  Tell  them  what  you  want,  listen  to  the  archi- 
tect's suggestions,  and  get  the  builder  to  give  his 
best  guess  on  the  cost. 

There  is  another  way  in  which  this  book  can  help 
anyone  thinking  of  remodeling.  The  approach  that 
has  been  followed  throughout  is  one  of  considering 
living  problems  and  workable  solutions.  These 
problems  are  the  same  in  any  kind  of  house,  and 
most  of  the  solutions  apply  equally  to  old  and  new 
houses.  A  storage  wall,  for  example,  is  just  as  use- 
ful in  a  remodeled  house  as  a  new  one;  so  are  im- 
proved lighting,  acoustical  treatment,  insulation, 
built-in  furniture,  and  the  other  items  with  which 
we  have  dealt.  This  book,  therefore,  has  been  de- 
signed to  serve  as  a  guide  to  remodeling  as  well  as 
planning  a  new  home.  It  would  be  absurd  to  sug- 
gest that  tomorrow's  house  could  be  created  from 
a  relic  of  the  1870's — it  can't.  But  there  is  a  great 
deal  of  unsuspected  livability  in  millions  of  old 
houses  that  could  be  brought  out  by  applying  the 
techniques  of  modern  planning  and  design. 

While  we  are  pointing  out  the  disadvantages  of 

203 


HOW  TO  GET  YOUR  HOUSE 


remodeling,  it  might  be  well  to  look  at  its  major 
advantage.  Designing  a  new  house  is  inevitably 
mixed  with  a  lot  of  guesswork,  and  no  layman  can 
possibly  visualize  his  completed  house  from  the 
lines  on  blueprints.  As  a  result,  seeing  the  house 
enclosed  for  the  first  time  is  always  a  surprise. 
Rooms  are  bigger  or  smaller  than  imagined.  De- 
tails that  had  seemed  very  important  don't  count 
one  way  or  the  other.  Almost  always  something  has 
been  left  out  or  put  in  the  wrong  place.  None  of 
these  things  happen  in  a  remodeling  job,  because 
you  start  with  a  complete  house. 

The  mere  process  of  living  in  a  house,  coupled 
with  a  reasonable  amount  of  critical  observation, 
produces  an  exceedingly  intimate  knowledge  of  its 
good  and  bad  points.  Planning  for  remodeling, 
therefore,  is  begun  on  a  very  solid  and  realistic 
basis,  and  for  this  reason,  the  results  can  be  most 
satisfactory.  There  is  little  likelihood  of  wasting 
space  or  money.  The  owner  knows  which  features 
are  most  objectionable,  and  he  can  insist  on  cor- 
recting them  first.  Because  he  knows  so  well  those 
things  that  work  badly,  he  will  recognize  proposals 
for  improvement  and  understand  their  value.  And 
remodeling  carries  a  great  deal  of  pleasure  with  it, 
not  only  because  of  the  marked  improvement  in 
the  house,  but  also  because  it  is  the  one  kind  of 
building  job  where  the  layman  can  function  on  a 
par  with  the  architect. 

THE   FUN 

The  difference  between  building  an  old-fashioned 
house  and  tomorrow's  house  is  that  the  latter  is  a 
genuinely  exciting  and  truly  creative  activity.  The 
architect,  instead  of  functioning  as  an  arbiter  of 
elegance — refusing  to  let  you  put  the  bathroom 
where  it  belongs  because  it  would  interfere  with  his 
symmetrical  window  arrangement,  for  instance — 


becomes  the  leading  member  of  a  team  whose  sole 
objective  is  to  get  a  house  that  does  everything  a 
house  could  possibly  do.  With  a  conventional 
house,  planning  is  done  within  a  strait-jacket. 
Wherever  one  turns  there  are  rules  which,  while 
meaningless,  are  all-powerful.  Windows  have  to 
have  certain  sizes  and  proportions.  Materials  are 
dictated  by  conditions  that  ceased  to  be  important 
a  hundred  years  ago.  The  planning  is  never  free 
and  the  result  could  have  been  predicted  in  ad- 
vance. With  the  modern  house,  no  holds  are 
barred.  Do  you  want  a  living-room  with  a  wall  that 
can  be  slid  out  of  the  way  in  the  summertime?  You 
can  have  it.  Would  you  prefer  a  screened  porch 
without  a  roof  on  it?  Your  architect  can  make  it 
look  very  handsome.  Would  you  like  to  use  ramps 
instead  of  stairs?  Would  you  like  to  put  part  of  the 
house  up  on  stilts  so  that  some  of  the  garden  is 
under  cover?  It  has  been  done. 

The  reason  that  the  small  group  of  modern  archi- 
tects has  persisted  in  its  efforts  is  because  they  have 
had  so  much  fun.  They  have  watched  their  clients, 
skeptical  at  first,  become  wildly  enthusiastic.  They 
have  seen  in  the  completed  houses  how  old  ways  of 
living  were  scrapped  in  favor  of  new  and  better 
ones.  This  for  the  conscientious  professional  is  the 
highest  reward  he  can  be  given. 

Modern  houses  have  been  increasing  in  number 
because  they  sell  themselves.  People  like  the  easier 
maintenance  and  the  greater  livability.  They  like 
the  lack  of  clutter  and  the  feeling  of  space.  They 
like  having  the  garden  where  they  can  enjoy  it  and 
live  with  it.  And  they  tell  their  friends  about  it. 

Getting  tomorrow's  house  is  a  lot  of  trouble.  We 
haven't  pulled  any  punches  in  pointing  out  just  how 
much  trouble  it  is.  But  if  you  ever  go  through  the 
headaches  of  building  it  and  come  out  at  the  other 
end  fairly  unscathed,  you  will  agree  that  it  was 
worth  every  one  of  the  headaches,  and  more. 


204 


PROJECTIONS 


CHAPTER  EIGHTEEN 


UNTIL  NOW  we  have  carefully  refrained  from  men- 
tioning methods,  techniques,  and  materials  which 
are  not  immediately  realizable  in  terms  of  today. 
Most  houses  are  so  far  behind  their  potentialities 
that  a  mere  listing  of  what  has  been  done  in  a  few 
outstanding  cases  can  make  pretty  exciting  reading 
— and  these  few  houses  have  provided  even  more 
exciting  living.  Despite  this  emphasis  on  the  prac- 
tical, the  temptation  to  indulge  in  crystal  gazing  is 
practically  irresistible.  Before  embarking  on  our 
own  particular  dreams  it  might  be  a  good  idea  to 
put  a  few  nicks  in  the  crystal. 

A  great  deal  of  what  has  been  written  about  the 
home  of  the  future  is  hogwash.  The  helicopter,  for 
instance,  is  a  strange  and  wonderful  thing,  but  at 
least  it  exists.  Cars  with  rear  engines  also  exist. 
Where  the  house  is  concerned,  any  overworked 
imagination  seems  to  have  no  difficulty  in  getting 
its  nonexistent  products  into  print.  The  screwier 
the  idea,  the  more  publicity  it  receives. 

Let  us  consider  a  few  examples.  We  read  that 
with  the  help  of  television  mother  can  keep  right  on 
with  the  dishes  while  carrying  on  a  face  to  face  con- 
versation with  the  Fuller  brush  man,  who  never 
gets  past  the  front  door.  Any  manufacturer  of  tele- 
vision equipment  could  undoubtedly  produce  this 
gadget,  but  for  much  less  money  the  house  can  be 
planned  with  the  kitchen  window  right  next  to  the 
front  door. 

Consider,  dear  reader,  the  hullaballoo  about  the 
revolving  house,  that  wondrous  contraption  which 


will  turn  on  its  foundation  like  a  sunflower,  keep- 
ing everybody  tanned  and  happy  all  year  long  with- 
out even  the  trouble  of  pushing  a  button.  This,  too, 
could  be  built,  but  we  have  already  seen  that  the 
house  that  doesn't  revolve  can  be  pretty  well  de- 
signed to  take  care  of  the  sun  in  the  southern  quad- 
rant, which  is  the  only  time  it  is  much  good 
anyway. 

Then  there  is  the  mobile  house,  that  wonderful 
package  which  can  be  unhooked  from  the  lot  when 
you  have  a  quarrel  with  your  neighbor,  put  on 
wheels,  and  trundled  to  a  happier  neighborhood. 
Mobile  houses  can  be  built,  too.  In  fact,  they  have 
been.  But'  what  is  the  worth  to  you  in  dollars  and 
cents  of  something  you  would  not  use  more  than 
once  in  twenty  years? 

The  list  of  idiocies  brought  forth  by  the  pseudo- 
scientific  writers  is  legion.  Apparently  they  believe 
that  the  American  public  will  swallow  anything  as 
long  as  the  label  of  novelty  is  attached  to  it.  Right 
at  the  moment  there  is  a  good  bit  of  talk  about 
window  glass  being  replaced  by  sheets  of  clear 
plastic,  a  little  rumor  that  has  driven  a  number  of 
reputable  manufacturers  practically  out  of  their 
minds.  The  facts  are  (1)  that  glass  is  a  plastic  (and 
has  been  for  generations) ;  (2)  it  makes  very  good 
windows  and  is  relatively  inexpensive;  (3)  there  is 
no  other  known  plastic  at  any  price  that  has  the 
unique  resistance  of  glass  to  abrasion.  Bomber 
noses  are  made  out  of  plastics,  to  be  sure,  but  they 
cost  a  small  fortune  and  have  to  be  reconditioned 

205 


PROJECTIONS 


every  few  flights.  Plastics  are  used  on  planes  be- 
cause they  are  light  and  easily  formed,  but  no 
house  has  ever  presented  air-combat  requirements. 
There  are  enough  wonderful  things  coming  along 
to  satisfy  any  of  us.  If  we  must  indulge  in  day- 
dreaming— and  we  all  like  to — let's  approach  to- 
morrow's house  on  a  more  reasonable  basis. 

A  pretty  good  beginning  is  with  equipment.  If 
one  takes  the  trouble  to  look  into  the  history  of  ap- 
paratus for  the  home,  one  or  two  facts  stick  out 
prominently.  Most  significant  is  a  steady  reduction 
in  bulk.  In  your  grandfather's  house  the  furnace 
was  a  sheet  metal  octopus,  a  huge  belly  with  fat  tin 
tentacles  reaching  all  through  the  cellar,  poking 
their  way  up  through  the  floors  into  the  walls.  To- 
day's warm  air  furnace  is  a  quarter  of  its  size  and 
does  twice  as  good  a  job.  The  same  is  true  of  the 
stove,  and  of  the  refrigerator,  half  of  which  used  to 
be  an  ice  compartment.  This  trend  can  and  will 
continue.  With  radiant  heating,  for  example,  radi- 
ators and  registers  have  been  reduced  to  the  van- 
ishing point.  But  radiant  heating  still  uses  a  lot  of 
pipes.  When  electricity  gets  to  be  our  most  common 
fuel,  the  pipes  may  well  disappear  along  with  the 
furnace.  Before  this  really  revolutionary  develop- 
ment takes  place,  however,  heating  equipment  now 
being  designed  promises  to  reduce  the  furnace  to 
the  size  of  a  steamer  trunk  or  a  suitcase. 

Reduction  of  bulk  is  important  because  it  saves 
space  and  makes  maintenance  easier.  Closets  are  a 
good  example.  In  our  own  time  we  have  shifted 
from  separate  wardrobes  and  other  pieces  of  mov- 
able storage  furniture  to  compact  built-in  closets 
and  storage  walls.  In  the  future  storage  will  un- 
questionably be  almost  100  per  cent  integrated 
with  the  house.  Furniture  manufacturers  may  not 
like  this  prospect  but  we  suspect  housewives  will. 

As  important  as  reduction  of  bulk  is  flexibility 
of  control.  To  go  back  to  heating  for  a  moment, 
the  old  hot  air  furnace  pumped  a  lot  of  heat  into  a 
lot  of  rooms.  Some  were  too  hot,  others  were  too 
206 


cold;  all  were  drafty.  Equipment  already  on  the 
market  has  eliminated  most  of  these  annoyances 
and  we  can  count  on  further  refinements.  If  you 
wanted  an  air-conditioning  system  for  your  home 
which  would  give  individual  temperature  control 
for  every  room  in  the  house,  you  could  have  it,  but 
it  would  cost  a  lot  of  money.  Our  guess  is  that  in 
the  not  too  distant  future  you  will  be  able  to  have 
it,  and  it  won't  cost  a  lot  of  money. 

One  of  the  questions  we  are  asked  most  fre- 
quently by  starry-eyed  prospective  home  builders 
is,  "What  about  those  wonderful  new  materials 
that  are  being  developed?  When  will  we  be  able  to 
get  them  for  our  house?"  There  are  two  answers  to 
this.  One  is  that  there  are  a  lot  of  wonderful  old 
materials.  Take  that  middle-western  favorite,  for 
example,  a  wood  frame  wall  with  an  exterior  finish 
of  brick.  It  is  a  phenomenally  good  wall.  The  out- 
side keeps  its  trim  appearance  indefinitely.  The 
inside  can  be  thoroughly  insulated.  Anybody  can 
build  it.  Does  it  disillusion  you  to  have  the  house 
of  tomorrow  discussed  in  such  terms .  Let  us  say 
that  a  manufacturer  is  trying  to  develop  new  ex- 
terior facing  material.  Here  is  what  he  has  to  pro- 
duce :  a  material  that  will  retain  its  initial  good  ap- 
pearance indefinitely;  requires  no  maintenance; 
keeps  out  the  weather;  does  not  shrink  or  warp 
noticeably;  is  strong  enough  to  resist  mechanical 
injury — that  is,  it  can't  fall  apart  if  some  over- 
enthusiastic  youngster  bangs  it  with  a  baseball  bat ; 
and  is  relatively  inexpensive.  If  it  satisfies  these  con- 
ditions and  offers  into  the  bargain  the  advantages 
of  light  weight  and  quick  installation,  we  have  a 
new  material  that  will  compete  effectively  with  the 
old.  Anybody  who  produces  this  material  has  a 
rich  and  wonderful  market  waiting  for  him.  Un- 
questionably it  will  be  produced  and  ultimately  ac- 
cepted— but  no  one  knows  how  soon.  To  do  our 
own  crystal  gazing,  let  us  take  a  look  at  the  house 
as  it  is  and  as  it  might  become. 

The  house  is  the  only  important  consumer  prod- 


PROJECTIONS 


uct  which  is  still  assembled  by  craftsmen.  Practi- 
cally every  dwelling  in  the  United  States  consists  of 
sticks  of  various  lengths  called  studs,  floor  joists, 
and  roof  rafters,  put  together  out  in  the  open  in  all 
kinds  of  weather  by  people  who  use  tools  going 
straight  back  to  Neolithic  times.  This  is  going  to 
change — and  drastically.  It  is  going  to  change  be- 
cause the  home  market  is  too  big  for  industry  to 
pass  up.  Once  production  engineers  start  figuring 
out  ways  to  give  more  product  for  less  money, 
things  are  going  to  happen.  You  don't  have  to  be 
a  minor  prophet  to  guess  what  these  things  are. 
Even  the  least  technical-minded  among  us  has  a 
fairly  clear  idea  of  how  the  process  works. 

HOW  INDUSTRY  FUNCTIONS 
The  manufacturer's  dream  is  an  operation  that  is 
automatic  from  beginning  to  end.  The  raw  metal 
comes  in  at  one  end  and  the  finished  product  comes 
out  at  the  other.  In  the  middle  are  a  lot  of  machines 
which  cut,  press,  squeeze,  stretch,  turn,  or  punch. 
The  machines  are  very  big  and  very  expensive. 
They  can  be  afforded  only  if  what  they  turn  out  is 
produced  in  quantity  and  without  flaws.  To  be 
sure,  there  are  all  kinds  of  manufacturers.  Some 
make  wrist  watches  with  movements  the  size  of  a 
dime,  and  others  make  locomotives.  It  seems  rea- 
sonable to  assume  that  industries  making  large  as- 
semblies give  us  the  best  clue  as  to  what  will  hap- 
pen to  the  house,  which  must  be  a  series  of  large 
assemblies.  Three  such  are  the  automotive,  avia- 
tion, and  ship-building  industries,  and  all  offer  in- 
teresting examples.  When  a  car  manufacturer 
wants  to  make  a  roof,  he  doesn't  put  up  a  lot  of 
rafters,  cover  them  with  sheeting,  and  lay  a  lot  of 
shingles  on  top.  He  has  a  series  of  big  presses 
which  squeeze  out  each  roof  in  one  operation.  He 
can  eliminate  the  rafters  because  he  is  playing  on 
one  of  the  most  significant  characteristics  of  sheet 
metals.  Sheet  metals  left  flat  are  weak.  Curved, 
crimped,  or  corrugated,  they  are  tremendously 


strong.  You  can  prove  this  to  your  own  satisfaction 
with  a  cardboard  shirt  stiffener.  Stood  on  edge,  this 
piece  of  heavy  paper  can't  even  hold  itself  up. 
Twist  it  into  a  tube  and  it  could  probably  support 
a  set  of  the  Encyclopaedia  Brittanica  plus  a  couple 
of  telephone  books.  A  car  fender  is  far  more  com- 
plicated than  a  cardboard  tube,  and  it  is  much 
stronger,  because  the  simple  curve  has  been  formed 
into  a  compound  curve.  Houses  built  of  sticks  and 
stones  are  the  carpenter's  and  mason's  delight,  but 
once  they  start  coming  out  of  factories  it  will  be  a 
different  story. 

We  can  count  on  the  following:  (1)  More  and 
more  houses  in  the  years  to  come  are  going  to  be 
factory-produced;  (2)  they  will  be  built  of  sheet 
materials,  used  not  only  for  finish  inside  and  out 
but  for  their  structural  qualities  as  well;  (3)  be- 
cause sheet  materials  function  most  effectively  in 
curved  rather  than  flat  forms,  the  house  of  the 
future  may  look  very  strange.  Do  you  like  the  idea 
of  a  corrugated  kitchen  or  a  circular  bedroom  or 
rooms  without  square  corners  anywhere  in  them? 
Most  of  us  would  have  to  get  rid  of  a  lot  of  pre- 
conceived notions  before  we  accepted  anything  but 
our  favorite  rectangular  shapes,  but  it  might  not  be 
so  hard.  The  pride  of  many  a  Colonial  mansion  is 
an  elliptical  stair  hall.  During  the  late  years  of  the 
French  Renaissance  there  were  circular  boudoirs 
and  anterooms.  The  Eskimo,  too,  would  probably 
consider  it  strange  if  he  had  suddenly  to  go  and 
live  in  a  house  that  was  all  square  corners.  Nobody 
kicked  when  cars  went  from  square  corners  to 
curves.  Tastes  can  be  very  deep-rooted,  but  tastes 
can  change. 

THE  INDUSTRIALLY  PRODUCED  HOUSE 
The  machine-produced  house  we  label  "prefab- 
ricated" has  caused  a  considerable  amount  of  argu- 
ment. People  like  to  believe  that  their  homes  are 
individual,  even  if  the  facts  of  life  show  that  they 
very  rarely  are.  Mrs.  A  and  Mrs.  Z  have  already 

207 


PROJECTIONS 


gone  on  record  against  prefabrication  because  they 
fear  that  the  monotony  would  be  intolerable  and  a 
mass-produced  house  would  lack  the  charms  of 
home.  What  gives  a  home  its  charm  is  not  neces- 
sarily special  tailoring,  but  the  process  of  living  in 
it.  We  have  all  seen  apartments  and  third-hand 
houses  which  are  full  of  charm  and  individuality — 
the  result  of  what  their  occupants  did  to  them.  In 
other  words,  almost  any  personality  can  be  im- 
printed on  any  dwelling.  There  is  also  this  point: 
mass  production,  oddly  enough,  makes  for  less 
monotony  rather  than  more.  When  nails  were  made 
by  the  local  blacksmith,  each  nail  was  slightly  dif- 
ferent from  all  the  others — but  there  were  few 
types.  Today  there  are  hundreds  more  kinds  of 
nails,  although  their  production  is  highly  stand- 
ardized. If  this  is  true  of  so  completely  simple  an 
item,  it  must  certainly  hold  for  the  house. 

Prefabrication  today  is  anything  but  an  estab- 
lished industry.  Yet  already  there  are  types  and 
methods  which  promise  a  tremendous  variety  of 
finished  products.  Some  houses  are  being  built  in 
panels,  others  are  constructed  in  chunks,  like  trail- 
ers. Materials  include  wood,  plywood,  asbestos, 
reinforced  concrete,  insulating  board,  and  sheet 
steel.  New  ideas  on  design  and  construction  appear 
almost  daily.  The  facts  strongly  suggest  that  what- 
ever industrial  production  does  to  the  house,  it  will 
not  destroy  the  variety  everyone  demands. 

DESIGN  FOR  TOMORROW'S  LIVING 
Within  our  own  lifetime  we  have  watched  servants 
disappear  and  mechanical  aids  come  in.  We  have 
seen  women  go  first  into  offices  and  then  into  fac- 
tories. We  have  gradually  watched  a  general  shift- 
ing of  the  center  of  gravity  from  the  home  to  the 
community.  These  are  broad  social  and  economic 
trends  which  will  continue.  Houses  are  going  to  re- 
flect them.  Anything  that  pays  out  in  the  way  of 
labor-saving  design  has  a  good  chance  of  accept- 
ance. Survivals,  no  matter  how  much  we  are  at- 
208 


tached  to  them,  will  go  by  the  boards.  Take  the 
case  of  carpets.  A  good  carpet  costs  more  than  a 
good  floor.  Even  in  a  home  of  modest  means,  car- 
pets and  rugs  may  represent  an  investment  of  a 
good  many  hundred  dollars  over  a  period  of 
twenty  or  thirty  years.  Why  do  we  have  carpets? 
We  started  having  carpets  because  our  feudal  an- 
cestors found  life  on  cold  stone  floors  intolerable 
without  some  insulating  material  laid  over  them. 
This  is  no  problem  any  more.  We  also  have  rugs 
because  a  room  without  them  sounds  queer.  In 
other  words,  it  is  our  practice  to  put  acoustical 
material  on  the  floor  in  the  home  rather  than  on  the 
ceiling  as  in  offices.  This  could  be  changed.  To 
date,  there  is  no  single  material  which  combines 
the  advantages  of  a  rug — that  is,  its  softness,  sound- 
deadening  and  decorative  qualities — with  the  ad- 
vantages of  a  structural  floor.  Such  a  material, 
however,  is  not  too  far  off.  It  has  to  be  resilient, 
easily  cleaned,  warm  in  appearance,  and  not  more 
expensive  than  the  carpets  it  will  replace.  Are  you 
appalled  by  the  idea  of  a  house  without  rugs?  The 
chances  are  about  five  to  one  that  your  grandchil- 
dren will  be  appalled  to  learn  that  you  ever  had 
such  unsanitary  contraptions  in  your  house. 

HORSEPOWER 

One  of  the  interesting  by-products  of  World  War 
II  is  the  tremendous  number  and  variety  of  frac- 
tional horsepower  motors  that  have  been  turned 
out  in  a  great  hurry.  The  B-29,  for  example,  uses 
well  over  a  hundred  of  these  little  gadgets.  The 
house  of  the  future  may  not  use  a  hundred,  but  it 
will  probably  use  quite  a  few.  Walls  that  open  to 
the  out-of-doors,  such  as  the  huge  sliding  windows 
seen  in  many  modern  living-rooms,  might  as  well 
be  motorized  as  not.  The  same  goes  for  partitions, 
whether  between  children's  bedrooms,  the  living- 
room  and  dining-room,  or  dining-room  and  kit- 
chen. A  push  of  the  button  and  the  wall  isn't  there 
any  more.  Portions  of  roofs  could  be  operated  in 


PROJECTIONS 


the  same  manner.  Awnings  or  outside  blinds  could 
be  operated  by  motor,  using  photo-electric  cells 
activated  by  the  sun  so  that  you  would  not  even 
have  to  push  a  button.  All  of  these  amenities  are 
technically  feasible  now. 

If  you  counted  the  number  of  motors  in  your 
house  right  now,  you  would  probably  be  very  im- 
pressed. There  are  the  fans,  the  refrigerator,  wash- 
ing machine,  ironer,  sewing  machine,  oil  burner, 
maybe  the  garage  doors,  and  probably  five  or  six 
others.  Horsepower  has  already  invaded  the  home. 
All  we  are  suggesting  is  that  the  front  may  pres- 
ently be  widened. 

MORE    MATERIALS 

World  War  II  produced  more  than  fractional 
horsepower  motors.  It  developed  the  paper- 
laminated  plastics,  which  are  as  strong,  weight  for 
weight,  as  aluminum.  It  produced  wood  that 
doesn't  swell  or  shrink.  It  created  plywoods  which 
have  extraordinary  strength  and  water-proof  qual- 
ities. It  took  aluminum  out  of  the  class  of  an  al- 
most rare  metal  and  made  it,  with  magnesium,  one 
of  the  most  common.  It  expanded  stainless  steel 
production  to  the  point  where  at  least  one  manu- 
facturer has  been  talking  about  using  stainless  steel 
for  roofing.  This,  incidentally,  would  be  an  exceed- 
ingly good  idea  because  the  reflecting  qualities  of 
stainless  steel  would  do  a  lot  toward  keeping  the 
house  comfortable  in  the  summertime.  Its  mirror- 
like  surface  would  reflect  solar  radiation  in  much 
the  same  manner  as  aluminum  foil  insulation,  but 
it  would  have  the  additional  advantage  of  consid- 
erable strength. 

One  company  developed  cases  for  shells,  using 
a  sandwich  of  plywood  and  metal.  Precut  at  the 
factory,  these  cases  could  be  shipped  flat,  assem- 
bled by  merely  folding  the  pieces  into  boxes.  The 
metal  covering  served  as  a  hinge,  a  principle  that 
might  well  be  taken  over  for  closets,  cupboards, 
and  other  storage  units.  Another  type  of  plywood 
has  a  strong  paper  surface,  which  can  be  furnished 


in  any  color  or  pattern.  Glass  has  moved  out  of  the 
kitchen  to  serve  for  piping,  insulation,  and  fabrics, 
and  it  is  being  combined  with  rayon  and  plastics  to 
create  new  materials.  Water  pipes  of  flexible  plas- 
tics may  be  standard  in  homes  tomorrow,  and 
lights  without  wired  connections  have  already  been 
demonstrated.  There  is  a  process  by  which  soft 
woods  are  made  as  hard  as  ebony  and  maple.  Old 
and  new  materials  are  emerging  in  a  bewildering 
variety  of  forms  and  combinations. 

Lest  our  enthusiasm  for  these  novel  materials 
run  away  with  us,  let's  try  to  remember  this :  to  the 
householder  it  doesn't  make  a  great  deal  of  differ- 
ence whether  his  water  comes  out  of  pipes  of 
plastic  or  of  brass.  He  will  never  know  the  differ- 
ence if  his  walls  are  insulated  with  glass  or  with 
some  older  type  of  material.  These  developments, 
while  technically  interesting,  only  mean  something 
when  they  have  a  direct  relationship  to  better 
living. 

THE   CRYSTAL   BALL 

Using  industrial  techniques  in  other  fields  as  a 
basis,  we  think  tomorrow's  house  will  be  built  in 
pieces  in  factories  and  assembled  at  the  site.  It  may 
be  full  of  all  sorts  of  queer  curves,  strange  slanting 
walls,  and  odd  materials  that  absorb  sound  but 
can  be  cleaned  off  with  a  hose.  Its  windows  will  not 
be  single  sheets  of  glass  but  insulated  sandwiches 
with  two  or  even  three  panes  in  a  single  frame, 
whose  surfaces  may  be  treated,  as  photographic 
lenses  are  now  treated,  so  that  reflections  are  en- 
tirely eliminated.  This  could  be  very  pleasant. 
Imagine  being  able  to  look  out  of  the  living-room 
window  at  night  without  seeing  reflections  of 
lamps  and  furniture.  Under  such  conditions  a  view 
might  really  become  something  to  be  enjoyed. 

Tomorrow's  house  will  be  highly  mechanized. 
Its  present  supply  of  fractional  horsepower  motors 
will  be  multiplied  by  two  or  three,  and  all  sorts  of 
things  will  happen  at  the  push  of  a  button  instead 
of  the  heave  of  a  back.  Electricity  may  become  the 

209 


PROJECTIONS 


prime  fuel  as  well  as  source  of  power.  Bathrooms 
will  probably  be  prefabricated  and  may  have  their 
own  instantaneous  electric  hot  water  heaters.  In- 
dividual room  air-conditioning  is  certainly  in  the 
picture,  but  instead  of  bulky  ducts  to  the  separate 
rooms  there  may  be  small  pipes  through  which  the 
air  will  pass  at  a  high  velocity. 

Many  things  will  completely  disappear  from 
view  in  the  house  that  is  now  shaping  up.  Bureaus 
and  chests  will  give  way  to  built-in  cupboards. 
Radios  will  move  from  pretentious  oversized  cab- 
inets into  the  walls.  A  good  deal  of  furniture  for 
sitting  will  tend  to  become  an  integral  part  of  the 
walls.  This  creates  the  prospect  of  a  series  of  flex- 
ible, uncluttered  interiors  where  there  is  room  to 
swing  a  cat  and  where  there  may  be  less  need  to 
swing  a  mop.  Possibly  you  like  cluttered  interiors. 
This  is  all  right,  too,  because  our  little  crystal  ball 
tells  us  that  there  will  be  no  law  in  194X  compelling 
you  to  give  up  your  Duncan  Phyfe  highboy  and 
chintz  curtains. 

Most  of  us  react  to  change  in  a  pretty  standard 
way.  When  the  tractor  replaced  the  horse,  roman- 
tics pined  because  they  liked  the  picture  of  a  team 
of  horses  on  the  brow  of  a  hill  at  sunset,  a  stalwart 
farmer  urging  on  his  tired  steeds.  But  every  time  a 
farmer  got  money  enough  for  a  down  payment  on 
a  tractor  he  bought  one.  Maybe  farmers  don't  have 
fun  any  more.  In  the  absence  of  proof  we  are  in- 
clined to  doubt  it. 

A  home  in  the  days  of  our  childhood  was  loaded 
to  the  brim  with  all  kinds  of  strange  and  wonderful 
junk.  There  were  whatnots  full  of  sea  shells,  attics 
loaded  with  musty  trunks,  glass  chimes  on  the 
front  porch,  stuffed  animals  on  the  mantelpiece, 
and  all  the  rest  of  it.  Maybe  the  youngsters  are 
going  to  miss  a  lot  of  fun  in  tomorrow's  house. 
But  maybe  that  is  what  was  said  about  yesterday's 
house,  too.  Deep  inside  Africa  and  Australia  there 
are  tribes  that  have  never  even  seen  a  house,  and, 
if  the  anthropologists  are  to  be  believed,  even  these 
210 


people  have  had  some  good  times  in  their  quiet 
way.  It  is  unlikely  that  tomorrow's  house  is  going 
to  be  so  devoid  of  enrichment  and  interest  that  the 
youngest  generation  will  be  in  the  same  spot  as  its 
contemporaries  in  darkest  Africa.  It  is  unlikely, 
too,  that  as  long  as  people  are  people  their  houses 
will  fail  to  give  them  whatever  it  is  they  demand. 
For  our  part  we  can  see  a  pretty  good  time  in 
this  newfangled  piece  of  industrial  shelter  which  is 
already  beginning  to  appear.  If  it  is  quieter,  easier 
to  take  care  of,  better  to  live  in  than  its  predecessor, 
it  is  doing  just  about  everything  a  family  can  de- 
mand of  a  house. 

TOMORROW'S  HOUSE  IS  HERE 

The  reason  we  indulged  in  the  pleasant  game  of 
projecting  trends  was  to  prove  that  the  potential- 
ities of  tomorrow's  house  are  very  much  with  us 
today.  There  are  materials  yet  to  be  made,  and 
machines  to  be  made  simpler  and  less  expensive, 
and  production  techniques  to  produce  more  space 
for  less  money.  There  will  undoubtedly  be  revolu- 
tionary developments  in  lighting,  heating,  and  the 
other  services  of  the  home.  Tomorrow's  house  in 
this  sense  will  never  come  all  in  one  neat  cellophane 
package.  It  will  grow,  item  by  item,  year  by  year. 
With  what  we  now  know  about  planning  and  ma- 
terials, and  what  architects  have  learned  from  the 
industrial  and  commercial  fields,  the  house  that 
can  be  built  right  now  is  a  pretty  wonderful  thing. 
Every  age  has  produced  the  amenities  it  wanted 
the  most.  This  was  as  true  in  the  days  of  Queen 
Victoria  as  it  will  be  fifty  years  from  now.  Today 
is  no  exception. 

The  real  fun  of  building  tomorrow's  house  today 
comes  from  the  time  lag.  Almost  all  of  our  dwell- 
ings, even  the  new  ones,  are  ten  to  fifty  years  be- 
hind what  they  could  be.  If  you  want  individuality, 
and  that  means  if  you  really  want  it  and  just  don't 
give  lip  service  to  the  idea,  this  is  the  way  to  get  it, 
and  the  time  to  start  planning  is  right  now. 


ARCHITECTS  AND  DESIGNERS 
WHOSE  WORK  APPEARS  IN  THIS  BOOK 


CALIFORNIA 

Clark  &  Frey,  869  North  Palm  Canyon  Drive, 
Palm  Springs:  199 

Hervey  Parke  Clark,  210  Post  Street,  San  Fran- 
cisco: 188,  189,204,215 

Frederick  L.  R.  Confer,  R.  F.  D.  #1,  Box  41 5A, 
Martinez:  176,  203 

Mario  Corbett,  210  Post  Street,  San  Francisco:  27, 
225 

Robert  Trask  Cox,  1570  Poppy  Peak  Drive,  Pasa- 
dena: 205 

Gardner  A.  Dailey,  210  Post  Street,  San  Fran- 
cisco: 20,  158,212,222 

J.  R.  Davidson,  1417  Comstock  Avenue,  Los 
Angeles:  161 

John  Ekin  Dinwiddie,  Architect;  Albert  Henry 
Hill,  Associate,  233  Sansome  Street,  San  Fran- 
cisco: 14,38,  138 

Joseph  Esherick,  Jr.,  Ross:  121 

Willard  Hall  Francis,  1539  Bentley  Avenue,  West 
Los  Angeles :  57 

John  Funk,  21  Columbus  Avenue,  San  Francisco: 
172 

Michael  Goodman,  2422  Cedar  Street,  Berkeley: 
90,91,211 

Harwell  Hamilton  Harris,  2311  Fellowship  Park- 
way, Los  Angeles:  58,  59,  61,  80,  101,  115, 120, 
126,  131,  155,  165,  166,  175,  210 

Philip  Joseph,  San  Francisco:  38,  138 

George  Kosmak,  Ruth  Gerth  &  Associates,  1226 
Sutter  Street,  San  Francisco:  110,  114,  134,  137, 
226,  227 

Paul  Laszlo,  362  North  Rodeo  Drive,  Beverly 
Hills:  31,  32,  35,  73,  157,  174 


Francis  E.  Lloyd,  210  Post  Street,  San  Francisco: 
13,  149,  153 

Clarence  W.  W.  Mayhew,  330  Hampton  Road, 
Piedmont:  71,  164 

Richard  J.  Neutra,  2300  Silverlake  Boulevard,  Los 
Angeles:  62,  103,  140,  169,  170,  197 

Emrich  Nicholson  &  Douglas  Maier,  Los  Angeles: 
201 

W.  L.  Pereira,  519  North  Crescent  Drive,  Beverly 
Hills:  216 

Raphael  S.  Soriano,  6731  Leland  Way,  Los  An- 
geles: 102 

Lloyd  Wright,  858  North  Doheny  Drive,  Los  An- 
geles: 19,  206 

William  Wilson  Wurster,  Wurster  &  Bernardi,  402 
Jackson  Street,  San  Francisco:  68,  69,  159,  160, 
162,  163,  220,  221 

COLORADO 

Burnham  Hoyt,  400  Colorado  National  Bank 
Building,  Denver:  127 

CONNECTICUT 

Richard  M.  Bennett,  School  of  Fine  Arts,  Yale 

University,  New  Haven:  21,  190 
Thome  Sherwood,  Mayapple  Road,  Stamford:  30, 

218,  219 

DELAWARE 

Victorine  and  Samuel  Homsey,  Hockessin:  152 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA 

George  Howe,  Supervising  Architect,  Public  Build- 
ings Administration,  Federal  Works  Agency, 
Washington:  39,  40,  193,  194 

211 


FLORIDA 

Robert  Law  Weed,  444  N.  E.  102nd  St.,  Miami:  41 

ILLINOIS 

James  Auer,  1505— 28th  Street,  Rock  Island:  64 

William  F.  Deknatel,  840  North  Michigan  Avenue, 
Chicago:  33,  34,  51 

Robert  Sydney  Dickens,  840  North  Michigan 
Avenue,  Chicago:  183 

Dubin  &  Dubin,  127  North  Dearborn  Street, 
Chicago:  42 

James  F.  Eppenstein,  35  East  Wacker  Drive,  Chi- 
cago: 49,  74 

Bertrand  Goldberg,  Chicago:  133 

G.  McStay  Jackson,  Inc.,  840  North  Michigan 
Avenue,  Chicago:  122,  132,  143,  148 

George  Fred  Keck,  152  East  Ontario  Street,  Chi- 
cago: 70,  88,  92,  128,  184,  185,  191 

Samuel  A.  Marx,  Architect;  N.  L.  Flint  and  C.  W. 
Schonne,  Associates,  333  North  Michigan  Ave- 
nue, Chicago:  22 

Arthur  Purdy,  Chicago:  183 

Paul  Schweikher,  Roselle,  Illinois,  and  Theodore 
Lamb,  deceased:  3,  17,  52,  117 

MASSACHUSETTS 

Walter  F.  Bogner,  Hunt  Hall,  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge:  29,  53 

Marcel  Breuer,  1430  Massachusetts  Ave.,  Cam- 
bridge: 36,  37,  106,  107,  200 

Samuel  Glaser,  Architect;  L.  L.  Rado,  Associate, 
162  Newbury  Street,  Boston:  66 

Walter  Gropius,  1430  Massachusetts  Avenue, 
Cambridge:  36,  37,  106,  107,  198,  200 

Carl  Koch,  Snake  Hill,  Belmont:  1,  15,  26,  28,  48, 
79,  142,  179,  180,  232 

G.  Holmes  Perkins,  Department  of  Regional  Plan- 
ning, Graduate  School  of  Design,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, Cambridge:  2 

Hugh  A.  Stubbins,  Jr.,  83  Snake  Hill  Road,  Bel- 
mont: 63 

Royal  Barry  Wills:  3  Joy  Street,  Boston:  63 

MICHIGAN 

Alden  B.  Dow,  Inc.,  Midland:  5,  25 
212 


MISSOURI 

Huson  Jackson,  9737  Litzsinger  Road,  St.  Louis: 

139 
Isadore  Shank,  4  Graybridge  Lane,  Ladue,  St. 

Louis  County:  64 

NEW  JERSEY 

Allmon  Fordyce,  Glen  Gardner:  4,  83,  84,  85,  8 

87 
Kenneth  Kassler,  221  Elm  Road,  Princeton:  7,  46, 

214 
Vincent  Kling,  East  Orange:  23,  24,  213 


NEW  YORK 

John  Breck,  New  York:  54,  55,  116 

Alan  Burnham,  New  York:  8,  9 

John  Callender,  396  Bleecker  Street,  New  York: 

76,77 

Alice  Morgan  Carson,  New  York:  135,  136 
Robert  L.  Davison,  299  Madison  Avenue,  New 

York:  76,  77 

Donald  Deskey,  630  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York :  195 
Malcolm  Graeme  Duncan,  299  Madison  Avenue, 

New  York:  181,  182 
Guyon  C.  Earle,  6  Burns  Street,  Forest  Hills,  L.  I. : 

95 

Livingstone  Elder,  New  York:  60,  217 
Philip  L.  Goodwin,  32  East  57th  Street,  New  York: 

147 

Robert  A.  Green,  Tappan  Landing,  Tarrytown:  11 
Julius  Gregory,  74  Macdougal  Street,  New  York: 

111 
Paul  Grotz,  7  St.  Luke's  Place,  New  York:  167, 

168,  228,  229 
William  Hamby,  New  York:  4,  6,  16,  43,  50,  65, 

78,  104,  105,  109,  230 
Michael  M.  Hare,  110  East  42nd  Street,  New 

York:  60,  217 

Albert  Lee  Hawes,  New  York:  8,  9 
Holden,  McLaughlin  &  Associates,  570  Lexington 

Avenue,  New  York :  96,  97 
Caleb  Hornbostel,  80  West  40th  Street,  New  York: 

21,  190 
S.  Clements  Horsley,  205  East  42nd  Street,  New 

York:  171,  173 
Clement  Kurd,  New  York:  60,  217 


A.  Musgrave  Hyde,  New  York:  130 
Philip  Johnson,  New  York:  171,  173 
Morris  Ketchum,  Jr.,  5  East  57th  Street,  New 

York:  113 
William  Lescaze,  21 1  East  48th  Street,  New  York: 

123,  145 

John  Manzer,  220  East  41st  Street,  New  York:  60, 

217 
Moore  &  Hutchins,   11  East  44th  Street,  New 

York:  56,  67 
George  Nelson,  4  East  95th  Street,  New  York:  4, 

6,  16,  43,  50,  78,  104,  105,  150,  151 
Pomerance  &  Breines,  18  East  48th  Street,  New 

York:  47,  202 
Antonin  Raymond,  101  Park  Avenue,  New  York: 

10,  141 
Jedd  Stow  Reisner,  26  East  55th  Street,  New 

York:  113 

George  Sakier,  9  East  57th  Street,  New  York:  98 
Morris  B.  Sanders,  219  East  49th  Street,  New 

York:  18 

Walter  Sanders,  New  York:  54,  55,  116 
Willard  B.  Smith,  1929  E.  Genesee  Street,  Syra- 
cuse: 99,  146 
Theodore  Smith-Miller,  235  East  72nd  Street,  New 

York:  54,  55,  116 
Eldredge  Snyder,  New  York:  207 
Edward  D.  Stone,  New  York:  48,  89,  108,  112, 

124,  129,  177,  178,  179,  180,  187,  195,  196, 
223,  224 

van  der  Gracht  &  Kilham,  101  Park  Avenue,  New 

York:  135,  136 
Paul  Lester  Wiener  (formerly  Contempora,  Inc.), 

33  West  42nd  Street,  New  York:  118 


Virginia  Williams,  New  York:  145 

Henry  Wright,  48-13  39th  Avenue,  Long  Island 

City:  21,  72,  150,  151,  167,  168,  190,  192,  228, 

229,  231 

NORTH  CAROLINA 

Allen  J.  Maxwell,  Borden  Building,  Goldsboro: 

223,  224 
John    J.    Rowland,    330    North    Queen    Street, 

Kinston:  223,  224 

OHIO 

H.  Creston  Doner,  Director  of  Department  of 
Design,  Libbey-Owens-Ford  Glass  Company, 
Toledo:  93,  94 

Ernst  Payer  of  Rideout  &  Payer,  Chagrin  Falls: 
226,  227 

PENNSYLVANIA 

Robert  M.  Brown,  Philadelphia:  119 

George  Daub,  2123  Delancey  Place,  Philadelphia: 

125 
Kenneth  Day,  Miquon:  12,  100,  154 

TEXAS 

Alden  B.  Dow,  Inc.,  Houston:  5,  25 

WASHINGTON 

Paul  Thiry,  468  Stuart  Building,  Seattle:  81,  82, 
144,  156 

WISCONSIN 

Frank  Lloyd  Wright,  Taliesin,  Spring  Green:  44, 
45,  75,  186,  208,  209 


213 


PHOTOGRAPHERS  WHOSE 
PICTURES  APPEAR  IN  THIS  BOOK 


William  H.  Allen,  99,  146 

Elmer  L.  Astleford,  5,  25 

Esther  Born,  204 

Chicago  Architectural  Photographing  Company, 

122,  132,  143,  148 
Robert  M.  Damora,  4,  6,  7,  11,  12,  16,  23,  24,  46, 

76,  77,  78,  98,  100,  104,  105,  109,  152,  154,  213, 

214,  217 
Fred  R.  Dapprich,  32,  58,  59,  80,  101,  120,  126, 

131,  155,  165,  166,  175,  205,  210 
Paul  Davis,  George  H.  Davis  Studio,  26,  36,  37 
P.  A.  Dearborn,  181,  182 
Richard  T.  Dooner,  125 
Philip  Fein,  13,  27,  149,  153,  225 
Richard  Garrison,  8,  9,  18,  65,  81,  82,  110,  134, 

137,  156,  226,  227,  230 
John  Gass,  195 

Samuel  H.  Gottscho,  21,  41,  56,  135,  136,  196 
Gottscho-Schleisner,  67,  96,  97 
Arthur  C.  Haskell,  63 
Hedrich-Blessing  Studio,  3,  17,  22,  33,  34,  49,  51, 

52,  70,  74,  75,  88,  92,  117,  127,  128,  133,  183, 

184,  185,  191,  208,  209,  216 
Steven  Reiser,  42 


C.  V.  D.  Hubbard,  10,  141 

Robert  Humphreys,  201 

LIFE  photo,  Herbert  Gehr,  113,  150,  151 

LIFE  photo,  William  C.  Shrout,  1 14 

F.  S.  Lincoln,  95,  118,  119,  207 

Luckhaus  Studio,  103,  197 

Rodney  McCay  Morgan,  130 

P.  A.  Nyholm,  145 

Maynard  L.  Parker,  111 

Ben  Schnall,  39,  40,  43,  54,  55,  72,  116,  192,  193, 

194,  231 
Juluis  Shulman,  35,  62,  73,  102,  140,  157, 161,  169, 

170,  174 

Richard  Averill  Smith,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87 
Ezra  Stoller,  1,  2,  15,  28,  29,  47,  48,  53,  79,  89, 

106,  107,  108,  112,  124,  129,  142,  171,  173,  177, 

178,  187,  198,  200,  202,  232 
Roger  Sturtevant,  14,  20,  38,  61,  68,  69,  71,  115, 

121,  138,  158,  159,  164,  172,  212,  220,  221,  222 
Mary  Thiry,  144 
Bennett  S.  Tucker,  64 
George  H.  Van  Anda,  30,  218,  219 
W.  P.  Woodcock,  199 


214 


4**t*m****H*A